Home

Canon PIXMA MG7520 User's Manual

1. 20000 cece eae 583 RESOUNO 3 acd ha cee bch Gemeente a eek Se Src dy area he Se tesla em oh Seamed toe bh eae aed 584 Dale FONI i rarau erara awabkul aed ba ENN B kage EEEE ERRE 586 Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer aana sanaaa aeaa 587 Scanning from the Operation Panel of the Machine 2000 00 eee 589 Forwarding Scanned Data to the Computer Using the Operation Panel of the Machine 590 Attaching the Scanned Data to E mail Using the Operation Panel of the Machine 594 Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine 4 597 NehWOrK Sea SMOS auc ccaed dave cae a Heh ee cows gad acweEaatesacee nach sacar edu anes 599 Selecting a Response to Commands from the Operation Panel Using IJ Scan Utility 601 Troubleshooting eae ee E O RAR eee 604 Problems with Network Communication ssiciciescsexdeeeedeeseieses anes 605 Problems with the Machine While Using with Network 0 00000 aana 606 The Machine Stopped Working Suddenly TEPP YETI TOPPE TS _ 607 POMING Speed S oW i 41osde ooasdeetcdebdsnethenge a eeed ager taeda R diana anes 610 Cannot Use the Card Slot via Network weeds ee ee eee ea ibid TTET ranana Od Cannot Use the Card Sloto scsecesJesie8 sinnsir eiA 612 Cannot Use the Machine on Replacing an Access Point or Changing Its settings 613 Cannot Detect a Machine on a Network sicdcs
2. 2 POF Hide Details Cancel 5 Select Quality amp Media from the pop up menu Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings a Copies i _ Two Sided Pages OAI A From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 1 00 inches Orientation Te t Quality amp Media Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source Cassette ee lt 4 ioi CP IDM Cassette position Cassette 2 Print Quality Standard 3 _ Grayscale Printing 7 POF Hide Details Cancel 6 Select the media type For Media Type select the same paper type loaded in the printer 351 Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies i Two Sided Pages All From 1 Paper Size US Letter Orientation I Quality amp Media to 1 8 50 by 11 00 inches H lt 4 loft gt gt gt Print Quality Standard Cassette position Cassette 2 _ Grayscale Printing 2 POF Hide Details 7 Check the paper source Check that Paper Source is set to Cassette Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Semings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 Paper Size US Letter Orientation e 1 Quality amp Media Media Type Plain Paper to Cancel 1 8 50 by 21 00 Inches oo Cancel Paper Source Cassette im lt Loft gt gt gt Cassette position Cassette 2 Print Quality
3. 3 In the print settings select the display language Language for print settings BABS English Deutsch francais italiana 4 Follow the instructions displayed in the window and print the URL of the authentication site and the Printer registration ID Set A4 size or Letter size plain paper and select OK The authentication URL and Printer registration ID are printed 65 Note e You will use this printed page in the next step Canon Inkjet Goud Printing Center Uver evgivtration te wast Came inkjet Chesed Mining Commins pos sated be regtvher Pwr orahe emer tet ACOH he UR Dao Me a DIO Om a COMMUNE LANA t Pe enter Ea prier regatrwice ID w rogate Dre AI eyes ee ee ma be peered n ap peata OO mam nen ham Bayad that tine the prater ropata ID besa edl de Sued URL Printer registration ID S49 Cayapa Pe Important e The operation to complete the registration should be done within 60 minutes Access the URL on the printed page and then enter the e mail address and other necessary information D Important e Do not use the Back button of the web browser while an operation is processing The screen may not transition properly 1 Use the web browser on your PC smartphone tablet or other devices to access the authentication URL 66 Canon inkjet Goud Printing Center http cs c ij com join Aner repau ise Ba aea Comer bated Clee Aig Comins poe seed tt epi ee p aar sima
4. How to terminate the Access Point Mode Setting of the Access Point Mode Important e Before using the machine with the access point mode confirm the usage restrictions then switch the machine to the access point mode Restrictions If you use the machine with the access point mode for the long time it is recommended that you change the default access point name and the default password to the combination of numbers and letters with the point of view of security How to enable the Access Point Mode Enable the access point mode following the procedure below 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Flick the HOME screen then tap m Setup Using the Operation Panel 3 Tap ey Device settings 4 Tap LAN settings 5 Tap Change LAN 6 Tap Access point mode active The access point name SSID that set currently is displayed When using the machine for the first time the default setting is displayed When detecting the machine from the external device such as a computer or a smartphone you can detect with the access point name SSID 282 Note e Tapping Details displays the security setting The password required when connecting from the external device is also displayed e You can specify the access point name SSID and the security setting optionally Setting of the Access Point Mode 7 Tap OK to start the connection The access point mode is enabled and th
5. 432 Using Useful Display Functions CEPT A ET ETT EARTEN ee erred meres _ 435 Using the Slide Show FUNGHON 3 5 0414 43 28 a0 Bae S See sears BARE a Gated She SS SHS aRR AES aaare Paws 437 Printing Photo While Viewing the Slide Show 4 44 c00 cue ee ee ea ee ew 438 Printing Template Forms Such As Lined Paper or Graph Paper 002000e ee eeaes 440 Printing Documents PDF File Saved on a Memory Card 0 0 0 cece ee 443 ADoOuUDISe Label PrP 2 tices acid Nenad Na a heee ead bale bad Leeds 446 Copying the Label Side of DISC ccc cc ccc dc ee edd dered Kehoe eRe DEES SER DR RENE 447 Printing Photo from a Memory Card onto the Disc Label 2 00000 0c eee 450 Printing with Web Service 264 beets 54 ON ORE EER a REDS SENT ETRE RE RES RE eee 453 Notice for Web Service PHONG 3244 0c00s reacauadeddska suede ama Aad aaa a nay wa ae 454 Downloading and Printing Template Forms s cscs2 eee eeesi ev eee ree beretan shed ee vba ees 455 Pining trom a Digital Camer 2 2 he Seo 1a eb wed dn EEEREN Se Cece es 456 Printing Photographs Directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device 457 About PictBridge Wireless LAN Print Settings 0 00 0000 cece cette eee 459 Paper seting for PMOL 6646446668 h6o ope ini e ebere ii EP RET ERER epe ES 462 COPYING eea ea a on Cows Sake ek ee ake ee eae 465 Making Copies to tot cece tetdsuddcecdehedkaatseesesedeSedsnadagagose cared 466 Displaying the
6. Instructions Defaults 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Paper Size Set from the operation panel Resolution Set from the operation panel Image Processing Settings Click Right Arrow to set the following Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability 3 Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function 558 Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Note e When you enable this function scanning may take longer than usual with network connection Correct slanted text document Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle within 0 1 to 10 degrees or 0 1 to 10 degrees of the document Important The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected correctly Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary by line Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text Documents with extremely large or small fonts Documents with small amount of text Documents containing figures images Hand written text Documents containing both vertical and horizon
7. Save Settings LJ Save ta PC Decumont File Name IMG Save in jj Pictures Data Format Use Device Setting Docsners JPEG Image Quality Standard Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings E mail Client None Attach Manually Instructions Defaults mx 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Paper Size Set from the operation panel Resolution Set from the operation panel 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format J Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name 556 Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Set from the operation panel JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date
8. Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 406 Borderless Printing This dialog allows you to adjust the amount of the document that extends off the paper when borderless printing is performed Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies i Two Sided Pages All From 1 to Paper Size US Letter borderless Oriemation ity t gt Borderless Printing Amount of Extension ry Min lt lt 4 lofl gt gt gt 7 POF Hide Details 1 8 50 by 11 00 inches Cancel Amount of Extension Use the Amount of Extension slider to adjust the amount of the document that extends off the paper Moving the slider to the right makes the amount larger and moving the slider to the left makes the amount smaller Related Topic Execute Borderless Printing 407 Margin This dialog allows you to set the stapling side and amount of margin for stapling multiple sheets of paper Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies i Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter gt 8 50 by 11 00 inches s j gt Orientation f T gt Margin Margin 0 0 iaches 0 1 2 Stapling Side Long side stapling Left a4 a lofl P gt gt Long side stapling Right Short side stapling Top Short side stapling Bottom 7 POF Hi
9. 324 F Firewall It is a system that prevents an unlawful computer access in the network To prevent you can use the firewall function of a broadband router the security software installed in the computer or operation system for computer IEEE 802 11b International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 11 Mbps e IEEE 802 119 International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to 54 Mbps Compatible with 802 11b e IEEE 802 11n International standard for wireless LAN using the 2 4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency ranges Even when using two or more antennas simultaneously or obtaining a bigger transfer rate than before by using multiple communication channels at the same time the transmission speed may be influenced by the connected apparatus At the maximum transfer rate of 600 Mbps it is possible to communicate with multiple computer terminals within a dozen or so metre radius Compatible with 802 11b and 802 11g IP Address A unique number with four parts separated by dots Every network device that is connected to the Internet has an IP address Example 192 168 0 1 An IP address is usually assigned by an access point or a DHCP server of the router automatically e IPv4 IPv6 They are internetwork layer protocol used on the internet IPv4 uses 32 bit addresses and IPv6 uses 128 bit addresses e Key Format
10. If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 802 6800 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 803 6801 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 804 6900 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 805 6901 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 806 6902 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 807 6910 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Tu
11. If you perform scanning via a network connection make sure that all the required settings have been specified Network Scan Settings The destination and the file name are specified in Canon IJ Scan Utility You can specify the destination and the file name in Canon IJ Scan Utility For details on settings of Canon lJ Scan Utility Settings Dialog 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Flick the HOME screen then tap Ei Scan Using the Operation Panel If you forward the data to the USB connected computer The Scan standby screen is displayed Doc type Auto scan Placing documents E ocal USB Go to step 3 DJ Note e If the screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed tap PC then tap Local USB The Scan standby screen is displayed If you forward the data to the network connected computer The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed 590 Select save location Bre we Attach to E mail D gt Note e If the Scan standby screen for forwarding the data to the USB connected computer is displayed on the touch screen tap to display the screen for selecting to which you save the data Select the computer to forward the scanned data following the procedure below 1 Al 2 Tap the computer to forward the scanned data Select PC Local USB PC001 PC002 PC003 Search again The Scan standby screen is displayed D gt Note
12. Note If you cannot pull the paper out turn the machine off and turn it back on The paper may be ejected automatically If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot remove the paper from inside the machine Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine 2 Reload the paper and tap OK on the touch screen of the machine If you turned off the machine in step 1 all print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint if necessary DJ Note When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly 722 If you cannot see the jammed paper at the paper output slot If you cannot see the jammed paper at the paper output slot remove the paper following the procedure below 1 Detach the rear cover Pull out the rear cover 2 Detach the transport unit cover Lift up the transport unit cover then pull it out 3 Pull out the paper slowly Note Do not touch the inner parts of the machine 4 Attach the transport unit cover Insert the transport unit cover to the back of the machine y a 5 Attach the rear cover Insert the rear cover to the back of the machine 723 If you were not able to remove the paper out in step 3 6 Detach both the cassette 1 and the cassette 2 7 Pull out the paper slowly 8 If the paper protrudes from the cassette remove the paper then re
13. Note If you insert the memory card before you select Advanced print on the HOME screen the photo selection screen in Photo is displayed If both photo files and PDF files are saved on the memory card the confirmation screen to select which file you print is displayed To display the HOME screen touch the HOME button 4 Tap Slide show D Note e If no printable photo data is saved on the memory card Data of supported types are not saved is displayed on the touch screen e If more than 2 000 photo data are saved on the memory card the photo data is split by group per 2 000 photos in reverse chronological order date last modified automatically Check the message displayed on the touch screen then tap OK 5 Tap the effect for playback to display The slide show starts playing back Note e To display the photos in the specified range of dates to change the display order or to switch the photo group to display tap Display set If you display the photos in the specified range of dates follow the on screen instructions to specify the start and end of the date e Tap the touch screen while the slide show is played back the slide show pauses You can print the displayed photo by touching the Color button while the slide show pauses When Printing Photo When the slide show pauses by tapping the touch screen you can print the displayed photo 438 Resume Print settings When starting printing load paper
14. Note e If there is no sign of improvement after Deep Cleaning turn off the printer wait 24 hours and then perform Deep Cleaning again If there is still no sign of improvement the ink may have run out or the print head may be worn For details on the remedial action to be taken see Ink Is Not Ejected Related Topic Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern 233 Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern The nozzle check function allows you to check whether the print head is working properly by printing a nozzle check pattern Print the pattern if printing becomes faint or if a specific color fails to print The procedure for printing a nozzle check pattern is as follows Nozzle Check 1 Select Test Print from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility 2 Click the Nozzle Check icon The confirmation message appears Click to display the items that you need to check before printing the nozzle check pattern 3 Load paper in the printer Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette 2 D Note If the cassette paper information registered on the printer is not set to A4 size and plain paper an error may occur For instructions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper setting for Printing For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer M
15. 2700 Cause Some errors occurred while copying and a certain time passed Action Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error and try to copy again 782 4100 Cause The specified data cannot be printed Action When you print the contents on CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM confirm the message on the computer screen make sure that genuine Canon ink tanks are installed properly for all colors then start printing again 783 4101 Cause The machine does not support the paper size you specified Action Touch the Stop button specify the proper paper size then print again If you print on the non standard size paper you can specify a custom size within the following range to print e Loading in the cassette 1 Width 89 0 mm to 200 0 mm 3 50 inches to 7 87 inches Height 127 0 mm to 184 9 mm 5 00 inches to 7 28 inches Loading in the cassette 2 Width 90 0 mm to 215 9 mm 3 54 inches to 8 50 inches Height 185 0 mm to 355 6 mm 7 29 inches to 14 00 inches 784 4103 Cause Cannot perform printing with the current print settings Action Touch the machine s Stop button to cancel printing Then change the print settings and print again 785 5011 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the servic
16. 4 Specify the print settings such as the paper type and layout You can perform settings using the menu on the LCD of your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Select the size and type of paper that you loaded in the machine Settings on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device If your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device does not have a setting menu change the setting from the machine Settings on the Machine Note e When printing from the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device set the print quality with the operation panel on the machine You cannot set the print quality on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device e When printing onto printable disc attach the disc tray following the on screen instructions of PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device For details on how to place the printable disc on the disc tray Placing a Printable Disc 5 Start printing from your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device 458 About PictBridge Wireless LAN Print Settings Settings on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device Settings on the Machine Settings on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device This section describes the PictBridge Wireless LAN function of the machine For the print settings on a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device refer to the instructions given in the device s instruction manual Note In the following descript
17. 850 by 11 00 inches tes Orientation I a Te TextEdit Print header and footer M Rewrap contents to fit page 7 POF Hide Details Cancel Print Printer Select the model to be used for printing When you click Add Printer a dialog for specifying the printer opens Presets You can save or delete the settings of the Print dialog Note e If you are using OS X Mavericks v10 9 OS X Mountain Lion v10 8 or OS X Lion v10 7 you can select Show Presets to check the print settings that are set in the Print dialog Copies You can set the number of copies to be printed DJ Note e If you are using Mac OS X v10 6 8 you can also set collate printing e If you are using OS X Mavericks v10 9 OS X Mountain Lion v10 8 or OS X Lion v10 7 you can set collated printing by choosing Paper Handling from the pop up menu Two Sided You can set duplex printing Pages You can set the range of pages to be printed Paper Size Select the size of the paper to be used for printing To set a non standard size select Manage Custom Sizes Orientation Select the print orientation Pop up Menu You can switch between pages in the Print dialog by the pop up menu The first menu to appear differs depending on the application software that opened the Print dialog You can choose one of the following items from the pop up menu 401 Layout You can set page layout printing Use Reverse page orientation to change the paper ori
18. Cannot Use the Card Slot Is the icon of the card slot displayed To use the card slot over network you have to mount the card slot as the network drive of the computer When the card slot is mounted the canon_memory or CANON_MEMORY icon appears on the desktop or in the Computer window on the Go menu of Finder If the icon is not displayed mount the card slot Using the Card Slot over a Network Is the memory card inserted in the card slot Make sure that a memory card is inserted in the card slot If it is not inserted insert it Inserting the Memory Card GESE IS Read write attribute set to Writable from USB PC or Writable from LAN PC You can read data on the memory card over network but cannot write data to it To read data on the memory card over network set Read write attribute in Device user settings under Device settings to Not writable from PC Device user settings To share the printer s card slot with multiple computers over a network set Set memory card sharing on Other settings in LAN settings under Device settings to Enable LAN settings Was the memory card removed without ejecting the icon of the card slot Before removing the memory card from the card slot be sure to eject the canon_memory or CANON_MEMORY icon by dragging it into the trash If the memory card has been removed without ejecting the icon files on the memory card may not be displayed or accessed when you in
19. If a warning or error related to the remaining ink level occurs the printer driver displays an icon to let you know 2 If necessary click Ink Details You can check the ink related information D gt Note e Ink Details is displayed when the ink level is low Click to check which ink tank your model uses e Click Update to display the current remaining ink level 251 Registering a Changed Printing Profile You can name and register the printing profile you made in the Print Dialog The registered printing profile can be called up from Presets to be used You can also delete the unnecessary printing profile The procedure for registering a printing profile is as follows Registering a Printing Profile 1 In the Print dialog set the necessary items 2 Select Save Current Settings as Preset Save As from the Presets Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Last Used Settings Copies Gy Draft Printing on Plain Paper Pages Fine Printing on Plain Paper Save Current Settings as Preset Paper Size Show Presets 100 inches MATE Orientation F t TextEdit Print header and footer M Rewrap contents to fit page 4 4 loft r gt gt 7 PDF Hide Details Cancel Print 3 Save the settings In the displayed dialog enter a name in Preset Name and if necessary set Preset Available For Then click OK Preset Available For Only this printer All printers Cancei
20. Important The Properties displayed may differ from the actual status at the display time depending on the printer status Manage jobs Manage jobs This screen displays the print status and the print history You can check the print status by looking at Status list and the print history by looking at History You can also cancel print jobs and delete history information To cancel or delete a job select that job and then select Cancel or Delete If you are using a PC n Mng print e Manage users 7 User information instructions Log cut Series 3 Drag apps to rearrange the order CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Config Properties Dropbox Manage jobs Google Drive Latest not There are no new notices pa Notice list Notices 5 Mng printer Select printer button Manage users button Printer name area Menu area 82 5 6 7 8 Notices area Information area Global navigation area Display area YS wes Da DVD 1 Mng printer Select printer button When you select the Mng printer Select printer button the Mng printer Select printer screen appears e Mar 4 2014 4 44 AM Copy apps a Copy apps eS 5 Add printer From the Mng printer screen Select printer screen you can check and update printer information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center change printer names delete printers add printers and copy apps
21. Important e You cannot select the items below when Disable LAN is selected for Change LAN Set printer name Specifies the printer name You can use up to 15 characters for the name D gt Note e You cannot change this setting with the memory card inserted in the card slot e You cannot use the same printer name as that already used for other LAN connected devices e You cannot use a hyphen for the initial or last character of the printer name o TCP IP settings Performs IPv4 or IPv6 setting o Set memory card sharing Selects whether to share the card slot with a LAN connected computer 2 Note e You cannot change this setting with the memory card inserted in the card slot WSD setting Setting items when you use WSD one of the network protocols supported in Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 and Windows Vista Enable disable WSD Selects whether WSD is enabled or disabled Note e When this setting is enabled the printer icon is displayed on the Network Explorer in Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 and Windows Vista WSD scan from this device Selecting Enable allows you to transfer the scanned data to the computer using WSD 268 o o o o o o Timeout setting Specifies the timeout length Bonjour settings Setting items for LAN using Bonjour for Mac OS Enable disable Bonjour Selecting Enable allows you to use Bonjour to perform the network settings Service name Specifies the Bonjour s
22. Red EyeCorrection 433 Corrects red eyes in portraits caused by flash photography Depending on the type of the photo red eyes may not be corrected or parts other than the eyes may be corrected Print date Activates deactivates to print the date shooting date on a photo DJ Note e The shooting date is printed according to the settings of Date display format in Device user settings under Device settings under Setup Device user settings 434 Using Useful Display Functions You can display the multiple photos at once specify the date last modified date of data to select photos and switch the photo group Viewing Multiple Photos to Select Photo Specifying Date to Select Photo Zooming in on the Photo Switching the Photo Group Viewing Multiple Photos to Select Photo The following screen is displayed by tapping 4 on the photo selection screen moo w A Tap the photo you want to print the touch screen returns to single photo display B Tap to display photo with specifying the date Specifying Date to Select Photo C Tap to increase the display photos 54 photos display D Drag to switch the number of display photos to 6 photos 15 photos or 54 photos E Tap to decrease the display photos 6 photos display Specifying Date to Select Photo The following screen is displayed by tapping el on the photo selection screen To most recent date 15 A Tap to sel
23. Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution Image Processing Settings Click Right Arrow to set the following Available setting items vary by Select Source Important e When Color Mode is Black and White Image Processing Settings is not available When Select Source is Photo Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image When Select Source is Magazine or Document Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image Reduce show through Sharpens text in an item or reduces show through in newspapers etc Reduce moire Reduces moire patterns Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned DJ Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination
24. Standard _ Grayscale Printing 7 POF Hide Details gt Important The paper size determines whether the cassette 1 or cassette 2 is used The cassette to be used is displayed below Paper Source 8 Select the print quality For Print Quality select High Standard or Draft according to your purpose 352 Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies E Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 1 00 inches Orientation T i I Quality amp Media Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source Cassette RE 4 lofi gt gt gt he OOsition S Grayscale Printing POF Hide Details Cancel Print gt Important e The print quality settings that can be selected may differ depending on a printing profile 9 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the document will be printed in accordance with the type and size of the media Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Semings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 21 00 inches Orientation Lb t Quality amp Media Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source Cassette Cassette position Cassette 2 Print Quality Standard Grayscale Printing gt Important e In the Presets section click Save Current Settings as Preset Save As to register the specified settings 3J N
25. The Settings dialog appears 3 Click the i General Settings tab 599 The Settings General Settings dialog appears 4 In Product Name select an item with Network after the product name then click Select that appears to its right The network selection screen appears 5 Click Scan from Operation Panel Settings The Scan from Operation Panel Settings screen appears 6 Select your scanner or printer from Scanners and click OK 7 Return to the network selection screen then click OK The IJ Scan Utility main screen reappears You can scan from the operation panel Note If the Bonjour service name of your scanner or printer does not appear or cannot be selected check the following click OK to close the screen then reopen it and try selecting again The scanner driver is installed e Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the scanner driver e Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled If your scanner or printer still does not appear refer to Problems with Network Communication for your model from Home of the Online Manual 600 Selecting a Response to Commands from the Operation Panel Using IJ Scan Utility IJ Scan Utility allows you to specify how to respond when scanning from the operation panel Note e The screens for scanning with Auto Scan from the operation panel are used as examples in the following descrip
26. e We recommend to hold and carry out this machine as shown in the figure below If you hold the cassette it may fall out of the machine 339 340 Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images It may be unlawful to make copies of scan print or use reproductions of the following documents The list provided is non exhaustive When in doubt check with a legal representative in your jurisdiction e Paper money Money orders Certificates of deposit Postage stamps canceled or uncanceled Identifying badges or insignias Selective service or draft papers Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title Traveler s checks Food stamps Passports Immigration papers Internal revenue stamps canceled or uncanceled Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness Stock certificates Copyrighted works works of art without permission of copyright owner e e e e e e e e e 341 Specifications General Specifications Printing resolution dpi Interface Operating environment Storage environment Power supply Power consumption External dimensions Weight 9600 horizontal x 2400 vertical Ink droplets can be placed with a pitch of 1 9600 inch at minimum USB Port Hi Speed USB 1 LAN Port Wired LAN 100BASE TX 10BASE T Wireless LAN IEEE802 11n IEEE802 11g IEEE802 11b 2 1 A computer that complies w
27. e When printing select the size and type of the loaded envelopes on the print settings screen of the printer driver 164 Media Types You Can Use Choose paper suitable for printing for the best print results Canon provides you various types of paper to enhance the fun of printing such as stickers as well as papers for photo or document We recommend the use of Canon genuine paper for printing your important photos Media Types Commercially available papers e Plain Paper including recycled paper e Envelopes 1 Canon genuine papers The Model Number of Canon genuine paper is shown in brackets Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side and notes on handling paper For information on the page sizes available for each Canon genuine paper access our website Note e You may not be able to purchase some Canon genuine papers depending on the country or region of purchase Paper is not sold in the US by Model Number Purchase paper by name Paper for printing photos Photo Paper Pro Platinum lt PT 101 gt e Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use lt GP 501 GP 601 gt e Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 601 gt e Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt e Photo Paper Pro Luster lt LU 101 gt e Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss lt SG 201 gt e Matte Photo Paper lt MP 101 gt Paper for printing business documents e High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt 1 Paper for
28. 5 gt About Errors Messages Displayed gt If You Cannot Resolve the Problem 604 Problems with Network Communication Problems with the Machine While Using with Network Cannot Detect a Machine on a Network gt Other Problems with Network 605 Problems with the Machine While Using with Network The Machine Stopped Working Suddenly Printing Speed Is Slow Cannot Use the Card Slot via Network Cannot Use the Machine on Replacing an Access Point or Changing Its settings 606 The Machine Stopped Working Suddenly Cannot Communicate with the Machine over the Wireless LAN Cannot Communicate with the Machine Using the Access Point Mode Cannot Communicate with the Machine over the Wired LAN Cannot Print Scan or Access the Card Slot from a Computer Connected to the Network Cannot Communicate with the Machine over the Wireless LAN Make sure that the machine is turned on Make sure that the network settings in the machine are identical with those of the access point Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to check the access point settings and then modify the machine settings gt How to Set an Encryption Key Make sure that the machine is not placed far away from the access point The access point is located indoors within the effective range for wireless communication Locate the machine within 164 ft 50 m from the ac
29. If not perform setup according to the instructions on our website When using IJ Network Tool click Update to search for the machine again Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Make sure that the network settings in the machine are identical with those of the access point Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to check the access point settings and then modify the machine settings How to Set an Encryption Key Make sure that there is no obstruction Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Adjust the location of the devices Ge Make sure that the machine is not placed far away from the access point The access point is located indoors within the effective range for wireless communication Locate the machine within 164 ft 50 m from the access point GEL Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct Make sure that the computer can communicate with the machine and the access point over the wireless LAN Make sure that the firewall of the security software is disabled If the firewall function of your security softw
30. Normally select Auto If you want to specify the method manually select Open System or Shared Key according to the setting of the access point 7 Click OK J Important e If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer 310 Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings DJ Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using To change the wireless network settings of the printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings The example screenshots in this section refer to the WPA detailed settings 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USB appearing in the Connected to column 3 Click the Configuration button 4 Click the Wireless LAN button 5 Select Use WPA WPA2 in Encryption Method and click Configuration 6 Enter the passphrase then click OK WPA WPA2 Details Passphrase 1 Dynarnic Encryption Type Auto 2 Cancel ok 1 Passphrase Enter the passphrase set to the
31. Off Settings on the Machine You can change the PictBridge Wireless LAN print settings from the PictBridge print settings screen Set the print settings to Default on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device when you want to print according to the settings on the machine This section describes the procedure to display the PictBridge print settings screen 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Flick the HOME screen then tap m Setup Using the Operation Panel 3 Tap ey Device settings 4 Tap PictBridge print settings 5 Check the message that is displayed then tap OK 6 Tap Photo print setting The PictBridge print settings screen is displayed For details on the setting items PictBridge print settings D gt Note e If you select Disc label print setting the Set disc print area screen is displayed to change the disc label print setting 460 PictBridge print settings 461 Paper setting for Printing By registering the paper size and the media type loaded in the cassette you can prevent the machine from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings When you load paper in the cassette The screen to register the cassette paper information is displayed Cassette 2 paper information Page size A4 Type Plain paper Register Register the paper size and the
32. Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies 1 _ O Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation 1 t Color Options Cyan 0 zj a tow High Magenta 0 Gi x a High 4 lt lofi ia gt gt Yellow 0 i B ABCDEF Haa 1234567 Tone 0 W aa Sample Type Brightness Normal Standard e View Color Pattern PDF Hide Details Cancel Print 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the image data is printed with the adjusted intensity gt Important e If you select ColorSync for Color Matching then the Intensity appears grayed out and is unavailable 393 Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Contrast 394 Adjusting Contrast You can adjust the image contrast during printing To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct increase the contrast On the other hand to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images smaller and less distinct reduce the contrast No adjustment Adjust the contrast The procedure for adjusting contrast is as follows 1 Select Color Options from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog 2 Adjust the contrast Moving the Contrast slider to the right increases the con
33. Select either ASCII or Hex as the Password WEP key format The character that can be used for the WEP key differs depending on the selected key formats ASCII Specify with a 5 or 13 character string that can include alphanumeric and underscore characters It is case sensitive o Hex Specify a 10 digit or 26 digit string that can contain hexadecimal 0 to 9 A to F and a to f 325 e Key Length Length of the WEP key Select either 64 bits or 128 bits Longer key length allows you to set a more complex WEP key e Link Quality The status of connection between the access point and the printer excluding noise interference is indicated with a value from 0 to 100 e LPR A platform independent printing protocol used in TCP IP networks It is not supported bidirectional communication e MAC Address AirPort ID Also known as the physical address A unique and permanent hardware identifier that is assigned to network devices by its manufacturer MAC addresses are 48 bits long and are written as a hexadecimal number separated by colons i e 11 22 33 44 55 66 e Network SSID Unique label for wireless LAN It is often represented such as a network name or a access point name SSID distinguishes one wireless LAN from another to prevent interference The printer and all clients on a wireless LAN must use the same SSID in order to communicate with each other The SSID can be up to 32 characters long and is ma
34. When the ink A runs out the ink lamp flashes slowly to indicate that the ink is running low Then when the ink B runs out the ink lamp flashes fast to indicate that the ink tank needs to be replaced with a new one 332 Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps 333 Key Points to Successful Printing Check the machine status before printing e Is the print head OK If a print head nozzle is clogged print will be faint and papers will be wasted Print the nozzle check pattern to check the print head Maintenance Procedure Is the inside of the machine smeared with ink After printing large quantities of paper or performing borderless printing the area where papers go through may get smeared with ink Clean the inside of your machine with Bottom Plate Cleaning Check how to load the paper correctly Is the paper loaded in the correct orientation To load paper in a cassette load paper WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN Loading Paper IV A B A cassette 1 B cassette 2 e Is the paper curled The curled paper causes paper jam Flatten the curled paper then reload it Load the paper after correcting its curl in Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched 334 Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing Before printing make paper settings in the operation panel or the computer screen There are various types of paper such as paper with a
35. 1 Same size 0 A4 Plain paper ca For details on the setting items Setting Items for Copying D Tap to preview an image of the printout on the preview screen For details Displaying the Preview Screen E Tap to specify the page size A4 B5 A5 4 x6 10x15cm ee yas AA 6 Touch the Color button for color copying or the Black button for black amp white copying The machine starts copying Remove the original on the platen glass after copying is complete D Important Do not open the document cover or remove the original from the platen glass until scanning is completed DJ Note To cancel copying touch the Stop button 467 Adding the Copying Job Reserve copy You can add the copying job while printing Reserve copy The screen below is displayed when you can add the copying job Copying Place another document and select to copy successively Load the original on the platen glass and touch the same button the Color button or the Black button as the one which you previously touched Important e When you load the original on the platen glass move the document cover gently DJ Note e When Print qlty print quality is set High you cannot add the copying job e When you add the copying job the number of copies or the settings such as the page size or media type cannot be changed e If you touch the Stop button while reserve cop
36. 2 Repeat the same procedure until you finish inputting the pattern number for columns b to h then tap OK The manual adjustment of the print head position is complete 3 When the completion message appears tap OK 230 Performing Maintenance from a Computer gt Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer 231 Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer The print head cleaning function allows you to clear up clogged print head nozzle Perform print head cleaning if printing is faint or a specific color fails to print even though there is enough ink The procedure for cleaning the print head is as follows Cleaning 1 Select Cleaning from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility 2 Click the Cleaning icon When the dialog opens select the ink group for which cleaning is to be performed Click to display the items you need to check before performing cleaning 3 Execute cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click OK Print head cleaning starts J Important e Do not close the paper output tray until the cleaning is complete 4 Complete cleaning The Nozzle Check dialog opens after the confirmation message 5 Check the results To check whether the print quality has improved click Print Check Pattern To cancel the check p
37. 4 7 lofi gt gt gt ia Yellow 0 a a ABCDEF a be 1234567 Tone 0 E oO Sample Type Brightness Normal Standard gt Intensity 0 z Ligne Dark View Color Pattern Contrast 0 9 low High PDF Hide Details Cancel Print 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the data is printed at the specified brightness gt Important If you select ColorSync for Color Matching then the Brightness appears grayed out and is unavailable 391 Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 392 Adjusting Intensity You can dilute brighten or intensify darken the colors of the overall image data during printing The following sample shows the case when the intensity is increased so that all colors become more intense when the image data is printed No adjustment Higher intensity The procedure for adjusting intensity is as follows 1 Select Color Options from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog 2 Adjust intensity Moving the Intensity slider to the right intensifies darkens the colors and moving the slider to the left dilutes brightens the colors You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver
38. C Rear side D Address side Up to 10 envelopes can be loaded at once DP Note e Align the envelope stack with the edge of the cassette 2 as shown in the figure below If the envelopes are in contact with the protrusion E the envelopes may not be fed properly E 162 4 Align the paper guide A in front with the envelopes 5 Slide the paper guide B on the right to align the right and left guides with both sides of the envelopes Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the envelopes The envelopes may not be fed properly DP Note Do not load envelopes higher than the load limit mark F e Keep the envelope stack height below tabs G of the paper guides B 5 4 A 6 Insert the cassette 2 into the machine Push the cassette 2 into the machine until it stops After inserting the cassette into the machine the paper information registration screen for the cassette is displayed on the touch screen 7 Select the size and type of the loaded envelopes in the cassette 2 at Page size and Type then tap Register Paper setting for Printing 163 Cassette 2 paper information Envelope DL Envelope Register 3 Open the paper output tray 1 Holding both sides of the paper output tray gently open it The output tray extension opens automatically when the paper output tray is opened 2 Extend the paper output support 1 f 1 i 2 Note
39. Cannot Detect the Machine during Wired LAN Setup Check 6 626 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wired LAN Setup Check 6 Check the settings of the router Check the settings of the router for the network connection such as IP address filtering MAC address filtering or DHCP function For details on how to check the settings of the router refer to the instruction manual supplied with the router or contact its manufacturer After checking the settings of the router click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen When the machine is detected follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network communication If the problem is not resolved select the Set up the network connection via USB check box on the Check Printer Settings screen and click Next to set up the network communication via USB 627 The Machine Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN Make sure that the machine is turned on Is Change LAN in LAN settings under Device settings set to Disable LAN When the machine is connected to the computer temporarily using a USB cable make sure that the USB cable is connected properly When you set up the wireless LAN connection or change the wireless LAN settings using IJ Network Tool through USB connection make sure that the machine is connected to the computer with a USB cable securely Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable Make sure that the machine setup is completed
40. Custom Settings Change the settings of this printer Note To operate the Canon lJ Printer Utility you must first turn on the printer e Depending on the items selected the computer communicates with the printer to obtain information If the computer is unable to communicate with the printer an error message may be displayed If this happens click Cancel to display the most recent settings specified on your computer Related Topics Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern 409 Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode 410 Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility To open the Canon lJ Printer Utility follow the steps below 1 Open System Preferences and select Printers amp Scanners Print amp Scan or Print amp Fax 2 Start the Canon IJ Printer Utility Select your model from the printer list and click Options amp Supplies Click Open Printer Utility in Utility tab Canon lJ Printer Utility is launched 411 Maintenance of this Printer Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Managing the Prin
41. If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 3 Application Settings Area E mail Client Specify the e mail client to use for attaching scanned images You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pop up menu DJ Note e Specify the e mail client in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 557 Settings Attach to E mail Document Dialog E Click Attach to E mail Document on the Scanning from the Operation Panel tab to display the Settings Attach to E mail Document dialog In the Settings Attach to E mail Document dialog you can specify how to respond when attaching images to an e mail as documents after scanning them from the operation panel e0o0 Settings Attach to E mail Document Le p if cS Save t9 PC Auta Scan Options Paper Size Use Device Setting m LJ Save to PC Photo Resolution Use Device Setting e Image Processing Settings c 1 Save 10 PC Document Save Settings m E Attach to E maa Photo File Name IMG Save in E Pictures Data Format Use Device Setting JPEG Image Quality Standard wv Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings E mail Client None Attach Manually
42. If you tap Local USB on the Select PC screen the data is forwarded to the USB connected computer e When you forward the scanned data to the computer using WSD one of the network protocols supported in Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 and Windows Vista select Enable for WSD scan from this device on WSD setting on Other settings in LAN settings under Device settings WSD setting If you tap Search again the machine starts searching for the connected computers again 3 Specify the settings as necessary 591 Doc type Document A PDF Ad 300 dp Settings CATI mad E Local USB D A Tap to select the document type Note When you forward the scanned data to the computer searched using WSD you cannot select the document type Auto scan This item is available only when the machine is connected to the computer using a USB cable The machine detects the type of the originals automatically and the image is forwarded in the optimized size resolution and data format J Important e You can select Auto scan only when you forward the scanned data to the USB connected computer e Load originals properly according to their type otherwise some originals may not be scanned properly For details on how to load the original Loading Originals e The following items can be scanned Photos postcards visiting cards magazines newspapers documents BD DVD CDs The following items cannot be sc
43. Lines Are Misaligned D Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Perform Print Head Alignment If printed lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory adjust the print head position Aligning the Print Head D gt Note e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Alignment perform Print Head Alignment manually referring to Aligning the Print Head Manually Increase the print quality and try printing again Increasing the print quality on the operation panel of the machine or in the printer driver may improve the print result 656 Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots Printed Paper Has Ink Blots Printed Paper Curls Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory If the intensity is set high reduce the intensity setting and try printing again If you are using plain paper to print images with high intensity the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy Causing paper abrasion e When printing from your computer You can confirm the intensity using the printer driver Adjusting Intensity e When copying Setting Items for Copying Is Photo Paper used for printing photographs When printing data with high color saturation such as photographs or images in deep color we recommend using Photo Paper Plus Glossy II or other Canon speciality paper M
44. Magnif Same size Intensity 0 Page size A4 lype Plain paper Ca In Borderless copy or Frame erase copy The following screen is displayed before copying Borderless copy 1 Magnif Same size Intensity 0 Page size A4 Tyne Phe Glacey Setting Items You can specify the following setting items Flick to display setting items then tap the setting item to display the settings Tap to specify the setting 1 g 1 Magnif Same size 1 Piain papel Intensity 0 2 Print alty Standard Page size A4 3 Layout None T Plain paper 4 2 sidedPrintSetting 1 sided 7 ca 470 D Note e Depending on the copy menu some setting items cannot be selected This section describes the setting items in Copy The setting item which cannot be selected is displayed grayed out For details on the setting items for Photo copy see Copying Photos e Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting of other setting item or the copy menu If the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected u and Error details are displayed on the touch screen In this case tap u on the upper left on the touch screen to confirm the message then change the setting e The settings of the page size media type etc are retained even if the machine is turned off e When copying starts in the copy menu that is not available with the specified setting The specified function is not available with current setti
45. Note e Touch the Stop button to cancel printing e You can add the print job by tapping Print more while printing Adding the Print Job e The trimming image cannot be newly saved on the memory card 431 Setting Items for Photo Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine You can specify the setting of page size media type photo fix and so on to print the photos saved on the memory card Print Settings Screen How to display the print settings screen varies with the print menu In Photo or Slide show The following screen is displayed by tapping Settings Settings Page size 4 x6 10x15cm Type Plus Glossy Il Print alty Standard Border Borderless EE TEN TE TE ip In Slide show the Print settings screen is displayed by tapping Print settings In Trimming print The following screen is displayed before printing Trimming print Copies 1 Page size 4 x6 10x15cm Type Plus Glossy II Print alty Standard Pardariate Setting Items You can specify the following setting items Flick vertically to display setting items then tap the setting item to display the settings Tap to specify the setting 432 Settings Settings Page siz 4 x6 10x15cm 1 iity Standard Type Plus Glossy II 2 Border Borderless Print alty Standard 3 Photo fix Auto photo fix Border Borderless 4 Red EyeCorrection OFF Print date OFF 7 Note Depending on the print menu some setting items cannot
46. Open the paper output tray 1 Holding both sides of the paper output tray gently open it The output tray extension will open automatically when the paper output tray is opened 2 Extend the paper output support J Important e If the disc tray guide is open close it 4 Adjust the print head position automatically 1 Flick the HOME screen then tap Setup Using the Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear 224 2 Tap Maintenance The Maintenance screen will appear 3 Tap Auto head alignment ETE le Print nozzle check pattern Cleaning Deep cleaning Auto head alignment The confirmation screen will appear 4 Tap Yes The print head alignment sheet will be printed and the print head position will be adjusted automatically This takes about 3 to 4 minutes J Important e Do not open the operation panel while printing is in progress DJ Note e If the automatic adjustment of the print head position has failed the error message appears on the touch screen A Message Is Displayed 5 When the completion message appears tap OK J Note If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as described above align the print head manually You can also align the print head manually from a computer Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer 225 Aligning the Print Head Manually If printed ru
47. Save to PC Auto pa it Scan Options Paper Size Resolution A Image Processing Settings Save Settings File Name Save in jj Pictures Data Format Auto JPEG Image Quality Standard PDF Compression Standard Vi Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application _ My Image Garden Send to an application 46 Preview Send to a folder None Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults x 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Paper Size Auto is selected Resolution Auto is selected Image Processing Settings Click Right Arrow to set the following Apply recommended image correction Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type gt Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan 547 Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format DJ Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to
48. Up to 52 alphanumeric characters XX represents alphanumeric characters 1 Depending on the country or region of purchase one of the channels from 1 to 11 is printed 2 Only when IPV6 is enabled the status of the network is printed 3 Only IPv6 and the IPsec setting are enabled the status of the network is printed 297 About Network Communication Changing and Confirming Network Settings Appendix for Network Communication 298 Changing and Confirming Network Settings IJ Network Tool gt Canon IJ Network Tool Screen Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet Changing the WEP Detailed Settings Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet Monitoring Wireless Network Status Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine gt Viewing the Modified Settings 299 IJ Network Tool IJ Network Tool is a utility that enables you to display and modify the machine network settings It is installed when the machine is set up Important To use the machine over LAN make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type such as an access point or a LAN cable Do not start up IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print when IJ Network Tool is running If the firewall function of your security software is turned on a message may ap
49. You can organize photos easily as you can display them not only by folder but also by calendar event and person This also allows you to find the target photos easily when you search for them later on lt Calendar View gt lt People View gt Display Recommended Items in Slide Shows Based on the information registered to photos Quick Menu automatically selects the photos on your computer and creates recommended items such as collages and cards The created items appear in slide shows 6 If there is an item you like you can easily print it in just two steps 1 In Image Display of Quick Menu select the item you want to print 2 Print the item with My Image Garden 27 Place Photos Automatically Delightful items are created easily as the selected photos are placed automatically according to the theme eh W G E m l Pes Other Various Functions My Image Garden has many other useful functions Refer to What You Can Do with My Image Garden for details 28 Create and Print Personalized Disc Labels CD DVD BD Easily and Beautifully Print without a Computer You can enjoy disc label printing easily even without using a computer Refer to About Disc Label Printing for details Create Items with Applications and Print Them Use My Image Garden to combine your favorite photos with preset themes to create and print personalized disc labels Refer to Printing Disc Labels CD
50. then touch the Color button D gt Note e You can change the print settings by tapping Print settings Setting Items for Photo Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine To resume the slide show tap Resume while the slide show pauses e You can resume the slide show by tapping Resume while printing If the printing is not complete you can print the displayed photo by pausing the slide show again and touching the Color button To cancel the slide show touch the HOME button 439 Printing Template Forms Such As Lined Paper or Graph Paper You can print a template form such as lined paper graph paper or checklist etc on A4 B5 or Letter sized plain paper Printable template forms Printing template forms Printable template forms The following templates are available Notebook paper You can select three line spacing formats Setting on the touch screen Notebook paper 1 8 mm Notebook paper 2 7 mm gt Notebook paper 3 6 mm DJ Note e You cannot print Notebook paper on B5 sized paper Graph paper You can select two square sizes Setting on the touch screen Graph paper 1 5 mm grid Graph paper 2 3 mm grid D Note e You cannot print Graph paper on B5 sized paper e Checklist You can print a notepad with checkboxes Setting on the touch screen Checklist 440 Staff paper You can print staff paper with 10 or 12 staves Setting on t
51. using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive 4 Enter the User name Enter the name that identifies the user Register user info User Name 1 to 20 characters Time zone UTC Coordinated Universal Time v 3 Important The User name entry field has the following character restrictions 70 e The password needs to be between 1 and 20 characters long using single byte alphanumeric characters and symbols amp lt gt _ Alphabets are case sensitive 5 Specify the Time zone setting and select Next Select your region on the list If you cannot find your region on the list select the one closest to your region Apply daylight saving time This appears only when there is a daylight saving time in the Time zone that you selected Select whether or not to apply the daylight saving time Register user info User Name 1 to 20 characters Time zone UTC Coordinated Universal Time v 6 Enter the Security code and select Done Enter the code for authenticating the user Register user info Set security code About security code Security code Security code confirmation 0 to 8 digits 71 J Important e The Security code entry field has the following character restrictions e Single byte numbers The registration is complete A registration completion message is
52. you can specify the destination and file name using Canon IJ Scan Utility Settings Dialog If you scan originals from the computer you can scan with advanced settings For details on scanning from the computer Scanning Photos and Documents Scan settings Scan settings Scan size A4 1 scan res 300 api Format 2 Scan res 3 Reduce show thru OFF 5 4 Descreen OFF Unsharp mask ON 1 Scan size Select the size of the original 2 Format 597 Select the data format of the scanned data Scan res Scan resolution Select the resolution for scanning Preview This setting is not available Reduce show thru Reducing show through Characters on the back may show through when scanning a thin document such as a newspaper Select ON if characters seem to show through on the scanned document This setting item is not available when Photo is selected for Doc type Descreen A printout consists of minute dots to make characters or graphs Interfering with each dot may result in uneven shades or a striped pattern Select ON if you notice any uneven shades or a striped pattern on the scanned image This setting item is not available when Photo is selected for Doc type DJ Note e Even if ON is selected for this setting some moire effects may remain if Unsharp mask is set to ON In that case select OFF for Unsharp mask Unsharp mask The outline of small characters or thin objects such as a ha
53. 639 Printing Does Not Start Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged in then touch the ON button to turn the machine on While the POWER lamp is flashing the machine is initializing Wait until the POWER lamp stops flashing and remains lit D Note e When printing large data such as a photo or graphics it may take longer to start printing While the POWER lamp is flashing the computer is processing data and sending it to the machine Wait until printing starts Make sure that the machine is connected to your computer properly When the machine is connected to your computer with a USB cable make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the machine and the computer then check the followings e If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub disconnect it connect the machine directly to the computer and try printing again If printing starts normally there is a problem with the relay device Consult the reseller of the relay device for details e There could also be a problem with the USB cable Replace the USB cable and try printing again When you use the machine over LAN make sure that the machine is connected to the network with a LAN cable or is set up correctly GSE Is the access point mode enabled When you print using a mode other than the access point mode disable the access point mode in advance Are the paper settings identical with those registered to the cassette When the paper settin
54. Adjust horizontal print position 6 Tap the setting to specify 261 Extended amount Small Extended amount Large You can select the setting menus below Print settings LAN settings Device user settings PictBridge print settings Language selection Home screen background color Firmware update Cassette settings Reset setting Note e You can use the machine considering the environment such as setting 2 sided printing as default or enabling the machine to turn on off automatically About ECO settings e You can reduce the operating noise when printing at night About Quiet setting 262 Print settings Prevent paper abrasion Use this setting only if the print surface becomes smudged Important e Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower printing speed or lower print quality Extended copy amount Selects the amount of image that extends off the paper when printing in borderless full Slight cropping may occur at the edges since the copied image is enlarged to fill the whole page You can change the width to be cropped from the borders of the original image as needed Cropped area will be larger if Extended amount Large is selected Important e This setting can be applied under the following conditions Performing borderless copying Borderless is selected for Border when copy
55. CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM Christmas card DJ Note e Description of displayed icons ia Can be used with genuine Canon ink 6 Select Register CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM greeting card This app is available exclusively to users of genuine Canon inks You can print various greeting Register The registration is completed and the app is added to the apps list To register another app repeat the procedure from step 5 To end the app registration select Back and return to the cloud s Main screen Important Some apps may require a linked app account before you can use the app If this is the case set up an account beforehand Delete apps You can delete unnecessary apps from the apps list Follow the steps described below to delete apps 1 From the printer home screen select Cloud 2 On the cloud s Main screen select Add delete CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft Add delete Manage 50 3 Select Delete registered apps Register apps Delete apps Sort 4 From the apps list select the app that you want to delete Delete apps WAGE CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums DJ Note e Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released not available in your region or does not support your model ia Can be used with genuine Canon ink 5 Select Delete CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft This app is ava
56. Canon Inkjet Print Utility and PIXMA Printing Solutions You can also use the convenient web services presented by Canon 1 Selecting Printer Information in an Apps Screen DJ Note e You can also enter IPv4 address directly in the web browser to display printer information pei 1 From the home window select Lil Setup gt g2 Device settings gt LAN settings gt Confirm LAN settings gt WLAN setting list or LAN setting list Then from the displayed window check the IP address 2 From your computer smartphone or tablet device open the Web browser and enter the following URL http lt Printer IP address gt For lt Printer IP address gt enter the IP address that you checked in the previous procedure 2 Entering Username and Administrator s Password From the authentication screen enter the Username and Password Username ADMIN Password See About the Administrator Password Note The Username display may differ depending on your browser 3 Displaying Printer Information The top screen for printer information is displayed 109 Menu Printer status Utilities AirPrint settings Google Cloud Print setup Print from E mail setup IJ Cloud Printing Center setup Security Firmware update Manual Online Printer status This function displays printer information such as the remaining ink amount the status and detailed error information You can also connect to the
57. Check the message that is displayed then tap OK 8 Tap a read write attribute to specify the setting Writable from USB PC The card slot is used as the memory card drive of a computer connected to the machine via USB Data can be written on the memory card from the computer 287 Writable from LAN PC The card slot is used as the memory card drive of a computer connected to the machine via a network Data can be written on the memory card from the computer Not writable from PC The card slot is used only for reading Be sure to select this mode when printing photos from a memory card Important When Writable from USB PC or Writable from LAN PC is selected the auto power off setting is inactive For details on the auto power off setting About ECO settings Important e If you use the card slot as the memory card drive of the computer you need to perform a safe removal operation on your computer before physically removing the memory card from your machine Drag the Mount drive icon into the Trash 288 Information about Network Connection gt Useful Information about Network Connection 289 Useful Information about Network Connection gt Default Values Set at Factory Network Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name gt Connecting to Other Computer with LAN Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN Pri
58. Extension Comes Off If the output tray extension comes off the paper output tray is not closed properly Note e The output tray extension comes off easily to avoid it being damaged Hold the paper output tray and move the output tray extension slowly until it clicks into place 693 Cannot Print Scan from NFC Compliant Device Is NFC setting set to Enable When you print or scan from a NFC compliant device select Enable for NFC setting Is PIXMA Printing Solutions installed in the NFC compliant device When you print or scan from a NFC compliant device install PIXMA Printing Solutions in the NFC compliant device and operate from the device Are you touching the NFC compliant device to the machine properly When you touch a NFC compliant device to the machine make sure that you touch the device to the NFC port on the machine properly Is the NFC function of the NFC compliant device enabled Confirm the setting of the NFC compliant device and enable the NFC function of the device 694 Problems with Installation Downloading gt Cannot Install the MP Drivers gt Uninstalling IJ Network Tool 695 Cannot Install the MP Drivers Download the driver from the support page of our website then reinstall it 696 Uninstalling IJ Network Tool Follow the procedure below to uninstall IJ Network Tool from your computer Important e Even if IJ Network Tool is uninstalled you can print over network
59. Fi Alliance in October 2002 The security has been strengthened more than WEP o Authentication WPA defines the following authentication methods WPA Personal that can be used without an authentication server plus WPA Enterprise that do require an authentication server This machine supports WPA Personal o Passphrase This encrypted key is used to perform WPA Personal authentication The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value e WPA2 Security framework released by the Wi Fi Alliance in September 2004 as a later version of WPA Provides a stronger encryption mechanism through Advanced Encryption Standard AES o Authentication WPA2 defines the following authentication methods WPA2 Personal that can be used without an authentication server plus WPA2 Enterprise that do require an authentication server This machine supports WPA2 Personal o Passphrase This encrypted key is used to perform WPA2 Personal authentication The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value 328 e WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS is a standard for easy and secure establishment of a wireless network There are 2 primary methods used in the Wi Fi Protected Setup PIN entry a mandatory method of setup for all WPS certified devices Push button configuration PBC an actual push button on the hardware or through a simulated push button in the sof
60. HE EVE aa 174 Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes 2 0000 0c eee eee eee 175 Lerter Legal s errissrik akren a a a a a a E N 176 Ses Or ALP aP Ninn alee ah Sia araa a cae coy wh a a a loa a cada eh ded nas 177 ENVGlOpGS 22t 0oeeg tse e ee ee HE ee eee ee eae ee aes 179 PIDE DISCS dukes A kag bad hk Nae Beek dea dia wae Ba ek wa dekh er ied tas 180 Placing a Printable DisGii24 0si45450268sd Sasa dirk abyss ead de donee bh pa Sb was R 181 Cautions When Printing on a Printable DISC e cs0iccseaeranwal saigi n ita one aandawy 182 Before Placing a Printable Dist sa sosis susiedeweee eri iey been Gwe ddewedewedhee eau 183 Placing a Fimtable DISC 25 44 ann nvincdaguuiiss than aaao ii dua Saath dae oda eka 184 Removing a Printable DISC o s axic ae dried oh Seared tiara Ge E ee hci aoe Naa 186 How ta Detach Attach the Dise Tray iidcu dead tee eee eee anaes Aa Re Balai 188 Loading Orgias 2 4 35 0444 be SS GEL GR OEE SEAL CRETE IGA SPREE SESEASEREASGEA ESR SES SORES 189 Loading Originals on the Platen Glass tiated ee hee haere a 190 How to Load Originals for Each FUNCtOn 000 400cinee reenter end thaw eGewdeeww awww 191 Orgona 1 OU Can Load ss wxd on dawn g osha eee nang A EE AER 4 193 How to Detach Attach the Document Cover oii ee eee ie ee ee eee oR 194 inserting tie Memory Car ssa ane tae ska hee eae By Geel e e a oh ahead hd aaa 195 Before Inserting the Memory Card icc scec kha de Rai nde Aedes ae Ae een 196 Inse
61. Installing the Printer Driver This section describes the items that you should check before installing the printer driver You should also refer to this section if the printer driver cannot be installed Checking the Personal Computer Settings e Terminate all running applications e Log on as a user who has the administrator account The installer will prompt you to enter the name and password of the administrative user When multiple users are using Mac OS log on with the account of the administrator who registered first Important e When you upgrade Mac OS all printer drivers that were installed will be deleted If you plan to continue using this printer re install the latest printer driver Related Topics Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver Installing the Printer Driver 420 Installing the Printer Driver You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest printer driver for your model The procedure for installing the downloaded printer driver is as follows 1 Mount the disk Double click the disk image file you have downloaded The file is unpacked and then the disk is mounted 2 Start the installer Double click PrinterDriver_XXX_YYY pkg where XXX is your model name and YYY is version contained in the disk 3 Start the installation Install the printer driver according to the messages on the screen When the Software License Agreement is displayed check the
62. Items for Photo Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Using Useful Display Functions 423 Printing Photographs Saved on a Memory Card You can print the photograph saved on the memory card easily This section describes the procedure to print the photograph in Photo print 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load photo paper er r 3 Flick the HOME screen then tap Photo print Using the Operation Panel Insert the memory card into the card slot The photo selection screen is displayed DJ Note e When you insert the memory card before you select Photo print on the HOME screen the photo selection screen is displayed If both photo files and PDF files are saved on the memory card the confirmation screen to select which file you print is displayed Tap Print photos in the displayed screen If no printable photo data is saved on the memory card Data of supported types are not saved is displayed on the touch screen If more than 2 000 photo data are saved on the memory card the photo data is split by group per 2 000 photos in reverse chronological order date last modified automatically Check the message displayed on the touch screen then tap OK 5 Specify the settings as necessary e To select the photo to print Flick horizontally to select the photo You can also select the photo by tapping A 1955 2000 You can print a copy of the displayed photo by
63. LEFT into the card slot according to the insert location in the figure below When the memory card is inserted properly the Access lamp A will light up Be sure to attach the card adapter for memory card with the mark asterisk and then insert it into the card slot as shown below Insert the following types of memory cards into the upper card slot e Memory Stick Duo Memory Stick PRO Duo e Memory Stick Micro with the Duo size adapter 198 A Insert the following types of memory cards into the lower card slot SD Secure Digital memory card SDHC memory card e miniSD Card miniSDHC Card e microSD Card microSDHC Card A gt Important e Part of the memory card will protrude from the card slot but do not force it into the slot any further This can damage the machine or the memory card e Make sure that the memory card is correctly oriented before inserting it into the card slot If you force the memory card into the card slot in the wrong orientation the memory card or the machine can be damaged e Do not insert more than one memory card at a time 4 Close the paper output tray 199 Removing the Memory Card Important e If you used the card slot as the memory card drive of a computer you must perform the safe removal operation on your computer before physically removing the memory card from the machine Setting Up the Card Slot as the Memory Card Drive of the Computer
64. Paper Size Use Device Setting Resolution Use Device Setting 42 Save 10 PC Oocument Save Settings E File Name IMG asi Attach to E mail Photo Save in jj Pictures Data Format Use Device Setting g Atach wo E mol a Docent JPEG Image Quality Standard Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application _ My Image Garden Send to an application a5 Preview Send to a folder None _ Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults e a 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Paper Size Set from the operation panel Resolution Set from the operation panel 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format J Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name 550 Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Set from the operation panel JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files
65. Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 3 Start IJ Scan Utility 4 Click Auto e800 Canon I Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series om oo oo D a a Auto Document J Photo Custom Stitch Driver Instructions s Settings Scanning starts DJ Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e To apply suitable corrections based on the item type click Settings then select the Apply recommended image correction checkbox in the Settings Auto Scan dialog e Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings Auto Scan dialog displayed by clicking Settings In the Settings Auto Scan dialog you can also make advanced scan settings e Refer to the following pages to scan by specifying the item type Scanning Photos Scanning Documents Scanning with Favorite Settings 494 Scanning Documents You can scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents 1 Place the item on the platen Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 2 Start IJ Scan Utility 3 Click Settings then set the paper size resolution etc in the Settings Document Scan dialog as required When setting is completed click OK 4 Click Document 8600 Canon J Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series lon _ a mD a Auto Document Photo Custom Stitch Driver Instructions Settings e Scannin
66. Printer Driver 2 2 00 5 349 Printing With Easy SQUD cc0 sents eens abet eee PORES DOR ERW OMS HHO E NS ERO RE ES 350 Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type 355 Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 356 Venous Printing Methods occas Kea dade diedee rati ent Ma dan ge ad dubauoh Waal aera wae 3o Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order 0 000 ee 358 Setting the Stapling Margin TETIT TRE TIFE SPE INET tad T TEET 360 Execute Borderless Printing 522440020854 tes a dda E 361 Sealing the Printing to Fit the Paper Size 002cscccun accede nadecnaradadels avs 364 scaled Printing is aca ge bhi oe p a aha a ae Edu tee ae bu aie og oe Sa ee eh ee 366 Page Layout PNAN ogee dow wena beatae eh eee Sani eek Khe GR oe 367 Duplex Pril so sist sete nt are Sack oe Aa GA Hecke BS Ader ne Hh Grd Serdar SE deo SHH GM RHE He BBR S 369 PUGUGO On POSEI S sauce ed a do Raga a keer e Ra ES 32 Displaying the Print Results before Printing aasan aaa aaau 373 Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size a an naa aana 374 Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data 0 0 0 cee eee 376 setting the Print Quality Level CUSTOM cress cues inc decade dua tases aidais a daai 377 Printing a Color Document in Monochrome 200 ccsscer dere eeee eee eee eee ee ee ees 378 AcMs UY TONE ci ce ty Ga gay a da
67. Proview Screen oi 25 254 550 os SPORES esse sans sh 245d ahs e SOR SaRRed er 469 Setting Items for Copying PERG HER ES rl S bE CARTE SSE CANS BOGE KEY ie PEER Ge ee 470 Reducing or Enlarging a Copy ex eset oe dn ce deeded ob beneesnddeiesedeweh oss 473 Two Sided COPYN ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 475 About Special Copy Menu 2c ccccc00cs6s00ceeededddet cane devareeenede dans 477 Copying Thick Originals Such as Books EPIN iiiad TREERE TTET EEEE 2 478 Copying wilbout Borders 6450644 044000 o0bd oe ERATE AREER eA dd deo ea Sead Hone eS dale 479 Copying Photos 2252 44 ETE E PETO ETTO TET pega end Moran STATIEF 480 Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page 2 260420 e eee ee eee ees 482 Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page 20000 e eee eee ee eee 485 e eo eee a eee ee ee es ee ae ee ee eee ee re eee re ee 488 Scanning rom HON 4 2 a0 684k tr E n eeh ere ee EEEE 489 canning with I Sean UMN ns 26h bide nee eerieees paacicnide hoe bihidds paddies ananabese 490 What Is IJ Scan Utility Scanner Software 0 0 0000 00 cee 491 Starting IJ Scan Utility ERTIES ET ree ETERN ee oe eee ee oLatinetoseus Soe Easy Scanning with AU SCAN oc agad onan 6a pee te ROS Ede oO MRE e ee eps Pa AaadwaR 494 Scanning Documents eer eee E ee TEPPE TU PEPEE E ERE o 495 SENM PO Daa aga eaa e ae dee a a e Ea Ra 496 Scanning with Favorite Settings PATERET TET ee TEE
68. Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in gt Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings Settings Save to PC Document Dialog a Click Save to PC Document on the E Scanning from the Operation Panel tab to display the Settings Save to PC Document dialog In the Settings Save to PC Document dialog you can specify how
69. Scan dialog Photo Scans items as photos and saves them to a computer Scan save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Photo Scan dialog Custom Scans items with your favorite settings and saves the images to a computer The item type can be automatically detected Scan save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Custom Scan dialog Stitch Displays the Image Stitch window in which you can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine the scanned images back into one image Scan save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog Driver Allows you to make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning Scan save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Driver dialog 515 Instructions Opens this guide Settings Displays the Settings dialog in which you can specify the scan save settings and the response after scanning 516 Settings Dialog Fn PON There are three tabs in the Settings dialog L Scanning from a Computer as Scanning from the Operation Panel and il General Settings When you click a tab the view in the red frame switches and you can make advanced settings to functions on each tab eooo Settings Auto Scan Scan Options Apply recommended image correction Save Setting
70. Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format DJ Note PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Enable large image scans Select this checkbox to scan images up to 21000 pixels x 30000 pixels and 1 8 GB Important e When this checkbox is selected you cannot select Send to an application Send to a folder Attach to e mail or Start OCR 545 e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear Note e When this checkbox is not selected images up to 10208 pixels x 14032 pixels can be scanned Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear 2 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scan
71. Setting Get IP address automatically a amp wo Nn Cancel On 1 Network Type Displays the wireless LAN mode currently selected AirPort Network Infra Connects the printer to the wireless LAN with an access point 305 Access point mode Connects external wireless communication devices e g computers smartphones or tablets to the printer using it as an access point Note e When Access point mode is displayed on Network Type you cannot change the settings on the Wireless LAN sheet or the Admin Password sheet e You can perform setting from Set up printer s wireless LAN on the Settings menu when you use the printer with the access point mode Depending on the printer you are using you can change the settings using the operation panel 2 Network SSID The network name SSID of the wireless LAN currently used is displayed In the access point mode the access point name SSID of the printer is displayed Note Enter the same SSID that the access point is configured to use The SSID is case sensitive 3 Search The Access Points screen is displayed to select an access point to connect to Access Points Screen Note e When IJ Network Tool runs over a LAN the button is grayed out and cannot be selected Connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily to change the settings 4 Encryption Method Select the encryption method used over the wireless L
72. Settings Attach to E mail Photo Dialog Settings Attach to E mail Document Dialog Settings General Settings Dialog gt Network Selection Screen Save Settings Dialog Image Stitch Window 514 IJ Scan Utility Main Screen From the Go menu of Finder select Applications then double click the Canon Utilities folder IJ Scan Utility folder and then Canon IJ Scan Utility2 icon to start IJ Scan Utility You can complete from scanning to saving at one time by simply clicking the corresponding icon 89090 Canon I Scan Utility2 m Product Name Canon series i a m si el Ss Auto Document Photo Custom Stitch Driver Instructions Settings Product Name Displays the name of the product that IJ Scan Utility is currently set to use If the displayed product is not the one you want to use select the desired product from the list In addition for network connection select one with Network after the product name Note e Refer to Network Scan Settings for how to set up a network environment Auto Detects the item type automatically and saves them to a computer The data format for saving will also be set automatically Save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Auto Scan dialog Document Scans items as documents and saves them to a computer Scan save settings and the response after scanning can be specified in the Settings Document
73. Settings Using the Operation Panel 0 0 000 eee eee eee 260 Changing the Machine Settings Using the Operation Panel 2 22200005 261 PSO e itd bite a a Ae Pheer weed eee eee bide eee a 263 LAN SEINGE ihe h eee he CASE eee eR Eh h ays e Che Re edd eakh ede aed 265 Dereser Sege rna cana E ied awa Backend ohana beet woman 270 Pisthndge print Sening S easi sererai pana hind ee Oe NEOUS Pheer eee 271 LengusGe SAICCUON 4 5 420decadhukawea wad ta Le eee dea wacked dha oe Raa e a wanes 274 Home screen background color TEESE EEEE TE PENT ee UTETE EENT Tree ag 200 Fittiwate UNC sanns seh edeeedteoieseareeeand dobar eohadeahan pak needy ook oe ed 276 Cassette settings pita TET ee ee TETE ited TTET PAE ee ee TAE 277 Reset Sends taar etea ar aaa a eea DORNER RSs a nA 278 About ECO settings saad TE TOPSENT ETET TEREE TOT TEEPEE PETER ae AO ADOM OWE SON aeoea reha EASA EEEE EC PRES D ERG 281 Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode ike oes AET IREEN ET ee ee 282 Setting Up the Card Slot as the Memory Card Drive of the Computer 286 Setting Up the Card Slot as the Memory Card Drive of the Computer Mikeesepeesas LOO Information about Network Connection 000 cee eee ee eee eae 289 Useful Information about Network Connection nasasa saaa aaa ieee edwaknanns ae dadavaaa ne 290 Default Values Set at Factory NGIWOIK 0000 eee es eee se Hee hee ee e
74. Sizes Up to 10 attachment files can be printed The maximum size of an e mail with attachment files is 10 MB Note The size of an e mail is determined based on the size of the entire transmission file including the e mail message and the header Therefore sometimes an attachment file cannot be printed even if the size of the attachment file is less than 10 MB e If the size of an attached JPEG file is less than 10 KB the file cannot be printed 2 Attach the file that you want to print from your smartphone tablet or computer to the e mail and send it to the e mail address for printing To check the print address from the operation panel of this printer display the home window and select il Setup gt i l Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt Print from E mail setup gt Check address for printing Important e You will not be able to use the service during periods when the service is undergoing maintenance 113 Use the Service With More Than One Person To allow multiple users to use this function register users other than the printer s owner as members 1 The printer s owner uses his her smartphone tablet or computer to access the service s login URL https pr mp c ij com po and logs in 2 Select the printer name that you want to add the member Click Member Settings gt Add to enter the member s e mail address and click Add A URL of the member registration page is sen
75. TEET 497 Scanning Items Larger than the Platen Image Stitch 0 0 0c eee ee 498 Scanning Multiple Items at One Time 1 0 ee ee ene n eee 502 Saving after Checking Scan RESUS i4ic0civeneidwee sense anes she aoe seen e bee 505 Sending Scanned mages via E Mall sccxsaw away hae Bao dee ak hoe Wak Be amas 508 Extracting Text from Scanned Images OCR iss ccs eee eae dae e were eee e eee Hs 511 J Scam NEY SOECES eip kee he a oaa A Aaa a aie a 514 IJ Scan Utility Main SCHR 2565 6 srein a EES 515 SOUMGS DAOG van ar iaaii a aa a eines E a adieu s 517 Network Selection Sreem os sirsrrerd riren PEro EEE 563 Save ceninge DINO 1 55 4a ee darks aa aa a baud toh E de 565 m ge SU WiINKGWe ccc te gariarena daka eed he ee eee be ake eRe RS 568 Scanning With mcanhel DNVE sss reris fa taaa aaa Lae eA eS dan bade a oe a ed 572 Image Corrections and Color Adjustments 2 62 6 aaa auaa 573 General Notes Scanner Driver cia 3 ae a aha ea A hea eee eda ba aes 577 Updating the Scanner DVS osred csiera tint em Red Rie nE A aoe de Be a 578 Obtaining the Latest Scanner DIVE aaa ksi whee sirana annei ee oeadawdd ehawes 579 Before Installing the Scanner Driver i045 4 eee eye eee d eee ee deed eee dee 580 Installing the Scanner Driver wcidt dco dand th head dha s Bad dd Aaa ed dee 581 Useful Information on Scanning Pipi RSH Sh Wy Hd AE oe ee ee ee ie eee ee ree fe 582 Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window
76. Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 819 6938 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 820 6940 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 821 6941 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 822 6942 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 823 6943 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine b
77. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing Licensor provides the Work and each Contributor provides its Contributions on an AS IS BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND either express or implied including without limitation any warranties or conditions of TITLE NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE You are solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License Limitation of Liability In no event and under no legal theory whether in tort including negligence contract or otherwise unless required by applicable law such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts or agreed to in writing shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages including any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the Work including but not limited to damages for loss of 20 goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any and all other commercial damages or losses even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof You may choose to offer and charge a fee for acceptance of support warranty indemnity or other liabil
78. Use Print from E mail To use this service to print a photo or document you need to follow the procedure provided below and register the printer Print the Printer Registration Page s URL and the PIN Code First print the printer registration page s URL and the PIN code Check that there is sufficient amount of ink in the printer and then print using the printer s operation panel 1 Check that the printer is connected to the network J Important e This product needs to be connected to a LAN with an Internet connection A 2 From the operation panel of this printer display the home window and select Mi Setup gt a Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt Print from E mail setup gt Register printer 3 Follow the instructions on the screen and print the printer registration URL and PIN code Important Do not turn off the power on the printer until the registration process is completed Access the printed URL and log in within 25 minutes e If you canceled the registration before it is completed repeat the procedure from printing the registration information Access the Printed URL and Enter the Owner s E mail Address and Other Required Information Next enter the owner s e mail address and other required information 1 Access the printed URL by using the browser on your smartphone tablet or computer and select Log In 2 In the use agreement window select Agree Important e If yo
79. XXX XXX XXX IPv4 subnet mask XXX XXX XXX XXX IPv4 default gateway XXX XXX XXX XXX IPv6 address XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 266 IPv6 default gateway XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX MAC address XX XX XX XX XX XX IPsec settings Enable ESP Enable ESP amp AH Enable AH Disable Pre shared key XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Printer name XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XX represents alphanumeric characters AP mode setting list The list of access point mode settings of this machine is displayed on the touch screen The following setting items are displayed p a XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX IPv4 subnet mask XXX XXX XXX XXX IPv4 default gateway XXX XXX XXX XXX IPv6 address XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX IPv6 subnet prefix length IPv6 default gateway XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 267 Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XX represents alphanumeric characters Print LAN details You can print out the network settings of the machine such as its IP address and SSID For more information on the machine s network setting is printed out Printing Out Network Setting Information Important e This printout contains valuable information about your computer Handle it with care Other settings
80. You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF or PDF Multiple Pages Important e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White e When Start OCR is selected in Application Settings you cannot select PDF or PDF Multiple Pages DJ Note e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format e When Black and White is selected in Color Mode this option does not appear JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search 526 Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format Note PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder spe
81. a Network Key bie Bee ew We TERET EPEE EET 632 The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup n nanana nananana 634 The Administrator Password Set to the Machine Was Forgotten 200 eeu 635 Checking Information about the Network jcc icsssdadesaaaen cad caaws awaw daeas ne adams 636 How to Restore the Machine s Network Settings to Factory Default 55 638 Problems with PIMIO e tn kek e lt e445 SOS 65 Sed O41 4 SE OSES SEE ERET ERS 639 Printing Does Not Stam oosa vee eas eeeebeeee ye eee bd VERE ev EEE PERU SSE RE eee ee hee Yes 640 Pater Janis 3054566450800 ehen SR O54 Sas SOR Se RE Ose eae ORANG ERE ORE aA 642 Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs cA ee acd EPEAT TITER TE TITIS o 643 Cannot Pinton the Disc Label o cccaciered oeahe eared epakbedeeteeed baia aaee es 645 Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing ARET a eE FYER _ 647 Copying Printing Stops Before It Is Completed 22 2 0 54 2se408ee5008sbaeeoasees ede bss 648 Problems with Pining CMa icc k be ee eeee dare ee denne eee eh eceeeeee et ERE 649 Prot Results Not satisiacionys ac ca asin bw ade Geeesdaliedes os Sane s Sede owates efaesaneeses 650 Cannot Print to End of Job Masheaus amp ETER ERE eed haces INFERAN TEIT jeres 092 No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks 653 Lines Are Misaligned eee TERET E
82. almost full Action Tap OK on the touch screen to continue printing Contact the service center 761 1710 Cause The ink absorber is almost full Action Tap OK on the touch screen to continue printing Contact the service center 762 1711 Cause The ink absorber is almost full Action Tap OK on the touch screen to continue printing Contact the service center 763 1830 Cause A certain period of time has elapsed while disc label printing is in progress Action If a certain period of time has elapsed while disc label printing is in progress the machine stops initializing The machine resumes initializing by tapping OK on the touch screen Try the operation again following the instructions on the touch screen 764 1850 Cause The disc tray guide is closed Action Open the disc tray guide with the operation panel closed attach the disc tray properly then tap OK on the touch screen 765 1851 Cause The disc tray guide is open Action When printing other than disc label printing is started close the disc tray guide Close the disc tray guide then tap OK on the touch screen 766 1855 Cause The disc tray guide has been closed Action Open the disc tray guide with the operation panel closed then tap OK on the touch screen Do not open or close the disc tray guide while printing is in progress Doing so may damage the machine 767 1856 Cause The dis
83. and Google Play 120 Printing with Windows RT When you use Windows RT printing is easy because you simply connect this printer to the network For information about connecting to the network see the setup URL http www canon comi ijsetup for using this product from your computer smartphone or tablet device When the connection is complete the Canon Inkjet Print Utility software which allows you to specify detailed print settings is downloaded automatically By using Canon Inkjet Print Utility you can check the Printer status and specify detailed print settings The available functions will differ depending on your usage environment and connection method 121 Overview of the Machine gt Safety Guide Safety Precautions Regulatory and Safety Information Main Components and Basic Operations Main Components About the Power Supply of the Machine Using the Operation Panel Loading Paper Originals Loading Paper Placing a Printable Disc Loading Originals Inserting the Memory Card Replacing an Ink Tank Replacing an Ink Tank Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Checking the Ink Status Maintenance When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Performing Maintenance from a Computer Cleaning the Machine Changing the Machine Settings Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer Changing the Machine Settings Using the Operation Panel Setting Up the C
84. and a device without using an access point Connect a device and the printer directly using the printer s access point mode function e When establishing a connection in access point mode Internet connection may become unavailable In that case web services for the printer cannot be used e If you connect a device connected to the Internet via an access point to the printer that is in access point mode the connection between the device and access point will be disabled In that case the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your device Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data connection apply e In access point mode you can connect up to five devices at the same time If you try to connect a sixth device while five devices are already connected an error will appear If an error appears disconnect a device that does not use the printer then configure settings again e Network settings such as the SSID and security protocol can be changed on the printer When Using Windows XP Connection without Using an Access Point Windows XP Restrictions Appears in a new window Wired Connection Connect the printer and a hub or router with an Ethernet cable Prepare an Ethernet cable USB Connection Connect the printer and a computer with a USB cable Prepare a USB cable 35 Connection without Using an Access Point Windows XP Restrictions Appear
85. any application More Functions J n Ly T The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears 3J Note e Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog 509 Settings Auto Scan Dialog Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Photo Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog Settings Driver Dialog 6 Click Photo e800 Canon J Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series g a E 4 Auto Document Photo Custom Stitch Oriver Instructions Settings Scanning starts When scanning is completed the specified e mail client starts and the images will be attached to a new message DJ Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e The scanned images are saved according to the settings made in the Settings dialog e When the Check scan results checkbox is selected in the Settings dialog the Save Settings dialog appears After you set the save options and click OK the scanned images are saved and automatically attached to a new message of the specified e mail client 7 Specify the recipient enter the subject and message then send e mail Refer to the manual of your e mail client for e mail settings 510 Extracting Text from Scanned Images OCR Scan text in scanned magazines and newspapers and display it in your text editor Note e You can extract text when scanning via Document Custom or Driver The screens for sca
86. appearing in the Connected to column 3 Click the Configuration button 4 Click the Wireless LAN button 5 Select Use Password WEP in Encryption Method and click Configuration The WEP Details screen is displayed 6 Change the settings or confirm When changing the password WEP key the same change must be made to the password WEP key of the access point WEP Details Password WEP Key 1 Key Length 128 bit AUN 1 Password WEP Key Enter the same key as the one set to the access point The number of characters and character type that can be entered differ depending on the combination of the key length and key format Key Length Key Format ASCII 13 characters 309 Hexadecimal Hex 10 digits 26 digits 2 Key Length Select either 64 bit or 128 bit 3 Key Format Select either ASCII or Hex 4 Key ID Select the Key ID index set to the access point D gt Note e When the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN When the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN confirm the settings in Wireless Security of AirPort Utility Select 64 bit if WEP 40 bit is selected for the key length in the AirPort Base Station e Select 1 for Key ID Otherwise your computer will not be able to communicate with the printer via the access point 5 Authentication Select the authentication method to authenticate the printer s access to the access point
87. appears The information displayed depends on the menu currently selected in the menu area The symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice 78 series Sort Latest notices User information Help legal notices Log out f Facebook Evernote Ss omn 6 Apps Con g Properties Manage jobs Sort Sort This displays the screen to sort registered apps You can use the EE buttons to change the display order of apps When you finish sorting press the Done button to confirm the order CANON iM 7 o t jee ne Facebook A v Cancel Latest notices Latest notices This displays the latest notices The symbol indicates that there is a new unread notice User information This displays the User information screen You can change the registered e mail address password language time zone and other settings 79 ae Help legal notices Help legal notices The description of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screen and various reminders are displayed Log out This opens the Log out screen of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 4 Display area The display changes based on the menu you select series CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Scan to E mail Evernote Dropbox Google Drive SkvNrive t Config Properties Manage jobs 5 Menu area The following 4 menu buttons are displayed Pi Apos Apps This displays the list of registered apps in the Display
88. area ar EELA Config This displays the Register apps screen in the Display area The display can be toggled between Registered and Search apps The Registered screen lists registered apps You can check the information of these apps or deregister them 80 y series Registered Search apps was CANON iMAGE GATEWAY CANON INC pa Picasa Web Albums CANON INC Flickr CANON INC f Facebook Fy 55 E Apps Config Properties Manage jobs On the Search apps screen the apps that you can register by using the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center are displayed by category xt series Regstered Search apps All Latest Photography xt series Productivity Registered Search apps Creativity Picasa Web Albums CANON INC i Cards Crafis Fis Apps Facebook CANON INC i Flickr CANON INC Photos in Tweets o When you select Ol the details of the app are displayed When you select onmp Tori you can choose to register or unregister the app DJ Note Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released not available in your region or does 81 not support your model Can be used with genuine Canon ink Properties This screen displays the status of the printer that is currently selected You can check how much ink is remaining or details about an error that occurred You can also access the ink purchasing site and the Online Manual
89. authentication method must match among the machine the access point and the computer Normally select Auto for the authentication method If you want to specify the method manually select Open System or Shared Key according to the setting of the access point How to Set an Encryption Key When Encryption Is Enabled Cannot Communicate With the Machine After the Encryption Type Was Switched on the Access Point If the machine cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the machine was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point matches that set to the machine Cannot Communicate with the Machine After Applying MAC IP Address Filtering or Entering an Encryption Key to the Access Point 613 Cannot Detect a Machine on a Network Cannot Detect the Machine When Setting up Network Communication The Machine Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN The Machine Cannot Be Detected in the Wired LAN D gt Note e You cannot use the wireless LAN and the wired LAN at the same time 614 Cannot Detect the Machine When Setting up Network Communication If the machine could not be detected on the network when setting up the network communication confirm the network settings before redetecting the machine Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wired LAN Setup Check 1 D gt Note e You can set up the
90. be selected This section describes the setting items in Photo print The setting item which cannot be selected is displayed grayed out or not displayed Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the other setting items or the print menus If the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected u and Error details are displayed on the touch screen In this case tap oO on the upper left on the touch screen to confirm the message then change the setting The settings of the page size media type etc are retained even if another print menu is selected or the machine is turned off Page size Select the page size of the loaded paper Type Media type Select the media type of the loaded paper Print qity Print quality Select print quality according to the photo Border Bordered Borderless print Select bordered or borderless print Photo fix When Auto photo fix is selected the scene or person s face of a shot photo is recognized and the most suitable correction for each photo is made automatically It makes a darkened face by backlight brighter to print It also analyzes a scene such as scenery night scene person etc and corrects each scene with the most suitable color brightness or contrasts automatically to print Note e As a default photos on the memory card are printed with auto correction applied If No correction is selected photos are printed without correction
91. been specified Network Scan Settings The mail software and the file name are specified in Canon IJ Scan Utility You can specify the destination and the file name in Canon IJ Scan Utility For details on settings of Canon lJ Scan Utility Settings Dialog 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Flick the HOME screen then tap Ei Scan Using the Operation Panel The screen for selecting to which you save the data is displayed Select save location Bre Attach to E mail DJ Note e If the Scan standby screen for forwarding the data to the USB connected computer is displayed on the touch screen tap to display the screen for selecting to which you save the data 3 Tap Attach to E mail 594 4 Tap the computer to forward the scanned data Tap Local USB for a USB connected computer or tap the computer to forward the scanned data for a network connected computer Select PC Local USB PCO01 PC002 PC003 Search again The Scan standby screen is displayed 5 Specify the settings as necessary Doc type Photo A PEG x6 10x15cm B AA 00 dpi t Settings J 4 CETE mda E BA Local USB D A Tap to select the document type Document Scans the original on the platen glass as a document data applying the settings specified in Scan settings Photo Scans the original on the platen glass as a photo data applying the settings specified in Scan settings B Tap t
92. below the message Support Code 2111 The size or type of the paper loaded in cassette 1 is different fram tho nrint cottinsne KG 4 x6 10x15 Plus Glossy II Cassette 1 Action Tapping OK on the touch screen the following screen is displayed 773 Select what to do from the following Print with paper in cass settings Replace the paper and print Cancel Select what to do as necessary Note e Depending on the setting the choices below may not be displayed Print with paper in cass settings Select if you want to print on the paper loaded in the cassette 1 without changing the paper settings For example when the paper setting for printing or copying is 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm and the cassette paper information registered to the machine is 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm the machine starts printing or copying with 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm on the paper loaded in the cassette 1 Replace the paper and print Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the cassette 1 For example when the paper setting for printing or copying is 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm and the cassette paper information registered to the machine is 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm you load 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm sized paper in the cassette 1 before you start printing or copying The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper and inserting the cassette 1 Register the cassette paper information according to
93. creating your own prints T Shirt Transfers lt TR 301 gt 1 e Photo Stickers lt PS 101 gt 1 Printing to this paper from the operation panel or from a digital camera is not supported Paper Load Limit Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type Note e You can print onto a printable disc using the disc tray supplied with the machine Placing a Printable Disc e When printing photos saved on a PictBridge compliant device you must specify the page size and media type Printing from a Digital Camera 165 e You can use non Canon genuine art paper For details access our website You cannot print in the top and bottom 1 38 inch 35 mm margins of the paper in the printing direction Sizes for Art Paper Before Printing on Art Paper Page Sizes You can use the following page sizes D gt Note e You can load the page sizes as follows e cassette 1 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm and 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm e cassette 2 A4 B5 A5 Letter Legal 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10 e Printing on the following page sizes from the operation panel or from a digital camera is not supported e Legal and Envelopes Standard sizes e Letter e Legal A5 e A4 BS e 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm e 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm Envelope DL Envelope Com 10 Non standard sizes You can print on non standard size paper within the f
94. data format often used on websites and for digital camera images JPEG features high compression rates JPEG images slightly degrade every time they are saved and cannot be returned to their original state JPEG is not available for black and white images TIFF Standard File Extension tif A data format featuring a relatively high compatibility between various computers and applications TIFF is suitable for editing saved images Note e Some TIFF files are incompatible e IJ Scan Utility supports the following TIFF file formats e Uncompressed black and white binary e Uncompressed RGB 8 bits per channel e Uncompressed Grayscale PDF Standard File Extension pdf A data format for electronic documents developed by Adobe Systems Incorporated It can be used on various computers and operating systems and fonts can be embedded as well therefore people in different environments can exchange the files without being aware of the differences 586 Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer Learn how to place items on the platen of your scanner or printer Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned Otherwise items may not be scanned correctly Important e Do not place objects on the document cover When you open the document cover the objects may fall into your scanner or printer resulting in malfunction e Close the document cover when scanning Placing Items Place items as des
95. destination while viewing the thumbnails of scan results Important e After scanning from My Image Garden or the operation panel the Save Settings dialog does not appear Save Settings 1 amp Save Settings memme T 3 Save in E Pictures Data Format JPEG Exif gt JPEG Image Quality Standard Save to a subfolder with current date Cancel OK 1 Preview Operation Buttons 2 Scan Results Area 3 Save Settings Area 1 Preview Operation Buttons 4 gt a Rotate Left 90 Rotate Right 90 Rotates scanned images 90 degrees counter clockwise or clockwise L ai Select the image you want to rotate then click za Rotate Left 90 or za Rotate Right 90 gt Important The preview operation buttons do not appear when the Enable large image scans checkbox is selected in the Settings Driver dialog 2 Scan Results Area Displays the thumbnails of the scanned images You can change the save order of images via drag and drop The file names for saving appear below the thumbnails 565 3 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displa
96. display may change without prior notice 43 Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer Before Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer Preparing to Use PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer Using PIXMA Cloud Link Cloud Troubleshooting 44 Before Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer First check the following content Precautions If you plan to use the web service to print documents be sure to check these precautions beforehand Network environment The printer must be connected to a LAN and to the Internet If your printer is not connected to a LAN see here and set one up For information on the LAN and Internet settings see the manual of your network devices or contact the manufacturer Important The user will bear the cost of Internet access Preparing to Use PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer Copyright c 1991 2013 Unicode Inc All rights reserved Distributed under the Terms of Use in http www unicode org copyright html This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group THE BASIC LIBRARY FUNCTIONS Written by Philip Hazel Email local part ph10 Email domain cam ac uk University of Cambridge Computing Service Cambridge England Copyright c 1997 2008 University of Cambridge All rights reserved THE BSD LICENCE Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following con
97. ee seen dwaains daahdaahbodaatiGunadeewdwaGman 677 Scan Quality Image Displayed on the Monitor Is Poor 0 2 00 0000 678 Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas 20 0 0 0 cc ce ene 679 Cannot Scan at the Correct Size a cig ie N deals nics ane TEEPEE aha EREET 680 Position or Size of the Image Cannot be Detected Correctly When Scanning from the Operation PANG eesoasi saiad a Aea aaua aa eaa a pees 681 Item Is Placed Correctly but the Scanned Image Is Slanted 00020 cee eae 682 Scanned Image Is Enlarged Reduced on the Computer Monitor ENSAR 2a oes 683 Problems with the MachiNGss e rire sceeee oe eden deere hows SCE eKenees cones 684 The Machine Cannot Be Powered On 25 4 bade TETE CETIS TET TEET ETTEN RTT 685 The Machine Turns Off Unintentionally 2224424440094 4000 aa 686 Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly TEE TPPP Ceres eee ee sane OOF Cannot Communicate with the Machine with USB Connection 0 0 00 00 0 eee eee 688 The Display on the Touch Screen Cannot Be Seen At All Benatar ah TESTTE ET ebaiesueex DOI An Unintended Language Is Displayed on the Touch Screen 0000 eee 690 Cannot Remove a Memory Card cisi tasea daigai na a a a A pe Ra a a Woe A ma atakaa 691 Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing a asua aaaa aaaea 692 i the Ouiput Tray Extension Comes Offas ncsgresrspireni
98. folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear 541 Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF or PDF Multiple Pages Important e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White DJ Note e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format e When Black and White is selected in Color Mode this option does not appear Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important e This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format DJ Note PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of
99. from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Set disc print area Outer circle 114 A Inner circle 41 B c Follow the procedure below to perform disc label print setting 1 Adjust the printing area the outer inner diameter of the printable disc A Tap to specify the outer diameter B Tap to specify the inner diameter C Tap to specify the printing area DJ Note e Measure the outer and inner diameters of the printing surface of the printable disc and make sure you set a value smaller than the measured value for the outer diameter and a value larger than the measured value for the inner diameter e Contact the manufacturers of printable discs for details 2 Select the type of the printable disc you use 272 Note e If your printable disc is the recommended disc tap Recommended disc for the suitable density printing If not tap Other disc 273 Language selection Changes the language for the messages and menus on the touch screen 274 Home screen background color Selects the background color of the HOME screen You can select black or white 275 Firmware update You can update the firmware of the machine check the firmware version or perform settings of a notification screen a DNS server and a proxy server Note e Only Check current version is available when Disable LAN is selected for Change LAN in LAN settings Install update Performs the firmware update of the
100. from the beginning If You Cannot Delete the Service e If the printer operation panel display the message Failed to connect to Print from E mail Only the information on the printer was deleted is displayed it could be that the registration information on the service could not be deleted even though the Print from E mail information stored on this printer was deleted Select OK to release the error and then access the service s login URL https pr mp c ij com po to delete the registration information If the Print from E mail information stored on this printer could not be deleted even though the registration information on the service was deleted from the operation panel of this printer display the home window and select HA Setup gt a Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt Print from E mail setup gt Delete registered printer and delete the registration information If You Cannot Print after the Printer Is Repaired Re registering the printer and the printer owner When the printer is repaired all of the registered information is deleted and Print from E mail can no longer be used If you want to use this service again you must re register the printer and the printer owner For information about the re registration procedure see Preparing to Use Print from E mail Even if users other than the owner were registered as members repeat the registration starting from here 115 Preparing to
101. function may not be effective for some types of photos Note It is recommended that you select None when scanning printed materials Fading Correction Use this function to correct photos that have faded with time or have a colorcast Colorcast is a phenomenon where a specific color affects the entire picture due to the weather or ambient strong colors None Fading Correction will not be applied Low Select this to correct a small amount of fading and colorcast Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Select this to correct a large amount of fading and colorcast This can affect the tone of the image Important e Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small Not effective if Color is not selected for Kind Grain Correction Use this function to reduce graininess roughness in photos taken with high speed or sensitized film etc None Graininess will not be reduced 574 Low Select this when the photo is slightly grainy Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Select this when the photo is very grainy This can affect the gradation and sharpness of the image Important e Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small Gutter Correction Use this function to correct shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Unclear or blurred text lines caused by curved pages are n
102. in Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning Important e This does not appear when Select Source is Auto e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pop up menu Start OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data You can specify the application from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in 538 DJ Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 539 Settings Sca
103. in Application Settings then select an e mail client 508 e09 Settings Photo Scan iela ii E auto Scan Resolution 300 dpi Image Processing Settings aa Gocument Scan Save Settings File Name IMG iE Save in ij Pictures gt E custom Scan Data Format JPEG Exif JPEG Image Quality Standard gt mi Scan and Sitch Save to a subfolder with current date A mae _ Check sean results Application Settings _ Open with an application My Image Garden _ Send to an application 49 Preview _ Send to a folder None C Do not start any application More Functions 7 ainaani Oe eee Instructions Defaults 3 Note e You can add e mail clients to use for attachments from the pop up menu If None Attach Manually is selected manually attach scanned and saved images to e mail 5 Click OK 6 0 6 Settings Photo Scan lela i EAE Resolution 300 dpi Image Processing Settings za Document Scan Save Settings File Name IMG ly Save in D Pictures hi Custom Scan Data Format JPEG Exif JPEG Image Quality Standard EG E Scan and Sitch C Save to a subfolder with current date So a _ Check scan results Application Settings _ Open with an application My Image Garden _ Send to an application 43 Preview Send to a folder None Attach to e mail C None Attach Manually s C Do not start
104. incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed Redistribution You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium with or without modifications and in Source or Object form provided that You meet the following conditions 1 You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License and 2 You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files and 3 You must retain in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute all copyright patent trademark and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works and 4 If the Work includes a NOTICE text file as part of its distribution then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works in at least one of the following places within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative Works within the Source form or documentation if provided along with the Derivative Works or within a display generated by the Derivative Works if and wherever such third pa
105. ink purchase site or support page and use Web Services Utilities This function allows you to set and execute the printer utility functions such as cleaning AirPrint settings This function allows you to specify the Apple AirPrint settings such as position information Google Cloud Print setup This function allows you to register this printer to Google Cloud Print or delete the printer Print from E mail setup Allows you to register printers check print addresses and delete registered printers IJ Cloud Printing Center setup Allows you to register to IJ Cloud Printing Center or to delete a registration Security Allows you to set the Administrator s password and Operation restrictions for the machine Important e For the initial Password see About the Administrator Password For Security reasons we recommend that you change the Password to an individual password The following character restrictions apply to the password that you enter e Set the password by using 0 to 32 characters e The allowed characters are single byte alphanumeric characters Firmware update This function allows you to update the firmware and check version information Manual Online This function displays the Online Manual 110 Online Storage Integration Function The printer can integrate with online storage services such as Evernote Integration with Online Notetaking Service J Evernote If an Evernote client application
106. is correct but the lamp flashes there has been an error and the machine cannot print Check the error message displayed on the touch screen A Message Is Displayed The ink lamp is off The ink tank is not installed properly or the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled If the ink tank is not firmly in place make sure that the orange protective cap has been removed from the bottom of the ink tank then press on the top of the ink tank until the ink tank clicks into place 210 If the ink lamp is still off after reinstalling the ink tank there has been an error and the machine cannot print Check the error message displayed on the touch screen A Message Is Displayed DJ Note e You can also check the ink status on the computer screen Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer 211 Maintenance gt When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Performing Maintenance from a Computer Cleaning the Machine 212 When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect Maintenance Procedure gt Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Cleaning the Print Head Cleaning the Print Head Deeply Aligning the Print Head Aligning the Print Head Manually 213 Maintenance Procedure If print results are blurred colors are not printed correctly or print results are unsatisfactory e g misaligned printed ruled lines perform the
107. is installed on your computer you can import scanned images into the application and upload them to the Evernote server The uploaded images can be browsed from other computers smartphones etc To use Evernote you need to create an account See the CREATE ACCOUNT page of Evernote for account creation Settings In the Settings Dialog of IJ Scan Utility select the item you want to set then select Evernote for Send to an application in Application Settings Refer to Settings Dialog for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details gt Important e The Evernote service features are subject to change or termination without prior notice 111 How to Use Print from E mail By using Print from E mail you can easily print a photo or document saved on your smartphone tablet or computer just by attaching it to an e mail You can print simply from outside like a travel destination Also your family or friends can print by registering beforehand You can use Print from E mail on any Canon printer that supports the service 3xxonp 0 i 00m M Checking Your Environment First check your environment e Network environment This product needs to be connected to a LAN with an Internet connection gt Important e The user will bear the cost of Internet access e This function may not be available in some countries regions Depending on your printer model this function may not be available Preparin
108. is set to JPEG file extension jpg JJ Note e This device incorporates exFAT technology licensed from Microsoft 197 Inserting the Memory Card 33 Important e When a memory card is inserted into the card slot the Access lamp is lit When the Access lamp is flashing the machine is accessing the memory card In this case do not touch the area around the card slot Note e When Read write attribute is set to Writable from USB PC or Writable from LAN PC you cannot print image data from the memory card using the operation panel of the machine After using the card slot as the memory card drive of a computer remove the memory card select Device user settings in Device settings then set Read write attribute to Not writable from PC Setting Up the Card Slot as the Memory Card Drive of the Computer e When you use a computer to edit or enhance photos saved on a memory card be sure to print them from the computer If you use the operation panel the photos may not be printed properly 1 Prepare your memory card Attach a special card adapter if your memory card requires one Before Inserting the Memory Card 2 Turn on the power then holding both sides of the paper output tray gently open it 3 Insert only one memory card into the card slot The location to insert a memory card varies depending on each type of memory card Insert your memory card straightforward WITH THE LABELED SIDE FACING TO THE
109. machine If you select Yes the firmware update starts Follow the on screen instructions to perform update Important e When you use this function make sure that the machine is connected to the Internet Note If the firmware update is not complete check the following and take an appropriate action e When using wired LAN make sure that the machine is connected to the computer with a LAN cable properly e Check the network settings such as an access point or a router If Cannot connect to the server is displayed on the touch screen tap OK then try again after a while Check current version You can check the current firmware version Update notification setting When Yes is selected and the firmware update is available the screen to inform you of the firmware update is displayed on the touch screen DNS server setup Performs settings for a DNS server Select Auto setup or Manual setup If you select Manual setup follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings e Proxy server setup Performs settings for a proxy server Follow the display on the touch screen to perform settings 276 Cassette settings By registering the paper size and the media type loaded in the cassette you can prevent the machine from misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the loaded paper differs from the print settings For details Pap
110. machine and you may not be able to continue to print Touch the Stop button to cancel printing 337 Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off If you touch the ON button to turn off the power the machine caps the print head nozzles automatically to prevent from drying If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet before the POWER lamp is turned off the print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging When unplugging the power cord make sure that the POWER lamp is not lit Print periodically Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time even if it is capped the print head too may become dried or clogged if the machine has not been used for a long time We recommend you to use the machine at least once a month Note e Depending on the type of paper ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or paint stick or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area 338 Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine When relocating the machine make sure of the following D Important e Pack the machine in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing dow
111. maintenance procedure below 33 Important Do not rinse or wipe the print head and ink tank This can cause trouble with the print head and ink tank Note e Make sure that the orange protective tape does not remain on the ink tank Open the operation panel and make sure that the lamp on the ink tank is lit If the lamp is flashing or off take appropriate action Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps e Increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven Print the nozzle check pattern From the machine Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern From the computer Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern Examine the nozzle check pattern If there are missing lines or horizontal white streaks in the pattern Clean the print head From the machine Cleaning the Print Head From the computer 214 Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer After cleaning the print head print and examine the nozzle check pattern gt Step1 If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice D Clean the print head deeply From the machine Cleaning the Print Head Deeply From the computer Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer Note e When you have performed the proced
112. memory card over a network 322 About Technical Terms In this section technical terms used in the manual are explained A Access Point A wireless transceiver or base station that receives information from wireless clients the machine and rebroadcasts it Required in an infrastructure network Access point mode The machine is used as an access point to connect external wireless communication devices e g computers smartphones or tablets in an environment where no access point or wireless LAN router is available You can connect up to 5 devices to the machine using the access point mode Ad hoc Client computer and machine setting where wireless communication occurs on a peer to peer basis i e all clients in with the same SSID network name communicate directly with each other No access point is required This machine does not support ad hoc communication Admin Password Administrator password in IJ Network Tool to restrict access to network users It must be entered to access the printer and change printer settings AES An encryption method It is optional for WPA WPA2 Strong cryptographic algorithm adopted within U S government organizations for information processing 323 e e e e AirPort Network Infra Client computer and machine setup where all wireless communications pass through an access point Authentication Method The method that an access point uses to authenticate a printer t
113. message to complete registration Paper setting for Printing Cassette 1 paper information Page size KG 4 x6 10x15 _ Plus Glossy Il Register 3 Open the paper output tray 1 Holding both sides of the paper output tray gently open it The output tray extension opens automatically when the paper output tray is opened _ J Note e When printing select the size and type of the loaded paper on the print settings screen of the operation panel or printer driver 155 Loading Large Size Paper You can load A4 B5 A5 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm Letter or Legal sized photo paper or plain paper in the cassette 2 You can also load envelopes in the cassette 2 Loading Envelopes Load small sizes of paper in the cassette 1 Loading Small Size Paper Note e We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos For details on the Canon genuine paper see Media Types You Can Use e You can use general copy paper For the page size and paper weight you can use for this machine see Media Types You Can Use 1 Prepare paper Align the edges of paper If paper is curled flatten it Note e Align the edges of paper neatly before loading Loading paper without aligning the edges may cause paper jams e If paper is curled hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the paper becomes completely flat For details on how to flatten cur
114. minutes 73 Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window This section describes the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screens that are displayed on your smartphone tablet device or computer Description of the Login screen Description of the Main screen Description of the Login screen This section provides the description of the Login screen of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center na Canon U Cloud Printing Center Canon I Cloud Printing Center E mal address E mail address Password Keep login info Reset password from here Create new accourt System requremerts Sofware bcense info Log in gt Important e You have 5 tries to enter your password If you fail you will not be able to log in for about the next hour e You remain logged in for an hour after the last access Language Select the language you will be using E mail address Enter the e mail address that you entered in the user registration D Important The e mail address is case sensitive Make sure the case is correct Password Enter the password that you entered in the user registration Keep login info When you select the check box the login screen is skipped for 14 days since the last day that the service screen was accessed Reset password from here Select this if you forgot the password Reset your password by following the instructions on the screen 74 Create new account A new registration will be
115. minutes The pattern print confirmation screen will appear 5 Tap Yes The nozzle check pattern will be printed 6 When the completion message appears tap OK 5 Examine the nozzle check pattern If a particular color is not printed properly replace the ink tank of that color If the problem is not resolved turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours If the problem is still not resolved the print head may be damaged Contact the service center 223 Aligning the Print Head If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory adjust the print head position D gt Note e If the remaining ink level is low the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly Replace the ink tank whose ink is low You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper including recycled paper Be sure to use paper that is white and clean on both sides 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the cassette 2 After inserting the cassette into the machine the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch screen Select A4 or Letter for Page size and Plain paper for Type then tap Register Cassette 2 paper information Page size A4 Type Plain paper Register If a message is displayed on the screen follow the directions in the message to complete registration 3
116. network communication via USB To set up via USB select the Set up the network connection via USB check box on the Check Printer Settings screen and click Next 615 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 Are the machine and network device router access point etc turned on Make sure that the machine is turned on Confirming that the Power Is On Make sure that the network device router access point etc is turned on If the machine or the network device is turned off Turn on the machine or the network device After turning on the machine or the network device it may take some time until ready for use After a while just turning on the machine or the network device click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen When the machine is detected follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network communication If the machine and the network device are turned on If the machine could not be detected after clicking Redetect even when the machine and the network device are turned on or when you have turned them on go to check 2 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 616 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 Is the wireless LAN setting of the machine enabled Make sure that the Wi Fi lamp of the machine is lit If the Wi Fi lamp is off The wireless LAN setting of the machine is disabled Enable the wirel
117. network setting information using the operation panel of the printer Printing Out Network Setting Information Additionally you can check the network setting information on the touch screen of the printer Select WLAN setting list from Confirm LAN settings in LAN settings under Device settings and check the item displayed on the touch screen LAN settings 293 Connecting to Other Computer with LAN Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN To add the computer connecting the machine with LAN or to change the connection method between the machine and the computer from USB to LAN perform setup according to the instructions on our website Connecting to Other Computer with LAN To add the computer connecting the machine with LAN perform setup according to the instructions on our website Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN To change the connection method to LAN while you are using the machine with USB connection perform setup again according to the instructions on our website and select Change Connection Method 294 Printing Out Network Setting Information You can print out the current network settings of the machine using the operation panel of the machine Important e This print out contains valuable information about your computer Handle it with care 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper A 3 Flick the HOME screen then
118. not be turned off automatically 255 Reducing the Printer Noise The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this printer Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night etc Using this function may lower the print speed The procedure for using the quiet mode is as follows 1 Select Quiet Settings from the pop up menu on the Canon lJ Printer Utility eon Canon MG7500 series Allows you to reduce the printer s operating noise Do not use quiet mode Always use quiet mode Use quiet mode during specified hours Start time 21 00 End time 7 00 When the hours are specified quiet mode is not applied to operations copy direct print etc performed directly from the printer Defaults Apply Note e If the computer is unable to communicate with the printer a message may be displayed because the computer cannot access the function information that was set on the printer If this happens click Cancel to display the most recent settings specified on your computer 2 Set the quiet mode If necessary specify one of the following items Do not use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise Always use quiet mode Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer Use quiet mode during specified hours Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer during a
119. nozzles Copy Specifications Multiple copy max 99 pages Intensity adjustment 9 positions Auto intensity AE copy Reduction Enlargement 25 400 1 unit Scan Specifications Scanner driver Windows TWAIN 1 9 Specification WIA Mac OS ICA Aalbetion 85 x 1TR16 x 287 oa Scanning resolution Optical resolution horizontal x vertical max 2400 x 4800 dpi 1 Interpolated resolution max 19200 x 19200 dpi 2 1 Optical Resolution represents the maximum sampling rate based on ISO 14473 2 Increasing the scanning resolution will limit the maximum possible scanning area Gradation Input Output Gray 16 bit 8 bit Color 48 bit 24 bit RGB each 16 bit 8 bit Network Specifications Communication protocol TCP IP Wired LAN Supported Standards IEEE802 3u 100BASE TX IEEE802 3 10BASE T Transfer speed 10 M 100 Mbps auto switching Wireless LAN Supported Standards IEEE802 11n IEEE802 11g IEEE802 11b Frequency bandwidth 2 4 GHz Channel 1 11 or 1 13 Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or region Communication distance Indoors 164 feet 50 m Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location Security WEP 64 128 bits WPA PSK TKIP AES WPA2 PSK TKIP AES Setup 343 Standard setup WPS Push button configuration PIN code method WCN WCN NET Cableless setup Other Features Administration password
120. oa Copenhagen Madrid Paris Belgrade Bratislava Budapest Ljubljana Prague West Central Africa UTC 02 00 Athens Bucharest Istanbul Amman Windhoek Jerusalem Cairo Harare Pretoria Beirut Helsinki Kyiv Riga Sofia Tallinn Vilnius Minsk UTC 03 00 Kuwait Riyadh Tbilisi Nairobi Baghdad Moscow St Petersburg Volgograd Tehran UTC 04 00 Abu Dhabi Muscat Yerevan Baku Port Louis Kabul Islamabad Karachi Ekaterinburg Tashkent Sri Jayawardenepura Chennai Kolkata Mumbai New Delhi Kathmandu UTC 06 00 Astana Dhaka Almaty Novosibirsk Yangon Rangoon UTC 07 00 Krasnoyarsk Bangkok Hanoi Jakarta UTC 05 00 UTC 08 00 Irkutsk Ulaan Bataar Kuala Lumpur Singapore Perth Taipei Beijing Chongqing Hong Kong Urumqi UTC 09 00 Seoul Yakutsk Osaka Sapporo Tokyo Adelaide Darwin UTC 10 00 Vladivostok Canberra Melbourne Sydney Guam Port Moresby Brisbane Hobart UTC 11 00 Magadan Solomon Is New Caledonia UTC 12 00 Auckland Wellington Fiji Marshall Is Petropavlovsk Kamchatsky UTC 13 00 Samoa Nuku alofa 119 Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with PIXMA Printing Solutions Use PIXMA Printing Solutions to easily print photos saved on a smartphone or tablet wirelessly You can also receive scanned data PDF or JPEG directly on a smartphone or tablet without using a computer PIXMA Printing Solutions can be downloaded from App Store
121. obstruction Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Adjust the location of the devices GEIA Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible GE Are you trying to connect 6 devices or more 608 You can connect up to 5 devices using the access point mode Cannot Communicate with the Machine over the Wired LAN Make sure that the machine is turned on Make sure that the LAN cable is connected properly Make sure that the machine is connected to the router with the LAN cable If the LAN cable is loose connect the cable properly If the LAN cable is connected to the WAN side of the router connect the cable to the LAN side of the router If the problem is not resolved perform setup according to the instructions on our website Cannot Print Scan or Access the Card Slot from a Computer Connected to the Network G4 Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct For the procedures to set up the computer refer to the instruction manual of your computer or contact its manufacturer GVA If the MP Drivers are not installed install them Install the MP Drivers from our website When using wireless LAN make sure that access
122. of paper Cancel Print ools gt History gy Destination f Print with Google Cloud Prin Downloads OH Sign in to Chrome Settings About Google Chrome Help When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud Print is complete and when the printer is turned on the printer receives the print data and prints it automatically Note Depending on the communication status it may take a while to print the print data or the printer may not receive the print data e While printing with Google Cloud Print the printing may be canceled depending on the printer s status such as when the printer is being operated or an error has occurred To resume printing check the printer s status then print with Google Cloud Print again e For print settings e If you select the media type other than plain paper or if you select the paper size other than A4 Letter B5 A5 size the print data is printed in single sided even when you select the duplex print setting The paper size differs depending on the model of your printer For information about the supported paper sizes go to the Online Manual home page and refer to the Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing for your model 102 e If you select plain paper as media type or if you select B5 A5 size as paper size the print data is printed with border even when you select the borderless print setting The print results may differ from the print ima
123. on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 813 6932 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 814 6933 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 815 6934 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 816 6935 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 817 6936 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 818 6937 Cause Printer error has occurred Action
124. or scan from the computer However you cannot change the network settings over network 1 Select Applications from the Go menu of Finder double click Canon Utilities gt IJ Network Tool drag the Canon IJ Network Tool icon into the Trash 2 Restart the computer Empty the Trash and restart your computer DJ Note e To reinstall IJ Network Tool uninstall IJ Network Tool then install it again from our website 697 About Errors Messages Displayed gt If an Error Occurs gt A Message Is Displayed Error Message Appears on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device 698 If an Error Occurs When an error occurs in printing such as the machine is out of paper or paper is jammed a troubleshooting message is displayed automatically Take the appropriate action described in the message When an error occurs a Support Code error number is displayed on the computer screen or the touch screen When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the computer screen e080 Canon MG7500 series 1 Job Ou H Pause Settings Scanner Gupport Code 1003 0 testprint 2s SS SS SESS SEES S S S amp The screen differs depending on the OS you are using When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the touch screen There is no paper in cassette 2 Check the following then load paper and tap OK Align the paper guides with the paper Chark that the nana ciza OK For detail
125. other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 532 Settings Custom Scan Dialog Click Custom Scan on the Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Custom Scan dialog In the Settings Custom Scan dialog you can make advanced scan settings to scan according to your preference eoo Settings Custom Scan 1p Iela if Auto Sean Scan Options Select Source rc aaa Document Scan Color Mode wW Paper Size s Resolution Image Processing Settings p Save Settings E Scan and Sitch ES mra Save in B Pictures File Name Data Format Auto JPEG Image Quality Standard POF Compression Standard V Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden Send to an application 45 Preview Send to a folder None Attach to e mail None Attach Manually Start
126. own even if you do not do anything A third party may be able to illegally use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services On the printer s Home screen select il Setup gt a Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Delete from this service to delete the service registration After resetting the printer repeat the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from the beginning 96 If you are unable to log in correctly even after entering the correct password in iOS or Mac If you are using iOS or Mac and the password contains the symbol enter a backslash instead For instructions on entering a backslash see the OS help 97 Printing with Google Cloud Print The printer is compatible with Google Cloud Print Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google Inc By using Google Cloud Print you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print 1 Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print 2 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print 33 Important e LAN connection with the printer and Internet connection are required to register the printer and to print with Google Cloud Print Internet connection fees apply e This function may not be available depending on the country or region you live in 98 Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print To print with Google Cl
127. paper in the search window and perform a search Troubleshooting Errors Enter your product s model name and a support code Example When the following error screen appears Enter your product s model name 1000 in the search window and perform a search 22 008 Canon series 1 Job Ww amp Lea Pause Settings Scanner ous Support Code 1000fNo paper Load the paper correctly and press the Start button on the printer ror D gt Note e The displayed screen varies depending on your product e Searching for Application Functions Enter your application s name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about Example When you want to learn how to print collages with My Image Garden Enter My Image Garden collage in the search window and perform a search Searching for Reference Pages Enter your model name and a reference page title You can find reference pages more easily by entering the function name as well Example When you want to browse the page referred to by the following sentence on a scanning procedure page Refer to Color Settings Tab for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details Enter your product s model name scan Color Settings Tab in the search window and perform a search 23 Notes on Operation Explanations In this guide most of the operations are described based on the windows displayed when OS X Mavericks v10 9 is used 24 Useful Functions Available on the
128. paper size eoo Image Stitch gt 4 gt gt D Image Stitch a aa sa f4 A Select Output Size e Scan Direction Scan from Left Scan Image 1 9 Sat scanning imaget Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 __ Adjust cropping frames Save Save Cancel 5 Make sure that Scan from Left is selected in Scan Direction 498 xja uy 2 a aa se 6 Place the item that is to be displayed on the left side of the screen face down on the platen 7 Click Start Scanning Image 1 xas 2 3 teense EIC Adjust cropping frames Q s S The first item is scanned and appears in 1 2 Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan 8 Place the item that is to be displayed on the right side of the screen face down on the platen 499 9 Click Start Scanning Image 2 xas BQ 8 a a Select output size e Scan Direction Sean from Left Scan Image 1 The second item is scanned and appears in 2 2 Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan 10 Adjust the scanned images as required Use the Toolbar to rotate or zoom in out or drag the images to adjust their positions _ Select output size e Scan Direction j Scan from Left Scan Image 1 sansa 9 Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 a Ae e CIC Adjust cropping frames Q sm 2 Note e Select the Adjust
129. part of the preview may be cropped The name of the PDF files is displayed even though the PDF files cannot be printed using the operation panel of the machine If one of the following conditions is applicable to the PDF files they are not printable e PDF files saved using application software other than Canon IJ Scan Utility and My Image Garden application software compatible with the machine e PDF files for which the preview screen is not available is displayed on the preview screen It is recommended you display the Details screen and confirm whether a PDF file is printable If one of the following conditions is applicable to the PDF file it is not printable e Information on the Details screen cannot be displayed e Characters other than the machine name IJ Scan Utility or My Image Garden are displayed on Created with The PDF files made using application software other than Canon IJ Scan Utility and My Image Garden application software compatible with the machine are not printable even if they are saved using Canon IJ Scan Utility or My Image Garden 7 Specify the settings as necessary 444 PDF file print Copies 1 w1 1 Page size A4 Print alty Standard ao 8 WNW 2 sidedPrintSetting 1 sided 1 Copies Specify the number of copies 2 Page size Select the page size depending on the loaded paper 3 Type Media type The paper type is set to Plain paper 4 Print qlty Print quality Specify t
130. printing order with both the application software and this printer driver the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled 359 Setting the Stapling Margin The procedure for setting the margin width and the staple side is as follows 1 Select Margin from the pop up menu on the Print Dialog Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies i Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter gt 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation HE T Margin 0 0 ieches 0 1 2 Stapling Side Long side stapling Left Ha 4 lofl gt gt gt Long side stapling Right Short side stapling Top Short side stapling Bottom 7 POF gt Hide Details Cancel Print 2 Set the margin width and the staple side If necessary set the Margin width and select a stapling position from the Stapling Side list Note e The printer automatically reduces the print area depending on the staple position margin Depending on the Two Sided setting in the Layout pop up menu the Stapling Side that can be selected differs 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the data is printed with the specified margin width and staple side gt Important e When borderless printing is enabled Margin and Stapling Side appear grayed out and are unavailable 360 Execute Borderless Printi
131. quality may be reduced 1 Touch the ON button to turn the machine off 2 Confirm that the POWER lamp is off 3 Unplug the power cord The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use 142 Using the Operation Panel The operation panel consists of the touch screen A and buttons B that light up Touch the HOME screen on the touch screen with your finger tip to select menus for copying scanning and other functions The HOME screen comprises three separate screens ECO Quiet Advanced settings setting print B A B A touch screen Lightly touch a menu button or icon on the screen with your finger tip Basic Operation of the touch screen B Buttons on the operation panel Lightly touch the buttons B on the operation panel with your finger tip Only buttons on the operation panel available for the current screen light up Important Photo print e Do not place any object especially metallic objects or objects containing moisture on the operation panel Doing so may cause the machine to malfunction e Precious metals such as in rings and bracelets may cause malfunction of the machine When using the operation panel keep such metals at least 0 8 inch 2 cm away from the operation panel Basic Operation of the touch screen Touch the touch screen lightly with your finger tip or move your finger to access various functions or settin
132. scanning If you do not continue scanning tap End The scanned data is forwarded to the computer Scanned data is forwarded to the computer according to the settings specified in Canon IJ Scan Utility Remove the original on the platen glass after scanning is complete Important e If the scanning result with Auto scan is not satisfactory select the document type or size according to the original in step 3 If you want to scan originals with advanced settings or if you want to edit or print the scanned images If you scan originals from a computer using My Image Garden My Image Garden enables you to edit the scanned images such as optimizing or trimming In addition you can edit or print the scanned images using the compatible application software to make better use of them Scanning Photos and Documents 593 Attaching the Scanned Data to E mail Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Before attaching scanned data to an e mail confirm the following The scanner driver is installed If the scanner driver is not yet installed install the scanner driver from our website The machine is connected to a computer correctly Make sure that the machine is connected to the computer correctly Do not plug in or unplug the USB or LAN cable while the machine is in operation or when the computer is in the sleep or standby mode If you perform scanning via a network connection make sure that all the required settings have
133. select Register When the password setting process is completed the printer s e mail address and the service s URL are displayed and the printer s registration process is completed Important e When you enter the password the following character restrictions apply Set a password that has 8 or more characters e The characters that you can use are single byte uppercase letters single byte lowercase letters and single byte numbers e In the password combine all of the different types of characters that can be used e The displayed printer s e mail address and the URL of the login page are not sent Be sure to write down the printer s e mail address and the URL of the login page before closing the screen 118 Timezone List UTC 12 00 International Date Line West UTC 06 00 Guadalajara Mexico City Monterrey Saskatchewan Central America Central Time US amp Canada UTC 05 00 Indiana East Bogota Lima Quito Eastern Time US amp Canada Caracas UTC 04 00 Asuncion Santiago Georgetown La Paz San Juan Manaus Atlantic Time Canada Newfoundland UTC 03 00 Cayenne Greenland Buenos Aires Brasilia Montevideo UTC 02 00 Mid Atlantic UTC 01 00 Azores Cape Verde Is UTC 00 00 Casablanca Dublin Edinburgh Lisbon London Monrovia Reykjavik Coordinated Universal Time Amsterdam Berlin Bern Rome Stockholm Vienna Sarajevo Skopje Warsaw Zagreb Brussels UTC 01 00
134. service center has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Contact the service center 830 B203 Cause An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Contact the service center B204 Cause An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Contact the service center 832 C000 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Cancel printing and turn off the machine Then confirm the following Confirm that there are no materials e g the protective material or jammed paper that is preventing the print head holder from moving If any remove the materials Confirm that the ink tanks are installed properly Push an ink tank until it clicks into place After confirming the conditions above turn on the machine again If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 33 Important e When you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the print head holder from moving be careful not to touch the clear film A or the white belt B If the paper or your hands touch these parts and blot or scratch them the machine can be damaged 833
135. settings DJ Note e When duplex printing is selected the J icon is displayed on the setting items for duplex printing on each print setting screen Using Power Saving Function Follow the procedure below to use power saving function 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 279 ECO 2 Flick the HOME screen then tap ECO settings Using the Operation Panel 3 Tap Energy saving settings 4 Specify the settings as necessary Auto power off 240 min A Auto power on OFF B A Tap to specify the length of time to turn the machine off automatically when no operation is made or no printing data is sent to the machine Note e The Auto power off setting is invalid under the following conditions e When using the machine via a network and the network connection is enabled You can check the connection status from WLAN setting list in Confirm LAN settings under LAN settings When Writable from USB PC or Writable from LAN PC is selected for Read write attribute under Device user settings B Tap to select the setting Selecting ON enables the machine to turn on automatically when a scanning command from a computer or printing data is sent to the machine C Tap to confirm the settings 280 About Quiet setting Enables this function on the machine if you want to reduce the operating noise such as when printing at night Follow the procedure below to perform setting 1 Make sure that the mac
136. sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark F e Keep the paper stack height below the tabs G of the paper guides G F JJJ Note To load paper larger than A4 size in the cassette 2 press down the lock H on the cassette 2 then extend the cassette 2 158 H The cassette 2 sticks out of the machine when correctly set Do not force the cassette 2 into the machine any further This can damage the machine or cassette 2 6 Insert the cassette 2 into the machine Push the cassette 2 into the machine until it stops After inserting the cassette into the machine the paper information registration screen for the cassette is displayed on the touch screen 7 Select the size and type of the loaded paper in the cassette 2 at Page size and Type then tap Register If a message is displayed on the screen follow the directions in the message to complete registration Paper setting for Printing 159 Cassette 2 paper information Page size A4 IME Plain paper Register 3 Open the paper output tray 1 Holding both sides of the paper output tray gently open it The output tray extension opens automatically when the paper output tray is opened 2 Extend the paper output support 1 a l2 Note e When printing select the size and type of the loaded paper on the print settings screen of the operation panel or printer driver 160 Loading
137. size of the item to be scanned When you select Custom a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears Select a Unit then enter the Width and Height and then click OK 529 Width inches 1 00 8 50 Height 11 00 inches 1 00 11 69 Unit inches Cancel Defaults D gt Note e Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution Image Processing Settings Click Right Arrow to set the following Important e When Color Mode is Black and White Image Processing Settings is not available Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format D gt Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Important When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not ap
138. sometimes used to maintain the optimal printing quality To keep printer s performance Canon printer performs cleaning automatically according to its condition When the printer performs cleaning a small amount of ink is consumed In this case all colors of ink may be consumed Cleaning function The cleaning function helps the printer to suck air bubbles or ink itself from the nozzle and thus prevents print quality degradation or nozzle clogging Does black and white printing use color ink Black and white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the settings of the printer driver So color ink is consumed even when printing in black and white Why does the machine have two black ink tanks There are two kinds of black ink in the machine dye ink BK and pigment ink PGBk The dye ink is used mainly for printing photos illustration etc and the pigment ink is used for text based documents Each has different purposes so that even if one runs out another will not be used instead If either of them runs out the ink tank replacement is required These two inks are automatically used depending on the type of printing paper or the settings of the printer driver You cannot change the usage of these inks yourself The ink lamp indicates when ink is running low The inside of the ink tank consists of A the part where ink is preserved and B the sponge with absorbed ink A B
139. special surface coating for printing photos at optimal quality and paper suitable for documents Each media type has specific preset settings how ink is used and sprayed distance from nozzles etc that allow you to print to that type with optimal image quality The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches on the printed surface If you notice blurring or uneven colors increase the print quality setting and try printing again 335 Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper When you insert a cassette into the machine after loading paper the screen for setting the type and size of paper is displayed Set the cassette paper information according to the type and size of loaded paper To prevent incorrect printing this machine has a function that detects whether the information set for the paper loaded in the cassette matches the paper settings Before printing make paper settings in accordance with the cassette paper information When this function is enabled an error message is displayed if these settings do not match to prevent incorrect printing When this error message is displayed check and correct the paper settings To check cassette paper information display the paper information screen on the operation panel 336 Canceling a Print Job Never touch the ON button If you touch the ON button while printing is in progress the print data sent from the computer queues in the
140. specified period of time Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated If both are set to the same time the quiet mode will not function D Important e You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the printer or the printer driver No matter how you use to set the quiet mode the mode is applied when you perform operations from the operation panel of the printer or printing and scanning from the computer e If you specify a time for Use quiet mode during specified hours quiet mode is not applied to operations copy direct print etc performed directly from the printer 256 3 Apply the settings Make sure that the printer is on and click Apply Click OK when the confirmation message appears The settings are enabled hereafter Note e The effects of the quiet mode may be less depending on the print quality settings 257 Changing the Printer Operation Mode If necessary switch between various modes of printer operation The procedure for configuring Custom Settings is as follows 1 Make sure that the printer is on and then select Custom Settings from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility Note e If the computer is unable to communicate with the printer a message may be displayed because the computer cannot access the function information that was set on the printer If this happens click Cancel to display the most recent settings specified on your c
141. specify multiple WEP keys WPS PIN code method Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN using an access point supporting a Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS PIN code method Follow the on screen instructions during setup Cableless setup Select if you specify the settings of the access point information to the machine directly from a device such as a smartphone without operating the access point Follow the on screen instructions of the connecting device for the setup procedure e Confirm LAN settings The list of wireless wired LAN settings or the access point mode of this machine is displayed on the touch screen You can print the list from this setting menu o gt WLAN setting list The list of wireless LAN settings of this machine is displayed on the touch screen The following setting items are displayed 265 cae XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Wireless LAN security Inactive WEP 64bit WEP 128bit WPA PSK TKIP WPA PSK AES WPA2 PSK TKIP WPA2 PSK AES XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX IPv6 default gateway XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Enable ESP Enable ESP amp AH Enable AH Disable Bonjour service name XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XX represents alphanumeric characters o LAN setting list The list of wired LAN settings of this machine is displayed on the touch screen The following setting items are displayed IPv4 address XXX
142. the message side first and then print the address side The paper settings on the printer driver and the cassette paper information to register on the printer are different depending on whether you are printing on the address side or the message side For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size When you use the duplex printing function register the paper information for the side to be printed first 5 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute printing the data will be printed onto the postcard 372 Displaying the Print Results before Printing If you are using Mac OS X v10 6 8 you can display and check the print result before printing To display the print result before printing click Preview on the Print Dialog J Note e When you click the disclosure triangle in the Print dialog and switch to the detailed display Preview is not displayed For detailed display a preview is displayed on the left side of the Print dialog 373 Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size You can specify the height and width of paper when its size cannot be selected from the Paper Size menu Such a paper size is called custom size The procedure for specifying a custom size is as follows 1 Creating a new custom paper size I
143. the disc tray cannot be pulled out turn the machine off then turn the machine back on again The disc tray will automatically be ejected When the disc tray is pulled out place the disc tray J is on the upper side again then retry printing Place the printable disc properly referring to Placing a Printable Disc If the disc tray is still jammed check if there is a problem with the printable disc 645 Disc Tray Does Not Feed Properly 646 Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing Is the setting for automatic duplex printing selected Make sure that the Two Sided check box is selected on the Print dialog Duplex Printing GAVA Make sure that the actual size of the paper is suitable for automatic duplex printing The sizes of media suitable for automatic duplex printing are A4 Letter A5 B5 and Hagaki Load paper of suitable size then tap OK on the touch screen Make sure that the paper size setting is correct Make sure that the paper size setting matches the actual size of the paper with a size suitable for automatic duplex printing First check the paper size setting in the application software you are printing from Then check the Paper Size on the Page Setup dialog DJ Note e Duplex printing may not be available depending on the version of the application software Make sure that the media type setting is correct Make sure that the media type setting matches the actual size of the
144. the machine in step 1 all print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint if necessary Note e When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly e We recommend you use paper other than A5 sized one to print documents with photos or graphics otherwise the printout may curl and cause paper exit jams If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 710 1304 Cause Paper is jammed when performing automatic duplex printing Action If the paper is jammed when performing automatic duplex printing remove the paper following the procedure below gt Note e If you need to turn off the machine to remove jammed paper during printing touch the Stop button to cancel print jobs before turning off the machine 1 Detach the rear cover Pull out the rear cover 2 Detach the transport unit cover Lift up the transport unit cover then pull it out 711 DJ Note e Do not touch the inner parts of the machine e If you cannot pull out the paper open the paper output tray 4 Attach the transport unit cover Insert the transport unit cover to the back of the machine 5 Attach the rear cover Insert the rear cover to the back of the machine If you were not able to remove the paper out in step 3 6 Detach both the cassette 1 a
145. the originals placed at an angle of up to approximately 10 degrees Slanted photos with a long edge of 7 1 inches 180 mm or more cannot be corrected Non rectangular or irregular shaped photos such as cut out photos may not be scanned properly 192 Originals You Can Load Types of originals Text document magazine or newspaper Printed photo postcard business card or disc BD DVD CD etc Size width x height Max 8 5 x 11 7 inches 216 x 297 mm D gt Note e When loading a thick original such as a book on the platen glass you can load it by removing the document cover from the machine How to Detach Attach the Document Cover 193 How to Detach Attach the Document Cover Detaching the document cover Hold up the document cover vertically and then tip it back Attaching the document cover Fit both hinges A of the document cover into the holder B and insert both hinges of the document cover vertically as illustrated below 194 Inserting the Memory Card Before Inserting the Memory Card Inserting the Memory Card Removing the Memory Card 195 Before Inserting the Memory Card The following types of memory cards and image data are compatible with the machine D Important e If you took and saved photos on a type of memory card that does not guarantee the operation on your digital camera the image data may be unreadable on the machine or damaged For inf
146. the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility 2 Execute power off Click Power Off and when the confirmation message appears click OK The printer power switches off Auto Power allows you to set Auto Power On and Auto Power Off Auto Power The Auto Power On function automatically turns on the printer when data is received The Auto Power Off function automatically turns off the printer when there are no operations from the printer driver or the printer for a specified period of time 1 Select Power Settings from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility 2 Check that the printer is on and then click Auto Power A dialog appears DJ Note Ifthe printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status 3 If necessary complete the following settings Auto Power On Specifying Enable from the list will turn the printer on upon receipt of print data Auto Power Off Specify the time from the list When this time lapses without any operations from the printer driver or the printer the printer is turned off automatically 4 Apply the settings The setting is enabled after this When you want to disable this function select Disable from the list according to the same procedure 254 3 Important e If you connect this printer to a network and use it you can set Auto Power Off but the power will
147. the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Auto is selected The following data formats are automatically applied according to the item type when saving e Photos postcards BD DVD CD and business cards JPEG e Magazines newspapers and documents PDF Important The save format may differ depending on how you place the item Refer to Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer for how to place items JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Note e PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created wit
148. the use of any of people or characters displayed on the web template printing service Except as otherwise permitted please see 2 below copying modifying or distributing all or a portion of any of the materials contained on the web template printing service without prior consent of the respective rights Rights of Publicity and Copyright holder is strictly prohibited 2 All of the materials provided on the web template printing service can be freely used for personal and non commercial purposes 454 Downloading and Printing Template Forms Important e This function may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase You can download the template form you want to print from the web service Before using the web service see the terms of service Notice for Web Service Printing Important LAN connection with the machine and internet connection are required to use this function 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Flick the HOME screen then tap A Cloud Using the Operation Panel 3 Tap Web template print The category folders of the template form are displayed on the touch screen 4 Tap the category folders to display The template forms in the category folder are displayed on the touch screen 5 Tap the template form to print 6 Check the message that is displayed then tap OK 7 Check the print settings The print settings are determined automatically
149. to print with color tints that most people prefer through the use of Canon Digital Photo Color When printing from an application software that can identify ICC profiles and allows you to specify them use a printing ICC profile in the application software and select settings for color management The procedure for adjusting colors with the printer driver is as follows 1 Select Color Matching from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches p m Orientation fY t gt Color Matching ColorSync Canon Color Matching 2 POF Hide Details Cancel Print 2 Select color correction Select Canon Color Matching 3 Set the other items From the pop up menu select Color Options If necessary adjust the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow and adjust Brightness Intensity and Contrast settings 4 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the printer driver adjusts the colors when printing the data Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 384 Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software When you print from Adobe Photoshop Canon D
150. to respond when saving images to a computer as documents after scanning them from the operation panel eoo Settings Save to PC Document peA ii m5 Save 19 PC Auto Scan Options Paper Size Use Device Setting qe Save to PC Photo Resolution Use Device Setting Image Processing Settings Save Settings E Attach to E mail Photo File Name IMG Save in D Pictures mc Attach to E mail St Mocunent Data Format Use Device Setting JPEG Image Quality Standard i Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden Send to an application 49 Preview Send to a folder None Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults tax 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 1 Scan Options Area Paper Size Set from the operation panel Resolution Set from the operation panel Image Processing Settings Click Right Arrow to set the following Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability gt Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan 552 Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appe
151. usage information to Canon server NFC setting If you select Enable you can print or scan using NFC Near Field Communication 270 PictBridge print settings You can change the print settings when printing from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Set the print settings to Default on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device when you want to print according to the settings on the machine PictBridge print settings Screen Disc label print setting Screen To change print settings from the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Settings on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device PictBridge print settings Screen Select the print quality when printing directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device PictBridge print settings PictBridge print settings Page size 4 x6 10x15cm 1 int qity Standard Type Plus Glossy Il Print alty Standard Pardar Border Borderless Photo fix Auto photo fix Parrlarlacec Red EyeCorrection OFF OK Vv oo G amp Page size Select the paper size when printing directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device When you perform PictBridge Wireless LAN settings from the machine set Paper size to Default on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Type Media type Select the media type when printing directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device When you perform PictBridge Wirele
152. want to start after scanning in Application Settings e00 Settings Save to PC Auto l paii morowo Scan Options Paper Size Auto 7 gE Save to PC Photo Resolution Auto m Image Processing Settings c 2 Swawre Cocument Save Settings E Attach to E mas Photo File Name IMG kd Save in D Pictures Din Altach to E mail Document Data Format Auto n JPEG Image Quality Standard POF Compression Standard Mi Create a PDF file that supports keyword search C Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden _ Send to an application 4S Preview _ Send to a folder None C Do not start any application More Functions r a Instructions Defaults 7 Click OK The responses will be executed according to the specified settings when you start scanning from the operation panel 603 Troubleshooting The Machine Cannot Be Powered On Printing Does Not Start Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs Print Results Not Satisfactory Ink Is Not Ejected gt Paper Jams If an Error Occurs gt Cannot Print on the Disc Label Search Each Function Problems with Network Communication Problems with Printing Problems with Printing Quality Problems with Scanning Problems with Installation Downloading gt gt Problems with the Machine
153. with the scanner driver in Mac OS X v10 6 8 select JPEG or TIFF in Format Scanned images are saved in the format set in Data Format in the Settings Driver dialog of IJ Scan Utility Note e Refer to Image Corrections and Color Adjustments for details on the setting procedures for image correction and color adjustment e Refer to General Notes Scanner Driver for the scanner driver e Refer to Updating the Scanner Driver for the scanner driver e In the Settings Driver dialog of IJ Scan Utility you can also make advanced settings for scanning with the scanner driver 572 Image Corrections and Color Adjustments You can correct images and adjust colors using the scanner driver gt Important e When image correction or color adjustment is applied to items without moire dust scratches or faded colors the color tone may be adversely affected e Image correction results are not reflected in the trial scan screen Note e Screens may vary depending on the application e Selectable settings depend on Kind settings e Scanning may take longer than usual when image correction or color adjustment is applied e090 Kind EJ Cotor Resolution 300 dpi Use Custom Size Sze 8 49 11 68 inches Rotation Angle 0 Auto selection Detect Separate Items Image Correction None image Adjustment Reduce Dust Fading Correction Grain Correction None Gutter Correction None _ Unsh
154. x 209 4 mm w L C D E Recommended printing area A 1 38 inches 35 0 mm B 1 38 inches 35 0 mm C 0 25 inch 6 4 mm 177 D 0 25 inch 6 3 mm 178 Envelopes Envelope DL 3 88 x 7 07 inches 98 8 x 179 6 mm Envelope Com 10 3 68 x 7 90 inches 93 5 x 200 9 mm He A GEN E Recommended printing area A 0 12 inch 3 0 mm B 1 47 inches 37 4 mm C 0 22 inch 5 6 mm D 0 22 inch 5 6 mm 179 Printable Discs The printing area of the printable disc is from 0 67 inch 17 mm of the internal diameter to 0 04 inch 1 mm from the external diameter of the printing surface t B as E Recommended printing area A 0 67 inch 17 0 mm B 0 04 inch 1 0 mm 180 Placing a Printable Disc Cautions When Printing on a Printable Disc Before Placing a Printable Disc Placing a Printable Disc Removing a Printable Disc How to Detach Attach the Disc Tray 181 Cautions When Printing on a Printable Disc e e e e e e e e Be sure to use the disc tray supplied with this machine It has a J on the upper side Do not print on printable discs that are not compatible with inkjet printing The ink will not dry and may cause problems with the disc itself or devices which the disc is loaded onto Do not print on the printable discs recording surface Doing so will make data recorded on discs unreadable Hold the printab
155. 1 Holding both sides of the paper output tray gently open it 2 Make sure that the Access lamp is lit and remove the memory card Hold the part of the memory card that is protruding and remove it straightforward from the machine J Important Do not remove the memory card while the Access lamp is flashing The Access lamp flashes while the machine is reading or writing data from to the memory card If you remove the memory card or turn off the power while the Access lamp is flashing the data saved on the memory card can be damaged 3 Close the paper output tray 200 Replacing an Ink Tank Replacing an Ink Tank Checking the Ink Status 201 Replacing an Ink Tank When remaining ink cautions or errors occur the message will appear on the touch screen to inform you of the error Take appropriate action according to the message A Message Is Displayed D Note If print results become faint or white streaks appear despite sufficient ink levels see Maintenance Procedure Replacing Procedure When you need to replace an ink tank follow the procedure below 3 Important If you remove an ink tank replace it immediately Do not leave the machine with the ink tank removed e Use a new ink tank for replacement Installing a used ink tank may cause the nozzles to clog Furthermore with such an ink tank the machine will not be able to inform you when to replace the ink tank properly e Once an ink tan
156. 1 00 inches Orientation T ri T TextEdit Print header and footer Rewrap contents to fit page Hes 4 lofl gt bh POF Hide Details Cancel Prime 2 Select Paper Handling from the pop up menu 3 Check the Collate pages check box when you are specifying multiple copies in the Copies box Check the Collate pages check box to print all the pages of a single copy together Uncheck this check box to print all pages with the same page number together 4 Specify the print order Check Page Order When you select Automatic or Reverse printing starts from the last page When you select Normal printing starts from the first page 358 Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies 1 O Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches rol x Orientation t Paper Handling M Collate pages Page Order Automatic Hes a lofl gt gt gt ca pa Pape S e POF Hide Details Cancel F Print 5 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order gt Important e When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function specify the settings on the printer driver However if the print results are not acceptable specify the function settings on the application software When you specify the number of copies and the
157. 631 Forgot an Access Point Name SSID or a Network Key Cannot Connect with an Access Point to Which a WEP or WPA WPA2 Key Is Set You Forgot the WEP or WPA WPA2 Key How to Set an Encryption Key Cannot Connect with an Access Point to Which a WEP or WPA WPA2 Key Is Set You Forgot the WEP or WPA WPA2 Key For information on how to set up the access point refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other After that set up the machine to match the settings of the access point using IJ Network Tool How to Set an Encryption Key For information on how to set up the access point refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other After that set up the machine to match the settings of the access point using IJ Network Tool e When using WEP The key length key format the key to use one of 1 to 4 and the authentication method must match among the access point the machine and the computer In order to communicate with an access point that uses automatically generated WEP keys you must configure the machine to use the key generated by the access point by entering it in hexadecimal format Normally select Auto for the authentication method Otherwise select Open System or Shar
158. 7 Pull out the paper slowly 8 If the paper protrudes from the cassette remove the paper then reload it after aligning the edges of the sheets Note e When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly 9 Attach the cassettes to the machine then tap OK on the touch screen 715 If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 716 1312 Cause The paper loaded in the cassette 2 is jammed Action If the paper loaded in the cassette 2 is jammed remove the paper following the procedure below Note If you need to turn off the machine to remove jammed paper during printing touch the Stop button to cancel print jobs before turning off the machine 1 Detach the rear cover Pull out the rear cover Note Do not touch the inner parts of the machine e Open the paper output tray if you cannot pull out the paper 3 Attach the rear cover Insert the rear cover to the back of the machine 717 If you were not able to remove the paper out in step 2 4 Detach both the cassette 1 and the cassette 2 5 Pull out the paper slowly 6 If the paper protrudes from the cassette remove the paper then reload it after aligning the edges of the sheets Note e When reloading the paper confirm that you are using
159. AN J Important e If all encryption types of the access point printer or computer do not match the printer cannot communicate with the computer If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party Do Not Use Select to disable encryption Use Password WEP Transmission is encrypted using a WEP key you specified If a network password WEP has not been set the WEP Details screen is displayed automatically To change WEP settings set before click Configuration to display the screen Changing the WEP Detailed Settings Use WPA WPA2 Transmission is encrypted using a network key you specified 306 The security has been strengthened more than WEP If a network key has not been set the Authentication Type Confirmation screen is displayed automatically To change network key settings before click Configuration to display the WPA WPA2 Details screen Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings 5 Configuration The detailed settings screen is displayed The network password WEP or the WPA WPA2 key selected in Encryption Method can be confirmed and changed For details on WEP setting Changing
160. Article 1 hereof offered with a Canon brand printer You may agree to the Terms by choosing Agree Your use of the Service also shall be deemed as agreement to the Terms If you do not agree to the Terms you may not use the Service Canon reserves the right to modify the Terms at any time at its sole discretion Alhan the Tarme ara madified Danan Do not agree Agree Privacy statement Important Please read this before using this service Privacy Statement This Privacy Statement the Privacy Statement describes information that Canon Inc Canon collects from users of the Service defined in Article 1 hereof throughout the world subject to certain exceptions and how this information is used and disclosed By using the Service you expressly agree to the collection use and disclosure of information as described in the Privacy Statement and Service Terms of Use the Terms If you do not agree to the terms Al tha Drusa Gtatamant ar tha Tarme Do not agree Agree 3 In the user information entry screen enter your Password and select Next Enter your password for logging in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 69 Register user info Set a password for logging into this service Password Password Confirmation 8 to 32 characters Cancel 3 Important There are character restrictions for the Password as shown below e The password needs to be between 8 and 32 characters long
161. Canon MG7500 series Online Manual Read Me First Useful Functions Available on the Machine Overview of the Machine Printing Copying Scanning Troubleshooting English Contents I Tl ccs bho re pt bAa owns ers Rekee es eadaeedeeeenebbeey ees 16 Symbols Used in This Document 0 000 ees 17 Trademarks and Licenses ccc convict eee ee eeeenehoeS ss ene eedeeenes 18 SCH WN E a a ke adhe s Seabee SE eee T A E E E a sae ee 22 Notes on Operation Explanations s n aaaea aaa 24 Useful Functions Available on the Machine aaan naaa aaa 25 Connect Wirelessly with Ease in Access Point Mode 0020000 ee 26 Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden a svcsek cess cee eiGas sine dads oe ckn 27 Create and Print Personalized Disc Labels CD DVD BD Easily and Beautifully 29 Download a Variety of Content Materials 0 0 00 cee eee 30 Print Items with Easy PhotoPrint Web Application 00 000 31 Print Scan by Placing a Smartphone over the Machine 055 32 Connection Methods Available on the Machine 0 000000 0000 34 Connection without Using an Access Point Windows XP aaas saasaa 0c eee eee tees 36 PCSOs da Ee Aan en ahh tk aie eum ehh ek oh drain tad op a tudes dite ed pled a aa 39 Notice for Web Service Printing 2222620 0202624644064ir00deeeneheseenseeseas 41 Use PIXMA Cloud LinKk oe he do oe edece raki ririEi NENIES ECR
162. Canon IJ Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series a S Auto Document Driver Instructions Settings Multiple items are scanned at one time gt Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the corresponding Settings dialog displayed by clicking Settings In each Settings dialog you can also make advanced scan settings 504 Saving after Checking Scan Results You can check the scan results then save the images to a computer 33 Important e You cannot check the scan results before saving when scanned using Auto scan or the operation panel 3 Note The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Start IJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings e800 Canon IJ Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series asl CJ Fira Document Custom Stitch Oriver Instructions C settings The Settings dialog appears 3 Click Photo Scan e000 Settings Photo Scan lels if Auto Scan Scan Options Select Source Photo aaa Document Scan Color Mode Color Paper Size Auto scan Resolution 300 dpi Image Processing Settings Custom Scan C Save Settings Sonar Sees File Name IMG 2 Deer Save in D Pictures Data Format JPEC Exif JPEG Image Quality Standard _ Save to a subfolder with current date _ Check scan result
163. Canon shall not be liable for any damage suffered by customers as a result of changes in or deletion of information in this guide or suspension stoppage of disclosure of this guide e Although the contents of this guide have been prepared with utmost care please contact the service center if you find any incorrect or missing information e In principle the descriptions in this guide are based on the product at the time of its initial sale e This guide does not disclose the manuals of all the products sold by Canon See the manual supplied with the product when using a product that is not described in this guide How to Print Use the print function of your Web browser to print this guide To print background colors and images follow the steps below to display the Print dialog options then select the Print backgrounds checkbox 1 Click Print from the File menu 2 Click Show Details or Down Arrow 3 Select Safari from the pop up menu Safari gt j Print backgrounds v Print headers and footers Symbols Used in This Document A Warning Instructions that if ignored could result in death or serious personal injury caused by incorrect operation of the equipment These must be observed for safe operation Caution Instructions that if ignored could result in personal injury or material damage caused by incorrect operation of the equipment These must be observed for safe operation Important Instructions
164. Check the printer information series Copy apps The registered printer name is displayed indicates the currently selected printer indicates that an error occurred on the printer 83 Display update date time of the printer information Userinformation Instructions Log out Close Updated date Mar 4 2014 4 59 AM This displays the date and time the printer information was last updated refreshes the information Change the printer name When you select 7 a screen to change the printer name appears Follow the instructions on the screen to change the name D gt Note e The printer name entry has the following character limitation Up to 128 characters Delete printers When you select x the printer is deleted from the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When transferring the ownership of the printer select Clear the information saved on the printer Add printers CS Add printer Select this to add printers to be used in the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center You need a Printer registration ID to add a printer Note e Up to 16 printers are guaranteed to operate for each e mail address Copy apps Select this to copy apps added in the selected printer to another printer Copy apps When you select coras the screen shown below appears 84 Copy registered apps to another printer Destination printer Source printer series Set the Destination printer a
165. Color Mode eae f Resolution Copvi SES Color 300 dpi Printing Color photo Saving to a computer 300 dpi Using on a website or attaching Color 150 dpi to e mail Saving to a computer 300 dpi Black and white photo Using on a website or attaching Grayscale 150 dpi to e mail Conin Color Grayscale or 300 dpi i i prng Black and White k Text document document or Coa ee eee magazine Attaching to e mail Black an4 ons i 150 dpi i Scanning text using OCR Color or Grayscale 300 dpi e If you double the resolution the data size of the scanned image quadruples If the file is too large the processing speed will slow down significantly and you will experience inconvenience such as lack of memory Set the minimum required resolution according to the use of the image Important 584 DJ Note e When you will be printing the scanned image by enlarging it scan by setting a higher resolution than the recommended one above 585 Data Formats You can select a data format when saving scanned images You should specify the most suitable data format according to how you want to use the image on which application Available data formats vary by application and operating system Windows or Mac OS See below for the characteristics of each image data format PNG Standard File Extension png A data format often used on websites PNG is suitable for editing saved images JPEG Standard File Extension jpg A
166. DVD BD for details 29 Download a Variety of Content Materials CREATIVE PARK A printing materials site where you can download all the printing materials for free Various types of content such as seasonal cards and paper crafts that can be made by assembling paper parts are provided It is easily accessible from Quick Menu CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM A service where customers using models that support PREMIUM Contents can download exclusive printing materials PREMIUM Contents can be downloaded easily via My Image Garden Downloaded PREMIUM Contents can be printed directly with My Image Garden To download PREMIUM Contents make sure that genuine Canon ink tanks ink cartridges are installed for all colors on a supported printer Note The designs of PREMIUM Contents provided in this page are subject to change without prior notice 30 Print Items with Easy PhotoPrint Web Application You can easily create and print personalized items such as calendars and collages anytime and anywhere by simply accessing Easy PhotoPrint on the web from a computer or tablet By using Easy PhotoPrint you can create items in the latest environment without going through the trouble of installation Moreover you can use various photos for your item through integration with social networks such as Facebook or with online storage web albums etc Refer to Easy PhotoPrint Guide for details 31 Print Scan by Placi
167. Drive of the Computer Setting Up the Card Slot as the Memory Card Drive of the Computer 286 Setting Up the Card Slot as the Memory Card Drive of the Computer The card slot of the machine can also be used as the memory card drive of the computer D gt Note When you use the machine over LAN the card slot of the machine can be used as the network drive Using the Card Slot over a Network e You cannot write data to a memory card in the card slot over a network J Important When Read write attribute in Device user settings under Device settings is set to Writable from USB PC or Writable from LAN PC using the operation panel of the machine you cannot print photos ona memory card using the operation panel of the machine After using the card slot as the memory card drive of the computer remove the memory card then be sure to set Read write attribute to Not writable from PC When you turned off the machine Writable from USB PC or Writable from LAN PC will be canceled and the setting is returned to Not writable from PC when you turn on the machine next time 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Make sure that the memory card is not set If the memory card is set remove it from the card slot Inserting the Memory Card i 3 Flick the HOME screen then tap mM Setup Using the Operation Panel 4 Tap Let Device settings 5 Tap Device user settings 6 Tap Read write attribute 7
168. Envelopes You can load Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10 The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope s direction by specifying with the printer driver properly gt Important e Printing of envelopes from the operation panel or from a digital camera is not supported Do not use the following envelopes They could jam in the machine or cause the machine to malfunction Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface Envelopes with a double flap e Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive 1 Prepare envelopes e Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them 4 LEZ If the envelopes are curled hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite direction Fy e If the corner of the envelope flap is folded flatten it D Important e The envelopes may jam in the machine if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned Make sure that no curl or puff exceeds 0 1 inch 3 mm Do not flatten the leading edge of envelopes Otherwise the printing position may shift out of place 2 Load envelopes 1 Pull out the cassette 2 from the machine 161 2 Slide the paper guide A in front and B on the right to open the guides 3 Load the envelopes WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN and place them in the center of the cassette 2 The folded flap of the envelope will be faced up on the left side C D
169. HOKE 3 Important e There are also print settings that cannot be saved to preset Using Registered Printing Profile 1 On Presets in the Print dialog select the name of printing profile you want to use Printing profile in the Print dialog will be updated to the called profile 252 Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile 1 Select the printing profile to be deleted e If you are using OS X Mavericks v10 9 OS X Mountain Lion v10 8 or OS X Lion v10 7 In the print dialog select Show Presets in the Presets section Then in the dialog that appears select the name of the printing profile to be deleted e If you are using Mac OS X v10 6 8 On Presets in the Print dialog select the name of printing profile you want to delete 2 Delete the printing profile e If you are using OS X Mavericks v10 9 OS X Mountain Lion v10 8 or OS X Lion v10 7 Click Delete and click OK The selected printing profiles will be deleted from Presets e If you are using Mac OS X v10 6 8 On Presets in the Print dialog click Delete The selected printing profiles will be deleted from Presets 253 Managing the Printer Power This function allows you to manage the printer power from the printer driver The procedure for managing the printer power is as follows Power Off The Power Off function turns off the printer When you use this function you will not be able to turn the printer on from the printer driver 1 Select Power Settings from
170. IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Apache License Version 2 0 January 2004 http www apache org licenses TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE REPRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION 18 1 Definitions License shall mean the terms and conditions for use reproduction and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document Licensor shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License Legal Entity shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control are controlled by or are under common control with that entity For the purposes of this definition control means i the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of such entity whether by contract or otherwise or ii ownership of fifty percent 50 or more of the outstanding shares or iii beneficial ownership of such entity You or Your shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this License Source form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications including but not limited to software source code documentation source and configuration files Object form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form including but not limited to comp
171. Ib 2 0 kg or more on the platen glass Do not put any pressure of 4 4 Ib 2 0 kg or more on the platen glass such as pressing down the original Failure to observe the above may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break 2 Close the document cover gently 33 Important e After loading the original on the platen glass be sure to close the document cover before starting to copy or scan 190 How to Load Originals for Each Function Load the original in the correct position according to the function to use If you do not load the original correctly it may not be scanned properly Loading the Original to Be Aligned with the alignment mark e Load originals to copy e In Scan select Auto scan for Doc type to scan text documents magazines or newspapers select Document or Photo for Doc type and specify a standard size A4 Letter etc for Scan size to scan originals e With a software application on a computer scan text documents magazines or newspapers select a standard size A4 Letter etc to scan originals Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen glass and align it with the alignment mark Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned A4 LTR gt Important e The machine cannot scan the striped area A 0 04 inch 1 mm from the edges of the platen glass A Loading Only One Original in the Center of the plate
172. If Unsharp Mask is enabled some moire effects may remain Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Descreen Reduce Show through Use this function to reduce show through in duplex documents or lighten the base color in recycled paper and other colored paper when scanning documents Important e Reduce Show through is effective only when Document or Magazine is selected for Image Adjustment Calibrate before each scan Calibrates the scanner every time before trial scanning and scanning to reproduce correct color tones in scanned images J Note e Calibration may take time depending on your computer 576 General Notes Scanner Driver The scanner driver is subject to the following restrictions Keep these points in mind when using the scanner driver Scanner Driver Restrictions e e e e e If the computer is shared among multiple users or when you have logged out and back on a message indicating that the scanner driver is in use may appear In that case disconnect the USB cable from the computer then reconnect it Scanning may fail if the computer has resumed from sleep state with the scanner driver active In that case follow these steps and scan again 1 Turn off the machine 2 Exit the scanner driver then disconnect the USB cable from the computer and reconnect it 3 Turn on the machine Do not connect two or more scanners or multifunction printers with scanner functi
173. JPEG files J Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning Important When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear 542 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in gt Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the
174. KEE es 43 Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer naana a aaa aaa AET ee RATA 44 Before Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer 000000 cece eee eee eee 45 Preparing to Use PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer EUR EA TS SRN o 46 Application Management 0c niweokduds rapa tidgos oper E a e a E S 49 Using PIXMA Cloud Dink co p63d e660 Saeed s e N aed he bane 54 Clue WING OW sii tha ee ee Bt hehe a eal kee aaah eee eh at Cloud TroubloshOotng c cd ced4icedsceadinesdigetidavedsieedtasmeoedont deetaanden aaa 60 Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer 0 00005 oe 61 Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 2 2 2 0 65002 c bec eben en ee ee deeds 62 Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation OEE TEA ERE jessa 69 Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 0000 ae 65 Printing Your Printer registration ID si csse eeend eek rererere Rew eed rsoda sorriu 73 Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window 0 0 0 aeaaaee 74 Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center cc cc iaccn cate od deeded dee ed oe ead ouew 90 AOGING SPUN ond SE IEE E TE EE SES E TASE L TEET TET E 94 Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center TERET EEEE TT 96 Printing with Google Cloud Print nnana aaaeeeaa 98 Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print a a aaa auaa aaae 99 Printing from Compu
175. Korisnici u Srbiji M Ovaj simbol ozna ava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odla e sa ostalim ku nim otpadom u skladu sa WEEE Direktivom 2012 19 EU i nacionalnim zakonima Ovaj proizvod treba predati odre enom centru za prikupljanje npr na osnovi jedan za jedan kada kupujete sli an novi proizvod ili ovl enom centru za prikupljanje za recikla u istro ene elektri ne i elektronske opreme EEE Nepravilno rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada mo e da ima mogu e negativne posledice po ivotnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje usled potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za EEE U isto vreme va a saradnja na ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda e doprineti efikasnom kori enju prirodnih resursa Za vi e informacija o tome gde mo ete da predate va u staru opremu radi recikliranje vas molimo da kontaktirate lokalne gradske vlasti komunalne slu be odobreni plan recikla e ili Gradsku isto u Za vi e informacija o vra anju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda posetite stranicu www canon europe com weee India only Mx This product is not to be disposed of with your household waste according to the e waste Management and Handling Rules 2011 This product should be handed over to a designated collection point e g to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment EEE Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human healt
176. Machine gt rTvVFrTrTFTTrFrTIVTWTrTYWTY Tety TtwTteq Fiw iw W W y Connect Wirelessly with Ease in Access Point Mode Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden Create and Print Personalized Disc Labels CD DVD BD Easily and Beautifully Download a Variety of Content Materials Print Items with Easy PhotoPrint Web Application Print Scan by Placing a Smartphone over the Machine Connection Methods Available on the Machine Notice for Web Service Printing Use PIXMA Cloud Link Printing with Google Cloud Print Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device Checking Printer Information Online Storage Integration Function How to Use Print from E mail Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with PIXMA Printing Solutions Printing with Windows RT 25 Connect Wirelessly with Ease in Access Point Mode The machine supports access point mode in which you can connect to the machine wirelessly from a computer or smartphone even in an environment without an access point or wireless LAN router Switch to access point mode with simple steps to enjoy scanning and printing wirelessly When you use the machine with the access point mode be sure to specify the access point name of the machine and the security setting in advance Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode 26 Print Photos Easily Using My Image Garden Organize Images Easily In My Image Garden you can register the names of people and events to photos
177. Minimum System Requirements Conform to the operating system s requirements when higher than those given here Windows Operating System Windows 8 Windows 8 1 Windows 7 Windows 7 SP1 Windows Vista SP1 Windows Vista SP2 Windows XP SP3 32 bit only Browser Internet Explorer 8 or later Hard Disk Space 3 GB Note For bundled software installation The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice Display XGA 1024 x 768 Mac OS Operating System Mac OS X v10 6 8 or later Hard Disk Space 1 5 GB Note For bundled software installation The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice Display XGA 1024 x 768 Other Supported OS Some functions may not be available with each OS Refer to the manual or the Canon web site for details on operation with iOS Android and Windows RT Mobile Printing Capability Apple AirPrint Google Cloud Print Print from E mail PIXMA Cloud Link e An internet connection is required to view the Online Manual 344 e Windows Operation can only be guaranteed on a computer with Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 Windows Vista or Windows XP pre installed Windows A CD ROM Drive or internet connection is required during software installation Windows Internet Explorer 8 9 10 or 11 is required to install Easy WebPrint EX Windows Some functions may not be available with Windows Media Center Windows NET Framework 4 or 4 5 mus
178. N Setup Check 4 618 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 4 Are the SSID of the access point connected to your computer and that of the machine the same You can confirm the SSID of the access point connected to the machine on the touch screen Select Setup on the HOME screen then select Device settings gt LAN settings gt Confirm LAN settings gt WLAN setting list WLAN setting list Connection Active ssip Cammuniratian morlo From your computer you can confirm the SSID of the access point connected to your computer Confirm the SSID from the AirMac icon of the menu bar Note If the SSID of the access point is not displayed on your computer check the settings of your computer If the SSIDs are different Click Back to Top on the Check Printer Settings screen to try to set up the network communication from the beginning When you try to set up specify the same SSID of the access point for the machine and your computer If the SSIDs are the same Go to check 5 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 5 619 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 5 Does the firewall function of your security software or operation system for computer interfere with setting up the network communication The firewall function of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communications between the machine and your computer Con
179. OCR Output to Text _ Do not start any application More Functions r Instructions Defaults 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 33 Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned Select Auto to detect the item type automatically and to set Color Mode Paper Size and Resolution automatically as well 3 Important e Item types supported by Auto are photos postcards business cards magazines newspapers documents and BD DVD CD 533 e To scan the following types of items specify the item type or size You cannot scan correctly with Auto e A4 size photos e Text documents smaller than 2L 5 inches x 7 inches 127 mm x 178 mm such as paperback pages with the spine cut off e Items printed on thin white paper e Long narrow items such as panoramic photos e Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected e Place items correctly according to the type of item to be scanned Otherwise items may not be scanned correctly Refer to Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer for how to place items Note e To convert text in the image into text data after scanning specify Select Source instead of selecting Auto To reduce moire set Select Sou
180. OO AA mm Repel Ot TN Pa ee Meet O eee lt he Baan teang mone 3 Select Add printer Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center Register with IJ Cloud Printing Center Unregistered users Create new account Registered users Add printer 4 When the confirmation message is displayed select OK 5 Enter your Printer registration ID and select OK 94 Add printer Add a printer Enter the printer registration ID Printer registration ID About printer registration ID Cancel DJ Note When you access the service from Remote UI the Printer registration ID is entered automatically 6 Enter the Password for the account you obtained beforehand and select OK Authentication is required to perform this process Enter your password E mail address Password Printer addition is completed If a printer added message is not displayed follow the instructions on the displayed screen Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 95 Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center If an app cannot be installed If the registered app is not in the Apps list If the information is not updated when you press the Update button If you do not receive the registration e mail Printing starts on its own even if you do not do anything If you are unable to log in correctly even after entering the correct password in iOS or Mac nAn E e e e i If an app cannot be installed Check
181. Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Th T Paper Handling s M Collate pages Pages to Print All pages Page Order Automatic Scale to fit paper size Destination Paper Size Suggested Paper US Letter Scale down only 7 POF Hide Details Cancel Print 3 Set the print paper size Check the Scale to fit paper size check box Then from the Destination Paper Size pop up menu select the paper size that is actually loaded in the printer 4 If necessary check the Scale down only check box When you check this check box the document will be reduced to fit to the paper size when the document size is larger than the page size The document will be printed in the original size when the document size is smaller than the page size 5 Complete the setup 364 Click Print When you execute print the document will be enlarged or reduced to fit to the page size 365 Scaled Printing Festival Ar Come and join uc The procedure for printing a document with pages enlarged or reduced is as follows 1 Select the printer In the Page Setup Dialog select your model name from the Format For list Settings Page Attributes Format For Canon MG7500 series anon Mi GO series Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation i Te Cancel OE 2 Set scaled printing Specify the scaling factor in the Scale box and click OK Note e Depending o
182. Save in 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu 554 Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 555 Settings Attach to E mail Photo Dialog yr Click Attach to E mail Photo on the uta Scanning from the Operation Panel tab to display the Settings Attach to E mail Photo dialog In the Settings Attach to E mail Photo dialog you can specify how to respond when attaching images to an e mail as photos after scanning them from the operation panel e000 Settings Attach to E mail Photo jej i cS Save 10 PC Auto Scan Options Paper Size Use Device Setting lt m LJ Save to PC Photo Resolution Use Device Setting
183. Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog Settings Driver Dialog 6 Click Document 8600 Canon IJ Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series i al Ss Auto Document Photo Custom Stitch Oriver Instructions Settings Scanning starts When scanning is completed the scanned images are saved according to the settings and the extracted text appears in the specified application Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e Text displayed in your text editor is for guidance only Text in the image of the following types of documents may not be detected correctly Documents containing text with font size outside the range of 8 points to 40 points at 300 dpi Slanted documents Documents placed upside down or documents with text in the wrong orientation rotated characters Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text Documents with narrow line spacing Documents with colors in the background of text Documents containing multiple languages 513 IJ Scan Utility Screens gt IJ Scan Utility Main Screen Settings Dialog e eee oeeoeeeee Settings Auto Scan Dialog Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Photo Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Settings Driver Dialog Settings Save to PC Auto Dialog Settings Save to PC Photo Dialog Settings Save to PC Document Dialog
184. Select Source Photo Document Scan Color Mode Color Paper Size Auto scan n Resolution 300 dpi TT Ei Save Settings E So ania File Name IMG B mae Omer Save in jj Pictures Data Format JPEC Exif JPEG Image Quality Standard C Save to a subfolder with current date _ Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden C Send to an application 45 Preview D Sond tn a folder Mone Instructions Deuts OK 6 Select Auto scan for Paper Size then click OK 503 eoo Settings Custom Scan leja if PG Scan Options Select Source Photo me aa Document Scan Color Made Color Paper Size Auto scan gt _ Photo Scan Resolution 300 dpi omens am si seed Save Settings ui ren and Sikk File Name IMG if a BAe Save in i Pictures Data Format JPEC Exif JPEG Image Quality Standard _ Save to a subfolder with current date Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden J Send to an application 45 Preview Send tn a fnider None The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears Note e Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Photo Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog 7 Click Custom e000
185. Size US Letter borderless 8 50 by 11 00 inches al Orientation i Ts Borderless Printing POF Hide Details Cancel Print Important When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the rightmost position the back side of the paper may become smudged 4 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the data is printed without any margins on the paper Important Borderless printing only supports specific paper sizes Make sure to select a paper size with the wording borderless from the Paper Size When borderless printing is enabled Other Fine Art Paper Envelope High Resolution Paper and T Shirt Transfers appear grayed out and are unavailable in Media Type list of Quality amp Media of the pop up menu in the Print dialog Print quality may deteriorate or the sheet may be stained at the top and bottom depending on the type of paper used When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data a portion of the image may not be printed depending on the size of the media used In this case crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size When scaled printing or page layout printing is enabled you cannot perform borderless printing DJ Note e When Plain Paper is selected from the Media Type menu of the Quality amp Media borderless printing is not recommended Expanding the Range of the Document to Print Setting a large
186. Stitch window Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window 679 Cannot Scan at the Correct Size Make sure that the items are placed correctly Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 680 Position or Size of the Image Cannot be Detected Correctly When Scanning from the Operation Panel Make sure that the items are placed correctly Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer Check that the settings match the item to be scanned If you cannot scan properly by automatically detecting the item type specify the item type and size When Scanning from the Operation Panel Refer to Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details on the setting items when scanning from the operation panel When Scanning with IJ Scan Utility Scanning Documents Scanning Photos Scanning with Favorite Settings 681 Item Is Placed Correctly but the Scanned Image Is Slanted When Document or Magazine is selected for Select Source deselect the Correct slanted text document checkbox and scan the item again Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog 682 Scanned Image Is Enlarged Reduced on the Computer Monitor Change the display setting in the application Refer to the application s manual for details If you have any questions contact the manufacturer of the appli
187. The POWER lamp is lit when the machine is turned on Even if the buttons on the operation panel and the touch screen display are off if the POWER lamp is lit the machine is on Note It may take a while for the machine to start printing immediately after you turn on the machine The buttons on the operation panel and the touch screen display will turn off if the machine is not operated for about 5 minutes To restore the display touch the touch screen The touch screen display will be restored and the available buttons also displayed The print operation from a computer can also restore the display 138 Turning the Machine On and Off Turning on the machine 1 Touch the ON button to turn on the machine The POWER lamp flashes and then remains lit Confirming that the Power Is On Note e It may take a while for the machine to start printing immediately after you turn on the machine If the Alarm lamp lights up or flashes and an error message is displayed on the touch screen see A Message Is Displayed e You can set the machine to automatically turn on when a print or scan operation is performed from a computer connected by USB cable or network This feature is set to off by default For details on the auto power on feature see below From the machine About ECO settings From the computer Managing the Printer Power Turning off the machine 1 When the POWER lamp stops f
188. Web Service Important e This function may not be available depending on the country or region of purchase Notice for Web Service Printing Downloading and Printing Template Forms 453 Notice for Web Service Printing When Using Web Service e Canon does not guarantee the continuity and reliability of the web services provided the availability of site access or permission to download the materials e Canon may at any time update change or delete the information provided through the web service or may suspend or discontinue the service without prior notice Canon shall not be held responsible for any damages resulting from such actions e In no event shall Canon be liable for any damages whatsoever resulting from the use of the web services All or part of the web service may not be available depending on the country or region you live in e Depending on your network environment some functions on web service are not available Even if they are available it may take a while to print or display the contents or communication may be interrupted while operation is in progress Copyrights and Rights of Publicity When printing downloaded template forms 1 The copyright of each material photos illustrations logos or documents hereinafter referred to as the materials provided on the web template printing service belongs to their respective owners Issues pertaining to Rights of Publicity may arise regarding
189. You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Note PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 3 Application Settings Area E mail Client Specify the e mail client to use for attaching scanned images You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pop up menu DJ Note e Specify the e mail client in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 560 Settings General Settings Dialog Click the i General Settings tab to display the Settings General Settings dialog In the Settings General Settings dialog you can set the product to use file size restriction on e mail attachment language to detect text in images and folder in which to save images temporarily Impo
190. able surface facing up 3 Important e Make sure that there is no dirt on the disc tray before placing a printable disc on the disc tray e When placing a printable disc on the disc tray do not touch the printing surface of the disc or the reflectors C on the disc tray 184 5 Attach the disc tray to the machine Note e The disc tray may be ejected after a specified period of time has elapsed In this case follow the on screen instructions to attach the disc tray 1 Place the disc tray on the disc tray guide 2 Insert the disc tray straight until the arrow 3 on the disc tray guide is almost aligned with the arrow D on the disc tray gt Important e Do not insert the disc tray beyond the arrow on the disc tray guide 185 Removing a Printable Disc 1 Pull out the disc tray 2 Close the disc tray guide 3 Important e If the disc tray guide is opened you cannot print on paper as it will not feed properly Make sure that the disc tray guide is closed 3 Remove the printable disc from the disc tray gt Important e Do not touch the printing surface when removing the disc from the disc tray Note e Dry the printing surface sufficiently before removing the disc If you see printing on the disc tray or the transparent parts on inner or outer diameter of the printable disc wipe them off after the printing surface has dried 186 4 Close the paper output tray 5 Atta
191. access point The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 digit hexadecimal value If you do not know the access point passphrase refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer 2 Dynamic Encryption Type The dynamic encryption method is selected from either TKIP basic encryption or AES secure encryption automatically Important e If Auto is not displayed on Dynamic Encryption Type select either TKIP Basic Encryption or AES Secure Encryption 311 e If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer Note e This machine supports WPA WPA2 PSK WPA WPA2 Personal and WPA2 PSK WPA2 Personal 312 Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet DJ Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using e Activate the wired LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wired LAN sheet 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Click the Configuration button 4 Click the Wired LAN button 5 Change the settings or confirm Click OK after changing configuration A screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer If you click OK the settings are sent to the printer and the T
192. according to the specified template form To change the print setting tap the setting item to change the setting Note e 2 sidedPrintSetting is set to 1 sided e Depending on the template form some print setting cannot be specified If it is selected oO and Error details are displayed on the touch screen In this case tap u on the upper left on the touch screen to confirm the message then change the setting 8 Load paper according to the print settings 9 Touch the Color button The machine starts printing 455 Printing from a Digital Camera Printing Photographs Directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device About PictBridge Wireless LAN Print Settings 456 Printing Photographs Directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device You can connect a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device such as a digital camera camcorder or mobile phone to the machine through LAN and print recorded images directly without using a computer Connectable devices PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Printable image data format The machine accepts images taken with a camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File system and PNG files Exif 2 2 2 21 2 3 compliant Important e LAN connection with the machine is required to use this function J Note PictBridge is the Standard to print your photos directly without using a computer connecting a device such as a digital s
193. achine with the ink tank installed Then printing can continue Replacing the ink tank is recommended after the printing The machine may be damaged if printing is continued under the ink out condition DJ Note If multiple ink lamps are flashing red check the status of each ink tank 753 1660 Cause The ink tank is not installed Action Install the ink tank 754 1680 Cause Some ink tanks are not installed in the correct position The lamp on the ink tank flashes Action Confirm that the ink tanks are installed in the appropriate positions 755 1681 Cause More than one ink tanks of the same color are installed The lamp on the ink tank flashes Action Confirm that the ink tanks are installed in the appropriate positions 756 1683 Cause The remaining ink level cannot be correctly detected The lamp on the ink tank flashes Action Replace the ink tank and close the operation panel Printing with an ink tank that was once empty may damage the machine If you want to continue printing in this condition you need to release the function for detecting the remaining ink level Touch the machine s Stop button for at least 5 seconds and then release it With this operation releasing the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any machine malfunction or damage caused by refilled ink tanks Note e If the f
194. ack on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 824 6944 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 825 6945 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 826 6946 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 827 6950 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 828 6B20 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 829 B202 Cause An error requiring you to contact the
195. ad is out of alignment as indicated by misaligned printed ruled lines or similar symptoms align the print head e The machine may make noise during operation 206 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer You can check the detailed information such as the remaining ink level and the ink tank types of your model 1 Select Ink Level Information from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility An illustration of the ink types and their status is displayed If a warning or error related to the remaining ink level occurs the printer driver displays an icon to let you know 2 If necessary click Ink Details You can check the ink related information D gt Note e Ink Details is displayed when the ink level is low Click to check which ink tank your model uses e Click Update to display the current remaining ink level 207 Checking the Ink Status Checking the Ink Status with the Touch Screen on the Machine Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps You can also check the ink status on the computer screen Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer 208 Checking the Ink Status with the Touch Screen on the Machine 1 Make sure that the power is turned on and display the HOME screen If the HOME screen is not displayed touch the HOME button to display it E 2 Flick the HOME screen then tap Mi Setup Using the Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear 3 Tap na Est
196. added to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center For a new registration you need the Printer registration ID System requirements This displays the system requirements for the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Help legal notices smartphone and tablet devices only The description of the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center screen and various reminders are displayed Software license info The licensing information of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is displayed About this service This displays the descriptions of this service Description of the Main screen When you log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center the Main screen appears With this service the functions available to Standard user of the printer are different from those available to the printer Administrator Standard user can only use the functions marked by an asterisk You can use areas shown below to start add and manage apps If you are using a smartphone or a tablet you can also print photos and documents If you are using a smartphone or tablet If you are using a PC If you are using a smartphone or tablet CANON IMAGE GATEWAY Scan to E mail Evernote Dropbox Google Drive SkvNrive Ve t Contig 1 Left context menu 75 2 3 4 5 Printer name area Right context menu Display area Menu area we wo wa we 1 Left context menu When you select z the Mng printer screen of the Manage u
197. ain paper 3 Flick the HOME screen then tap Advanced print Using the Operation Panel 4 Tap PDF file print Insert the memory card into the card slot The document list is displayed Note e If both photo files and PDF files are saved on the memory card when the memory card is inserted before you select PDF file print the confirmation screen to select which file you print is displayed Tap Print documents in the displayed screen e If no printable document PDF files is saved on the memory card Data of supported types are not saved is displayed on the touch screen 6 Select the document to print 443 File name list Preview display PDF file print SCN_0009 PDF S OLN_UUI 3 PUI S SCN_0014 PDF SCN_0008 PDF SCN_0009 PDF Details Flick to display the name of documents then tap document to print Tap to switch to the preview display Flick to display document preview then tap document to print OU O WwW gt Tap to switch to the file name list E Tap to display the Details screen DJ Note File names may not be displayed properly on the document list if the file name is long or includes incompatible characters On the preview screen the first page of each PDF file is displayed on the touch screen In addition if a document is in landscape format it will be displayed rotated by 90 degrees For some PDF files it may take longer to display the preview or
198. al camera is not supported Borderless Printing is not available for legal A5 or B5 sized paper envelopes or non Canon genuine art paper Depending on the type of paper Borderless Printing may reduce the print quality at the top and bottom edges of the paper or cause these parts to become smudged 174 Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes re J _ is a 0 2 le rn F _ m E Recommended printing area A 1 59 inches 40 4 mm B 1 47 inches 37 4 mm E Printable area C 0 12 inch 3 0 mm D 0 20 inch 5 0 mm E 0 13 inch 3 4 mm F 0 13 inch 3 4 mm 175 Letter Legal C J y m F E Recommended printing area A 1 59 inches 40 4 mm B 1 47 inches 37 4 mm C Printable area C 0 12 inch 3 0 mm D 0 20 inch 5 0 mm E 0 25 inch 6 4 mm F 0 25 inch 6 3 mm 176 Sizes for Art Paper A limit is set to prevent printing along a 1 38 inch 35 mm margin on the top and bottom edges when a paper size for art paper is selected in the printer driver We recommend checking the printing area in the preview screen before printing A4 A4 art paper 1 38 inch 35 mm margin 8 00 x 8 94 inches 203 2 x 227 0 mm HE Recommended printing area A 1 38 inches 35 0 mm B 1 38 inches 35 0 mm C 0 13 inch 3 4 mm D 0 13 inch 3 4 mm Letter Letter art paper 1 38 inch 35 mm margin 8 00 x 8 24 inches 203 2
199. alignment value Roller cleaning Bottom plate cleaning The confirmation screen will appear DJ Note To print and check the current head position adjustment values select Print the head alignment value 4 Tap Yes The print head alignment pattern is printed J Important e Do not open the operation panel while printing is in progress 5 When the message Did the patterns print correctly appears confirm that the pattern is printed correctly tap Yes 6 Confirm the message then tap Next The input screen for the head position adjustment values will appear Manual head alignment 5 Look at the first pattern and adjust the print head position 1 Tap A to check the printed patterns and tap the number of the pattern in column A that has the least noticeable vertical streaks 227 SS ff fz zz a ff ss z MM a A E z i a z DP Note e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks A B A Unnoticeable vertical streaks B Noticeable vertical streaks 2 Repeat the same procedure until you finish inputting the pattern number for columns B to H then tap OK For columns G and H pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal streaks at the position indicated by an arrow JJJ Note e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the
200. ally when the paper output tray is opened 2 Extend the paper output support J Important e If the disc tray guide is open close it 4 Print the nozzle check pattern 1 Flick the HOME screen then tap Setup Using the Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear 2 Tap E Maintenance The Maintenance screen will appear 216 3 Tap Print nozzle check pattern ETE les Print nozzle check pattern Cleaning Deep cleaning Auto head alignment Mannal haad allanmen The confirmation screen will appear 4 Tap Yes The nozzle check pattern will be printed and two pattern confirmation screens will appear on the touch screen 5 Examine the nozzle check pattern 217 Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern Examine the nozzle check pattern and clean the print head if necessary 1 Check if there are missing lines in the pattern C or horizontal white streaks in the pattern D C D ee SS eee m d Q a a a a _ _ _ _ E A A No missing lines No horizontal white streaks B Lines are missing Horizontal white streaks are present E Number of sheets printed so far 2 Select the pattern that is closer to the printed nozzle check pattern on the confirmation screen Which is closer for printed color patterns Which is closer for printed color patterns All A Also B 218 For A no missing lines or n
201. amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems However the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason the subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed When you are not satisfied with the result of borderless printing reduce the amount of extension The extension amount decreases as the Amount of Extension slider is moved to the left 362 Important e When the amount of extension is decreased an unexpected margin may be produced on the print depending on the size of the paper DJ Note When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the leftmost position image data will be printed in the full size If you set this when printing the address side of a postcard the postal code of the sender is printed in the correct position 363 Scaling the Printing to Fit the Paper Size prveererneeeeeeeereerereenserrerrrrnreseorrereeny Festival paion amaer Festival mam in ue The procedure for printing a document that is automatically enlarged or reduced to fit the page size to be used is as follows 1 Check the paper size Check that the Paper Size in the Print Dialog is the same as the paper size that you set in the application software 2 Select Paper Handling from the pop up menu Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings s Copies 1 O Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1
202. an dialog or Settings Scan and Stitch dialog of IJ Scan Utility then scan from the IJ Scan Utility main screen Set Select Source to Magazine and set Color Mode to Color Select the Reduce moire checkbox in Image Processing Settings Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog e Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen then set one of the following settings Select Magazine for Image Adjustment Select the Descreen checkbox Refer to Image Corrections and Color Adjustments for details Note If moire appears when you scan a digital print photo take the above measures and scan again ei Clean the platen and document cover If the item is in poor condition dirty faded etc click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen then set Reduce Dust Fading Correction Grain Correction etc Refer to Image Corrections and Color Adjustments for details CSL If the color tone of images is different from the original document take the following measures and scan again Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen then set Image Adjustment to None Refer to Image Corrections and Color Adjustments for details 678 Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas Specify the scan area Manually specify the scan area when there are white margins or unwanted areas along the edges of the scanned images in the Image
203. and place it in the center of the cassette 1 3J Important e Always load paper in the portrait orientation C Loading paper in the landscape orientation D can cause paper jams C DP Note e Align the paper stack with the edge of the cassette 1 as shown in the figure below If the paper stack is in contact with the protrusions E the paper may not be fed properly e If paper has print side front or back such as photo paper load it with the whiter side or glossy side facing down 153 E A 4 Align the paper guide A in front with the paper stack For standard sizes align the paper guide A with where it clicks into place Slide the paper guide B on the right to align the right and left guides with both sides of the paper stack Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper The paper may not be fed properly J Note Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark F e Keep the paper stack height below the tabs G of the paper guides B 5 Insert the cassette 1 into the machine Push the cassette 1 all the way into the machine After inserting the cassette into the machine the paper information registration screen for the cassette is displayed on the touch screen 154 7 Select the size and type of the loaded paper in the cassette 1 at Page size and Type then tap Register If a message is displayed on the screen follow the directions in the
204. anging the Printer Operation Mode Mac 775 2112 Cause The paper settings for printing or copying are different from the cassette paper information registered to the machine Note e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the touch screen Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac e For copying specify the paper settings for copying so that they match the cassette paper information e For details on the cassette paper information registering to the machine Paper setting for Printing Windows Paper setting for Printing Mac Paper setting for Printing Smartphone and so on If the paper settings for printing or copying are different from the cassette paper information registered to the machine as the following a message is displayed on the touch screen e Print settings specified on the printer driver Paper size B5 Media type Plain paper e Cassette paper information registered to the machine Paper size A4 Media type Plain paper Print settings specified for printing or copying is displayed below the message Support Code 2112 The size or type of the paper l
205. anned properly A4 sized photos e Documents smaller than 5 inches x 7 inches 127 mm x 178 mm such as a paperback with its backbone cut off e Originals on thin white paper e Long and narrow originals such as panoramic photographs Document Scans the original on the platen glass as a document data applying the settings specified in Scan settings Photo Scans the original on the platen glass as a photo data applying the settings specified in Scan settings B Tap to display Scan settings screen For details on the setting items Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine 592 C Tap to display how to load the original D Tap to display the screen to select the destination 4 Load the original on the platen glass 5 Touch the Color button for color scanning or the Black button for black amp white scanning J Note e When you forward the scanned data to the computer using WSD touch the Color button e If you select JPEG or TIFF for Format on the scan setting screen The machine starts scanning and scanned data is forwarded to the computer e When you select PDF or Compact PDF for Format on the scan setting screen The confirmation screen asking you if you continue scanning is displayed after scanning is complete To continue scanning place the next document on the platen and select S End If you continue scanning load the original on the platen glass and start
206. annot install the scanner driver Machine Status e If the machine and computer are connected with a USB cable disconnect the USB cable from the computer Computer Settings e Close all running applications e Log in as the administrator of the computer You will be required to enter the name and password of the user with administrator privileges If you have multiple user accounts on Mac OS X log in with the first administrator account created Important e If you install an older version of the scanner driver after installing a newer one the scanner driver may not operate properly In that case reinstall the newer scanner driver DJ Note e When installing multiple versions of the scanner driver install the older scanner driver first Related Topic Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver Installing the Scanner Driver 580 Installing the Scanner Driver Access our website via the Internet to download the latest scanner driver Follow these steps to install the downloaded scanner driver 1 Mount the disk Double click the downloaded disk image file The file is decompressed and the disk is mounted 2 Start the installer Double click the pkg file in the decompressed disk Installation starts 3 Install the driver Follow the prompts to install When the license agreement screen appears read the terms and click Continue If you do not accept the license agreement you cannot install t
207. appened 706 Support Code List The support code appears on the touch screen and the computer screen when an error occurs Support Code means the error number and appears with an error message When an error occurs check the support code displayed on the touch screen or the computer screen and take the appropriate action Support Code Appears on the Touch Screen and the Computer Screen e 1000 to 1ZZZ 1001 1002 1007 1008 1200 1250 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1300 1304 1310 1311 1312 1313 1315 1316 1401 1403 1405 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1600 1660 1680 1681 1683 1684 1688 1700 1701 1710 1711 1830 1850 1851 1855 1856 1857 1858 1872 1873 e 2000 to 2ZZZ 2111 2112 2121 2122 2500 2700 4000 to 4ZZZ 4100 4101 4103 5000 to 5ZZZ 5011 5012 5100 5101 5200 5400 5B00 5B01 5B10 5B11 5C00 5C20 e 6000 to 6ZZZ 6000 6001 6003 6500 6502 6800 6801 6900 6901 6902 6910 6911 6920 6921 6930 6931 6932 6933 6934 6935 6936 6937 6938 6940 6941 6942 6943 6944 6945 6946 707 6950 6B20 A000 to ZZZZ B202 B203 B204 C000 About the support code for paper jam you can also refer to Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed 708 Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed If the paper is jammed remove it following the procedure appropriate for each case If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot 1300 If the paper is jammed whe
208. ar between pages when scanning open booklets Note e When you enable this function scanning may take longer than usual with network connection Correct slanted text document Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle within 0 1 to 10 degrees or 0 1 to 10 degrees of the document Important The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected correctly Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary by line Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text Documents with extremely large or small fonts Documents with small amount of text Documents containing figures images Hand written text Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines tables Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in the scanned document Important e Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog are supported e The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since the text cannot be detected correctly e Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi e Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 p
209. ard Slot as the Memory Card Drive of the Computer gt Information about Network Connection Useful Information about Network Connection About Network Communication Changing and Confirming Network Settings Appendix for Network Communication Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality Useful Information about Ink Key Points to Successful Printing Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper Canceling a Print Job Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images gt Specifications 122 Safety Guide Safety Precautions Regulatory and Safety Information 123 Safety Precautions Choosing a location e Do not install the machine in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration Do not install the machine in locations that are very humid or dusty in direct sunlight outdoors or close to a heating source To avoid the risk of fire or electric shocks use the machine under the operating environment specified in the On screen Manual Do not place the machine on a thick rug or carpet Do not place the machine with its back attached to the wall e e Power supply e Ensure that the area around the power outlet is kept clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if necessary e Never remove the plug by
210. are is turned on a message may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network If the warning message appears set the security software to always allow access If using any programs that switch the network environment check their settings Some programs will enable a firewall by default 628 When using a router connect the machine and computer to the LAN side same network segment When the machine is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN use alphanumeric characters for the name of the network SSID If the problem is not resolved perform setup again according to the instructions on our website 629 The Machine Cannot Be Detected in the Wired LAN Make sure that the machine is turned on Is Change LAN in LAN settings under Device settings set to Disable LAN LAN settings Make sure that the LAN cable is connected properly Make sure that the machine is connected to the router with the LAN cable If the LAN cable is loose connect the cable properly If the LAN cable is connected to the WAN side of the router connect the cable to the LAN side of the router 630 Other Problems with Network Forgot an Access Point Name SSID or a Network Key The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup The Administrator Password Set to the Machine Was Forgotten Checking Information about the Network How to Restore the Machine s Network Settings to Factory Default
211. arp Mask Cescreen Reduce Show through Ca brate before each scan Overview Scan Image Adjustment When Image Adjustment is set the brightness of the specified portion of the image is optimized Images can be adjusted according to the automatically detected item type or the specified item type The result of the adjustment will be reflected in the entire image None Image Adjustment will not be applied Auto Applies Image Adjustment by automatically detecting the item type It is recommended that you normally select this setting Photo Applies Image Adjustment suitable for photos Magazine Applies Image Adjustment suitable for magazines Document Applies Image Adjustment suitable for text documents 573 DJ Note If the image is not adjusted properly with Auto specify the item type The color tone may change from the source image due to the Image Adjustment In that case set Image Adjustment to None Reduce Dust Scanned photos may contain white dots caused by dust or scratches Use this function to reduce such noise None Dust and scratches will not be reduced Low Select this to reduce small dust particles and scratches Large ones may remain Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Select this to reduce large dust particles and scratches however evidence of the reduction process may remain or delicate parts of the image may be removed Important e This
212. as required When setting is completed click OK Note Once the settings are made you can scan with the same settings from the next time 3 Place the item on the platen Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 4 Click Custom 800 Canon J Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series H S Auto Document Photo Stitch Driver Instructions Settings Scanning starts Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings Custom Scan dialog displayed by clicking Settings In the Settings Custom Scan dialog you can also make advanced scan settings 497 Scanning Items Larger than the Platen Image Stitch You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image Items up to approximately twice as large as the platen are supported Note e The following explains how to scan from the item to be placed on the left side 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings then set the item type resolution etc in the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog as required When setting is completed click OK 3 Click Stitch 800 Canon lJ Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series SEZ Instructions Settings Custom The Image Stitch window appears 4 In Select Output Size select an output size according to the
213. atisfactory perform manual head alignment The procedure for performing manual print head alignment is as follows Note If the disc tray guide is open close it The pattern is printed only in black and blue Print Head Alignment 1 Select Custom Settings from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility 2 Switch head alignment to manual Check the Align heads manually check box 3 Apply the settings Click Apply and when the confirmation message appears click OK 4 Select Test Print from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility 5 Click the Print Head Alignment icon A message is displayed 6 Load paper in the printer Load three sheets of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette 2 DJ Note If the cassette paper information registered on the printer is not set to A4 size and plain paper an error may occur For instructions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper setting for Printing For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 7 Execute head alignment Make sure that the printer is on and click Align Print Head The first pattern is printed 237 J Important Do not open the operation panel while printing is in progress 8 Check the printed pattern Enter t
214. ay to the machine then resume printing 182 Before Placing a Printable Disc The following items are needed to print onto the printable disc e disc tray Supplied with the machine Use the disc tray with J on the surface The disc tray is attached in the back of the cassette 1 How to Detach Attach the Disc Tray e 4 72 inches 12 cm printable disc Obtain a printable disc with a label surface compatible with inkjet printing Note A printable disc differs from regular disc BD DVD CD etc in that its label surface has been specially processed to be printed on by an inkjet printer 183 Placing a Printable Disc To print onto a printable disc place it on the disc tray supplied with the machine then insert it into the machine This procedure also applies to printing from a computer 33 Important Do not attach the disc tray until the message asking you to load the printable disc is displayed Doing so can damage the machine 1 Detach the disc tray from the cassette 1 How to Detach Attach the Disc Tray Note e If a message is displayed on the screen after inserting the cassette into the machine tap Register 2 Holding both sides of the paper output tray A gently open it 3 When the message asking you to load the printable disc is displayed open the disc tray guide B and push it down all the way to the bottom 4 Place the printable disc with the print
215. box to change the paper orientation Flip horizontally Select this check box to reverse left and right of the document 367 4 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the specified order 368 Duplex Printing The procedure for printing data on both sides of one sheet of paper is as follows 1 Set duplex printing Check the Two Sided check box in the Print Dialog Printer Canon MG7S00 series Presets Default Settings Copies 1 Two sided Pages AII i OFrom 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Mi E Dj Te TextEdit i jM Print header and footer M Rewrap contents to fit page ee E lofl gt gt h 2 POF Hide Details Cancel Print 2 Select Layout from the pop up menu on the Print Dialog Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies E Two Sided Pages Jee R from 1 l to 1 Paper Size US Letter amp 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation f Te Pages per Sheet 1 C Layout Direction E S Vj N iee 4 1of1 gt i bp Border None gt Two Sided Long Edge binding g _ Reverse page orientation _ Flip horizontally 2 POF Hide Details Cancel Print 3 Set the stapling side 369 For Two Sided select either Long Edge binding or Short Edge binding 4 Select Marg
216. bums CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft Add delete Manage 2 3 1 Display area 2 Add delete button 3 Manage button Important e Some apps may require you to have an account before using the app If this is the case get the account beforehand After selecting the app some apps may not be fully displayed in the display area If this is the case scroll up down right and left to change the display area Log in KX UserID or C_J Visible area The app is not displayed if it is not yet released or if the language not available in your region is selected in the display language setting 1 Display area The display changes based on the menu you select Immediately after the cloud s Main screen appears a list of the registered apps appears To start an app select the app that you want to use on the list 57 DJ Note e Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released not available in your region or does not support your model e Can be used with genuine Canon ink 2 Add delete button Use this button to add delete and sort apps Register apps Delete apps Sort Register apps Select this to add your favorite apps See here for details on how to add apps Delete apps Select this to delete registered apps See here for details on how to delete apps Sort Select this to sort the apps list See here for d
217. c for the suitable density printing If not specify Other disc 6 Follow the on screen instructions to load the copy source BD DVD CD on the Platen Glass then tap OK e Place the disc to copy with the side to scan facing the glass and tap OK OK The print setting confirmation screen is displayed J Important e Be sure to load the copy source BD DVD CD with its label side down on the center of the Platen Glass If you load it near the edge of the Platen Glass part of the image may be cut off 7 Touch the Color button for color copying or the Black button for black amp white copying Disc label 8 Follow the on screen instructions to set the printable disc 448 Place a printable disc on the disc tray then insert the tray into the device and tap OK How to set OK J Note e You can see the procedure to set the printable disc by tapping How to set The next screen is displayed by tapping Next Additionally touching the Stop button returns to the print confirmation screen e For details on how to set the printable disc Placing a Printable Disc 9 Tap OK Place a printable disc on the disc tray then insert the tray into the device and tap OK How to set OK The machine starts copying J Note Touch the Stop button to cancel copying After printing allow the printing surface of the disc to dry naturally Do not use hairdryers or expose the disc to d
218. c or Printing Paper ICC Profile the printer will not be able to print with the correct colors 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the printer uses the color space of the image data Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction 385 Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 386 Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver Print from an application software that cannot identify or specify input ICC profiles by using the color space of the input ICC profile SRGB found in the data 1 Select Color Matching from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation i Te Color Matching ColorSyne Canon Color Matching a lofl r gt r POF Hide Details Cancel Print 2 Select color correction Select ColorSync You can leave Profile set to Automatic Important e If you choose a Profile setting other than Automatic or Printing Paper ICC Profile the printer will not be able to print with the correct colors 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the printer uses the color space of the image data Important e Y
219. c tray guide has been opened Action While printing other than disc label printing close the disc tray guide Close the disc tray guide then tap OK on the touch screen Do not open or close the disc tray guide while printing is in progress Doing so may damage the machine 768 1857 Cause The disc tray guide is open when starting disc label printing Action When starting disc label printing close the disc tray guide for the machine to prepare to print Close the disc tray guide with the operation panel closed then tap OK on the touch screen 769 1858 Cause The disc tray guide is open after replacing the ink tank Action After replacing the ink tank close the disc tray guide and the operation panel Tap OK on the touch screen of the machine to dismiss the error 770 1872 Cause The cassette 1 is not inserted Action Insert the cassette 1 DJ Note The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after inserting the cassette 1 Register the cassette paper information according to the paper you loaded in the cassette 1 e If you want to cancel printing touch the machine s Stop button 771 1873 Cause The cassette 2 is not inserted Action Insert the cassette 2 DJ Note The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after inserting the cassette 2 Register the cassette paper information according to the paper you loaded in the cassette 2 e I
220. cation Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen then change the resolution setting and scan again The higher the resolution the larger the resulting image will be Resolution 683 Problems with the Machine The Machine Cannot Be Powered On The Machine Turns Off Unintentionally Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly Cannot Communicate with the Machine with USB Connection The Display on the Touch Screen Cannot Be Seen At All An Unintended Language Is Displayed on the Touch Screen Cannot Remove a Memory Card Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing gt If the Output Tray Extension Comes Off Cannot Print Scan from NFC Compliant Device 684 The Machine Cannot Be Powered On Touch the ON button Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged into the power cord connector of the machine then turn it back on Unplug the machine from the power supply then plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on after leaving it for at least 2 minutes If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 685 The Machine Turns Off Unintentionally Deactivate the setting to turn the unit off automatically The machine turns off automatically according to the elapsed time you specified if you activate the setting to turn the unit off automatically If you do not want the machine to turn off automatically open Canon IJ Printer Utility sel
221. ce or may not print with the proper print quality For details on how to load paper in each paper source see below Loading Small Size Paper Loading Large Size Paper Loading Envelopes Loading Small Size Photo Paper in the cassette 1 When using small size photo paper such as 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm or 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm load it in the cassette 1 The machine feeds photo paper from the cassette 1 automatically if you select a page size such as 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm or 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm in the print settings at the operation panel or the printer driver S A Photo paper 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm or 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm size A Loading Large Size Photo Paper Plain Paper or Envelopes in the cassette 2 When using large size photo paper or plain paper such as A4 B5 A5 or Letter load it in the cassette 2 You can also load envelopes in the cassette 2 The machine feeds paper from the cassette 2 automatically if you select a page size such as A4 B5 A5 or Letter in the print settings at the operation panel or the printer driver 150 B C D B Photo paper A4 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm or Letter size C Plain paper A4 B5 A5 Letter or Legal size D Envelopes Loading Paper with the Print Side Facing Down If paper has print side front or back such as photo paper load it with the whiter side or glossy side facing down Y E F E casset
222. ce you are using For errors on non Canon PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices check the Support Code error number on the touch screen and take the appropriate action to clear the error Support Code List e For the errors indicated on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device and their solution also refer to the instruction manual of the device For other troubles on the device contact the manufacturer Error Message on the PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device Printer in use No paper Paper Error Paper jam If the machine is printing from the computer or warming up wait until the job ends When it is ready the machine starts printing automatically If the machine is not printing from the computer or warming up check the Support Code on the touch screen and take the appropriate action to resolve the error gt Support Code List Load paper in the cassette and select Continue in the display on your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device To resume printing you can also tap OK on the touch screen instead of selecting Continue on the device See Cannot Print on the Disc Label for disc label printing If the paper output tray is closed open it and select Continue in the display on your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device To resume printing you can also tap OK on the touch screen instead of selecting Continue on the device If the disc tray guide i
223. cess point Make sure that there is no obstruction Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor Adjust the location of the devices eile Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct For the procedures to connect a network device to the computer and set them up refer to the instruction manual of your network device or contact its manufacturer Make sure that the radio status is good and adjust the installation positions while monitoring the radio status with IJ Network Tool Monitoring Wireless Network Status Mae Make sure that a valid wireless channel is used The wireless channel to be used may be limited depending on wireless network devices installed in the computer Refer to the instruction manual provided with your computer or your wireless network device to specify the valid wireless channel Make sure that the channel confirmed in Check 8 can communicate with the computer If not change the channel set to the access point 607 Make sure that the firewall of the security software is disabled If the firewall function of your security software is turned on a me
224. cess point to detect it The stealth mode is called a closed network Subnet Mask Address IP address has two components the network address and the host address Subnet Mask used to calculate the Subnet Mask address from the IP address A Subnet Mask is usually assigned by an access point or a DHCP server of the router automatically Example IP Address 192 168 127 123 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Subnet Mask Address 192 168 127 0 TCP IP Suite of communications protocols used to connect hosts on the Internet or the LAN This protocol allows different terminals to communicate with each other TKIP An encryption protocol employed by WPA WPA2 327 U e USB Serial interface designed to enable you to hot swap devices i e by plugging and unplugging them without turning off the power WwW WEP WEP Key An encryption method employed by IEEE 802 11 Shared security key used to encrypt and decrypt data sent over wireless networks This printer supports key length of 64 bits or 128 bits key format of ASCII code or Hexadecimal and key number of 1 to 4 e Wi Fi International association that certifies interoperability of wireless LAN products based on the IEEE 802 11 specification This machine is a Wi Fi authorized product e Wireless LAN A network that instead of being connected by physical wires is connected by a wireless technology such as Wi Fi WPA Security framework announced by the Wi
225. ch the disc tray onto the cassette 1 How to Detach Attach the Disc Tray J Note e If a message is displayed on the screen after inserting the cassette into the machine tap Register 187 How to Detach Attach the Disc Tray Detaching the disc tray Slide the disc tray to the side on the back of the cassette 1 and raise it to detach gt Important e Be sure to remove all orange shipping tapes on the disc tray Attaching the disc tray Align the holes of the disc tray with the hooks on the back of the cassette 1 and slide it to attach gt gt Important e Be sure to align each hole of the disc tray with its corresponding hook on the back of the cassette 1 If the disc tray is not attached properly the disc tray may be damaged during insertion of the cassette 1 into the machine 188 Loading Originals Loading Originals on the Platen Glass How to Load Originals for Each Function Originals You Can Load gt How to Detach Attach the Document Cover 189 Loading Originals on the Platen Glass 1 Load an original on the platen glass 1 Open the document cover 2 Load the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen glass Originals You Can Load How to Load Originals for Each Function 1 0a IO 2 ae gt Important e Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen glass e Do not place any objects weighing 4 4
226. cified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pop up menu Start OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data You can specify the application from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from
227. ck On to enable duplex printing or click Off to disable the function 8 Tap the Print When you execute printing the printer prints according to the specified settings Paper Size With AirPrint the paper size is selected automatically according to the app being used on the Apple device and the region in which AirPrint is used When Apple s photo app is used the default paper size is L size in Japan and 4 x6 or KG in other countries and regions When documents are printed from Apple s Safari app the default paper size is letter size in the U S region and A4 in Japan and Europe Important Your app may support different paper sizes Checking the Print Status During printing a Print Center icon is displayed in the list of recently used apps and you can use it to check the print progress Press the Home button on the Apple device twice to set the Multitasking mode Then swipe to the right to display the Print Center icon and a Print Summary 106 Print Center Deleting a Print Job To delete a print job with AirPrint use one of the following two methods From the printer If your printer has a LCD monitor use the operation panel to cancel the print job If you printer does not have aLCD monitor press the Stop button on the printer to cancel the print job From an Apple device Press the Home button on the Apple device twice to set the Multitasking mode and then swipe to the right Tap the Print C
228. contents and click Continue If you do not agree to the terms of the Software License Agreement you cannot install this software 4 Selecting the install destination If necessary select where you want to install the printer driver and then click Continue 5 Executing the installation Click Install When the authentication screen is displayed enter the name and password of the administrator and then click Install Software OK 6 Complete the installation When the completion message appears click Close The printer driver is installed successfully Important e If the Installer does not operate properly select Quit Installer from the Installer menu of the Finder to quit the Installer Then start the Installer again e You can download the printer driver for free but you are responsible for paying any connection fees to the Internet Related Topics Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver Delete the Unnecessary Canon J Printer from the Printer List Before Installing the Printer Driver 421 Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Printing Photo Data Using the Slide Show Function Printing Template Forms Such As Lined Paper or Graph Paper Printing Documents PDF File Saved on a Memory Card About Disc Label Printing 422 Printing Photo Data Printing Photographs Saved on a Memory Card About Advanced photo Menu gt Printing Photo with Trimming Setting
229. control is not set to the access point For the procedures to connect an access point and set it up refer to the instruction manual of your access point or contact its manufacturer D Note e To check the MAC address or the IP address of the computer see Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer 609 Printing Speed Is Slow The machine may be printing out a large job issued from another computer When using wireless LAN make sure that the radio status is good and adjust the installation positions while monitoring the radio status with IJ Network Tool Monitoring Wireless Network Status Make sure that there is no barrier or obstacle between the access point and the machine Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor The metal concrete or timber including the metallic material mud wall or insulator may interrupt a wireless communication If the machine cannot communicate with the computer over a wireless LAN for the wall material place the machine and the computer in the same room or floor GS Make sure that there is no source of interference in your vicinity If a device e g microwave oven using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby the device may cause interference Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible 610 Cannot Use the Card Slot via Network gt Cannot Use the Card Slot 611
230. copying again If the problem is not resolved set the print quality to Draft and try copying again e This function can be used in combination with Two sided copy If you use this function in combination you can copy four original pages on one sheet of paper In this case two original pages are copied on each side of paper 482 If you use this function in combination select 2 sided for 2 sidedPrintSetting then select the orientation and the stapling side of print paper on the Print settings screen For details on two sided copy function Two Sided Copying When checking the orientation When you are using the preview screen the screen below is displayed before copying starts so that you can check the orientation b Rescan i B A Tap to rotate the original by 180 degrees B Tap to start scanning the original C Tap to rescan the original When scanning is finished The screen below appears after scanning the first sheet of original eal Page 2 Place the next document and tap Scan Print now Scan A A Tap to start scanning the original Remove the sheet of original from the platen glass after scanning and load the next sheet on the platen glass then tap Scan B Tap to start copying the original already scanned The machine starts scanning the second sheet of original and copying D gt Note e You can add the copying job while printing Adding the Copying Job Reserve co
231. cribed below to scan by detecting the item type or size automatically Important e When scanning by specifying the paper size in IJ Scan Utility or the scanner driver align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow alignment mark of the platen e Photos that have been cut to various shapes and items smaller than 1 2 inches 3 cm square cannot be cropped accurately when scanning e Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected e When scanned using the scanner driver the response may differ In that case adjust the cropping frame selection box manually For Photos Postcards Business Cards or BD DVD CD For Magazines Newspapers or Documents ee Placing a Single Item Place the item face down on the platen and align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow alignment mark of the platen Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned Place the item face down on the platen with 0 4 inch 1 cm or more space between the edges diagonally striped area of the platen and the item Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned J Important Important e Refer to Loading Originals for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details on the e Large items such as A4 size photos that cannot be portions in which items cannot be scanned placed away from the edges arrow alignment mark of the platen may be sav
232. cropping frames checkbox to specify the area to be saved 500 Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window To scan an item again select the image in the Preview area or the thumbnail at the top of the screen then click x Delete The selected image is deleted allowing you to scan the item again 11 Click Save eoo Image Stitch xaea a Bl oOo m maoe er G select Output size A3 A4 x 2 e Scan Direction Scan from Left sj Scan Image 1 Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 1 Start Scanning Image 2 e CIC Adjust cropping frames Cancel The combined image is saved 3J Note e Refer to Image Stitch Window for details on the Image Stitch window e You can make advanced scan settings in the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog displayed by clicking Settings 501 Scanning Multiple Items at One Time You can scan two or more photos small items placed on the platen at one time and save each image individually Important The following types of items may not be scanned correctly In that case adjust the cropping frames selection boxes scan areas in the screen displayed by clicking Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen and scan again e Photos that have a whitish background e Items printed on white paper hand written documents business cards etc e Thin items e Thick items Using Auto Scan Whether there are multiple items or not is detec
233. ct a device that does not use the printer then configure settings again Devices connected to the printer in access point mode cannot communicate with each other Firmware updates for the printer are not available while using the access point mode When a device has been connected to the printer without using an access point and you want to set it up again using the same connection method disconnect it first Disable the connection between the device and printer in the Wi Fi setting screen e e e Connection Using a Wired Network e This printer cannot be used over wireless and wired connections at the same time e When using a router connect the printer and a device to the LAN side same network segment 40 Notice for Web Service Printing When Using Web Service e e e e e e e e Canon does not guarantee the continuity and reliability of the web services provided the availability of site access or permission to download the materials Canon may at any time update change or delete the information provided through the web service or may suspend or discontinue the service without prior notice Canon shall not be held responsible for any damages resulting from such actions In no event shall Canon be liable for any damages whatsoever resulting from the use of the web services User registration is necessary before using the photo sharing site When you use the photo sharing site observe the cond
234. ct the size of the item to be scanned When you select Custom a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears Select a Unit then enter the Width and Height and then click OK Width inches 1 00 8 50 Height 11 00 inches 1 00 11 69 Unit inches Cancel Defaults Note e Click Defaults to restore the specified settings to the default settings Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution D gt Note e Only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings Image Processing Settings Click Right Arrow to set the following DJ Note e When Color Mode is Black and White only Reduce gutter shadow Correct slanted text document and Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image appear Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan DJ Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image Reduce show through Sharpens text in an item or reduces show through in newspapers etc Reduce moire Reduces moire patterns Printed materials are displayed as a collection o
235. ctions the information will be sent automatically from the second time onward and the confirmation screen will not be displayed again Note e If you deselect the Send automatically from the next time check box the information will not be sent automatically from the second time onward and the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program icon will appear in the Dock at the time of the next survey If you do not agree to participate in the survey program Click Do not agree The confirmation screen will be closed and the survey at that time is skipped The confirmation screen will be displayed again one month later To stop sending the information Click Turn off The Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program is stopped and the information will not be sent To resume the survey see Changing the setting e To uninstall the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program 1 Stop the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Changing the setting 2 Select Applications from the Go menu of Finder and double click the Canon Utilities folder then the Inkjet Extended Survey Program folder 702 3 Place the Canon Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program app file into the Trash 4 Restart the computer Empty the Trash and restart your computer Changing the setting To display the confirmation screen every time the printer usage information is sent or to resume surve
236. d to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 379 Printer Canon MG7500 series gt Presets Default Settings Copies 1 O Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Ma To Color Options ase cyan 0 E a Magenta E E jes a lofl gt gt Yellow B B 2 ABCDEF P 1234567 Tone 0 Wamu pey Cool Warm Sample Type Brightness Normal Standard Intensity 0 e View Color Pattern ex o Contrast 0 A 7 low High 2 POF Hide Details Cancel Print 6 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the color document is converted to grayscale data with adjusted tones It allows you to print the color document in monochrome gt Important If you select ColorSync for Color Matching then Tone appears grayed out and is unavailable Related Topics Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 380 Specifying Color Correction You can specify the color correction method suited to the type of document to be printed Normally the printer driver adjusts the colors by using Canon Digital Photo Color so that data is printed with color tints that most people prefer When you want to print by using the color space Adobe RGB or sRGB of the image data effectively or by specifying a printing ICC profile from your application software sel
237. de Details Cancel Print Margin Specify the amount of margin space for stapling the paper Enter a value between 0 inches 0 mm to 1 2 inches 30 mm Stapling Side Specify the stapling side Long side stapling Left Long side stapling Right Select this option to staple the long side of the paper Choose left or right Short side stapling Top Short side stapling Bottom Select this option to staple the short side of the paper Choose top or bottom Related Topics Setting the Stapling Margin Duplex Printing 408 Canon IJ Printer Utility The Canon IJ Printer Utility allows you to perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer What You Can Do with the Canon IJ Printer Utility 8O0 Canon MG7500 series Cleaning Cleaning Eliminates unwanted smudges and lines in the print result Deep Cleaning ai Unclogs nozzles that cannot be cleared by regular cleaning You can switch between pages in Canon IJ Printer Utility by the pop up menu You can choose one of the following items from the pop up menu Cleaning Clean the printer to clear up clogged print head nozzle Test Print Execute a test print to check the condition of the print head nozzle and to adjust the print head position Power Settings Operate the power of this printer from the printer driver Ink Level Information Check the remaining ink levels Quiet Settings You can reduce the operating noise of the printer
238. de up of alphanumeric characters The SSID may also be referred to by its network name e Password WEP Password WEP Key An encryption method employed by IEEE 802 11 Shared security key used to encrypt and decrypt data sent over wireless networks This printer supports key length of 64 bits or 128 bits key format of ASCII code or Hexadecimal and key number of 1 to 4 e Performance Indicates the status on whether the printer can be used e Proxy server A server that links a LAN connected computer to the Internet When using a proxy server specify the address and the port number of the proxy server 326 R S e e PSK An encryption method employed by WPA WPA2 Router A relay device to connect to another network Signal Level The strength of the signal received by the printer from the access point is indicated with a value from 0 to 100 SSID Unique label for wireless LAN It is often represented such as a network name or an access point name SSID distinguishes one wireless LAN from another to prevent interference The printer and all clients on a wireless LAN must use the same SSID in order to communicate with each other The SSID can be up to 32 characters long and is made up of alphanumeric characters The SSID may also be referred to by its network name Stealth In the stealth mode an access point hides itself by not broadcasting its SSID The client must specify the SSID set to the ac
239. der with current date i Scan and Sitch C Check sean results amp Over Application Settings Open with an application iS My Image Garden _ Send to an application 43 Preview _ Send to a folder None __ Attach to mail _ None Attach Manually J Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults e OK ___ _ 2 Note e If a compatible application is not installed the text in the image is extracted and appears in your text editor Text to be displayed is based on Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog Select the language you want to extract in Document Language and scan e You can add the application from the pop up menu 5 Click OK eoo Settings Document Scan lela ii Secale Image Processing Settings Save Settings T AEE Save in B Pictures Data Format JPEG Exif a E cxstom scan JPEG Image Quality Standard E C Save to a subfolder with current date mi Scan and Stitch _ Check scan results a Ddvor Application Settings JOpen with an application My Image Garden a _ Send to an application 48 Preview _ Send to a folder None Attach to mail None Attach Manually Start OCR 7 Output to Text s _ Do not start any application More Functions a The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears 512 Note e Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog Settings Document
240. displayed When you select the OK button in the message the login screen is displayed Enter the registered e mail address and password and log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 72 Printing Your Printer registration ID To add a printer by using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center you will need a Printer registration ID From the operation panel of this printer print the URL of the authentication site and your Printer registration ID The procedure is as follows 1 Check that the printer is connected to the Internet J Important e To use this function you must connect this printer to the Internet 2 From the home window select Setup gt Hi Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Register with this service 3 In the registration confirmation window Select Yes Register this printer with IJ Cloud Printing Center 4 In the print settings select the display language Language for print settings BAS English Deutsch francais italiana 5 Follow the instructions displayed in the window and print the URL of the authentication site and your Printer registration ID When you set A4 size or Letter size plain paper and select OK the authentication site URL and your Printer registration ID are printed Important The operation to complete the registration should be done within 60
241. displayed screen to the default settings 543 Settings Driver Dialog Fn Click Driver on the Ls Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Driver dialog In the Settings Driver dialog you can specify how to save images when scanning items by starting the scanner driver from IJ Scan Utility and how to respond after saving them e000 Settings Driver 18 eja if m PIN ER Save Settings angs File Name IMG c aa Document Scan Save in ij Pictures Data Format JPEC Exif pan I Photo Sean JPEG Image Quality Standard Cestom Save to a subfolder with current date Enable large image scans E Scan and Sstch Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application _ My Image Garden _ Send to an application a5 Preview Send to a folder None _ Attach to e mail None Attach Manually _ Start OCR Output to Text Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults o 1 Save Settings Area 2 Application Settings Area 33 Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear 1 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format DJ Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date a
242. ditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the name of Google Inc nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 45 Preparing to Use PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer Follow the steps described below to register the printer information to the cloud se
243. e type and connection destination are displayed The selected printer can be set up or be modified 3 Update Performs printer detection again Click this button if the target printer is not displayed 3 Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN e If the printer on a network is not detected make sure that the printer is turned on then click Update It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable then click Update e If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition DJ Note This item has the same function as Refresh in the View menu 301 4 Configuration Enabled when Utilities is selected Click to display the Configuration screen to configure settings of the selected printer Note e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Settings menu 302 Canon IJ Network Tool Menus This section describes the menus in Canon IJ Network Tool 1 3 4 Canon 1 Network Tool Edit 1 Canon IJ Network Tool menu About Canon IJ Network Tool Displays the version of this application Quit Canon IJ Network Tool Exits IJ Network Tool 2 View menu Status Displays the Status screen to confirm the printer connection status and wireless communication status In the access point mode th
244. e 1 is not complete Cassette 1 paper information Page size KG 4 x6 10x15 r Type Plus Glossy Il Register Tap Register on the touch screen of the machine to terminate the paper settings of the cassette 1 779 2122 Cause The paper settings of the cassette 2 is not complete Action If the following screen is displayed the paper settings of the cassette 2 is not complete Cassette 2 paper information Page size A4 Type Plain paper Register Tap Register on the touch screen of the machine to terminate the paper settings of the cassette 2 780 2500 Cause The cause of following may have occurred the failure of Automatic Print Head Alignment e Print head nozzles are clogged The paper of size other than A4 or Letter is loaded in the cassette 2 The paper output slot is exposed to strong light Action Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error then take the actions described below e Print the nozzle check pattern to check the status of the print head Load one sheet of A4 Letter sized plain paper and perform Automatic Print Head Alignment again e Adjust your operating environment and or the position of the machine so that the paper output slot is not exposed directly to strong light After carrying out the above measures if the problem continues after aligning the print head again tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error and then perform Manual Print Head Alignment 781
245. e 731 POPE ERIEN EEE EEV EEE ES E 732 ts ae eee ree a ee ee ee Ser re eee eee re re rs eee es ee 735 A T E EE TEA a ee eee A ee ee ee ee ee 736 2s ee E EE E eee ee e A A E eee eee ET TE AE 737 AD Aes 8 9 8 Ge ree Od 4 19 8 eae BP 9 9 97 a Be E R 738 5 ee ee ee ee eee reer ee ee eee eer er es cee eee ee 739 LS A eer ee eee eS ee ee eee eee Te ee ee eee eee ere T ee ee eee 740 aS re eee re ee ee ee eee eee eT ee ee ee ee eee re eee ee ee er ee 741 E E eee ee eee ee ee ee eee eee ee ee eee Ley ee ee ee eee ee ee 742 WG Soo hoe dee eo 654 Ee eed ese ee eee ee eee ETE T EEE 743 OP hid Hi 44 4 a OA eh 48 ee Be 2 9 9 9 8 9 744 C6 eee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee eee eee 745 eee ee eee ee eee ee ee ne ee eee ee ee ee 746 Ae 3466 908 5 dh bone E da he ed 499499 es 747 VA ide eeCSCRSSEEE ERE rrin ete t eea CORE EE HEEOR ERS SHES EERE CCAS 748 if ee ee ey ETE eee er ee ey EE ee ee ee ee 749 PE 34 40 4 a are oe bd 9 8 eg Ae 29 he ee R 750 VATA 6 kCee RO SEERE SE HE ELE E HEHE ORERSEESGEEREE eette ariei ERE E RES 751 TI 2404 8 e a ope epee eee ess Ake E 752 TODO wibn eekue rre a a ce gba hes aseseesech eae ede Ea E 153 TODO ee eS ee ee re eee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 754 BOO e bs 2h oe hth oo4et S dhe eee as hea eee AAT bess sop eee 755 UCP bicibheeus oreGeeissesete eee shee e tle scene seesen Gus eereeseoesseneee 756 o5 a ee es ee ees ee ee ee ee ee eee ee 757 ts Ee E E ee ee eee eee ee ee ee ee T ey eee eee 758 OO ciheGeeueaiseGieserGlteteeeeagbe
246. e If you insert the memory card before you select Advanced print on the HOME screen the photo selection screen in Photo print is displayed If both photo files and PDF files are saved on the memory card the confirmation screen to select which file you print is displayed To display the HOME screen touch the HOME button 5 Tap Trimming print DJ Note e If no printable photo data is saved on the memory card Data of supported types are not saved is displayed on the touch screen e If more than 2 000 photo data are saved on the memory card the photo data is split by group per 2 000 photos in reverse chronological order date last modified automatically Check the message displayed on the touch screen then tap OK 6 Tap the photo you want to print DJ Note e Other Options Using Useful Display Functions 7 Trim the print area 430 Tap to switch the aspect ratio of the trimming frame Drag to position the trimming frame Drag to set the trimming frame size A B C D Tap to finalize your selection of trimming area When the area to be cropped is specified the print setting confirmation screen is displayed 8 Specify the settings as necessary Tap Copies to display the screen to specify the number of copies For the setting items other than Copies Setting Items for Photo Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine 9 Touch the Color button The machine starts printing D gt
247. e Machine with USB Connection Make sure that the machine is turned on Make sure that the USB cable is connected properly See Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable to connect the USB cable properly Do not start up IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print while IJ Network Tool is running 688 The Display on the Touch Screen Cannot Be Seen At All If the POWER lamp is off The machine is not powered on Connect the power cord and touch the ON button If the POWER lamp is lit The touch screen may be in the screen saver mode Tap the touch screen 689 An Unintended Language Is Displayed on the Touch Screen Select the language you want to be displayed according to the following procedure 1 Touch the HOME button and wait for about 5 seconds JA 2 Flick the HOME screen then tap ii Setup Using the Operation Panel 3 Tap ey Device settings 4 Tap the fifth setting item from the top 5 Tap the language for the touch screen 690 Cannot Remove a Memory Card Contact the service center Important Never attempt to remove a memory card using a thin stick or tweezers Doing so may damage the machine DJ Note e Exclusive adapters are required for the following memory cards Insert these cards in the machine with adapters attached miniSD Card miniSDHC Card microSD Card microSDHC Card Memory Stick Micro 691 Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Pos
248. e Printing Set grayscale printing Grayscale printing refers to the function of converting your document to grayscale data in the printer to print it in monochrome 403 When you check the check box both monochrome and color documents will be printed in monochrome When printing a color document be sure to uncheck the check box Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Printing a Color Document in Monochrome 404 Color Options This dialog allows you to adjust the print color as you like If the color of the printed image is not as expected adjust the properties in the dialog and retry printing The adjustments made here do not affect the colors of the original print data unlike application software dedicated to image processing Use this dialog just to make fine adjustments Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies fii Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Te T Color Options gt Cyan 0 a V B High Magenta 0 amp E efi low High 4 4 gt gt gt Yellow 0 gt E ABCDEF tow saml 1234567 Tone 0 GJ Sample Type Brightness Normal Standard gt Intensity 0 O a Ugh Dark View Color Pattern Comasco S O 9 tow High 7 PDF Hide Details Cancel Print Preview Shows the effect of color adjustment As you adjust each item the effects are reflected in t
249. e Register apps screen in the Display area The display can be toggled between Registered and Search apps The Registered screen lists registered apps You can check the information of these apps or deregister them goa Ming pricier Manage users Userinformation instuctons Logout Registered Search apps CANON IMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums Contig CANON INC CANON INC ON i ON oe f Flickr Facebook Properties Manage jobs Latest noices CANON INC CANON INC CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM ON pop up card pace for Your Photos ye Evernote Notice list On the Search apps screen the apps that you can register by using the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center are displayed by category 86 Search apps Photography Productivity Creatmty hot og apr y z5 Picasa Web Albums CANON IMAGE GATEWAY oductivily CANON INC CANON INC i a CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM f oe Crafts EI pop up card CTS z Facebook Flickr CANON INC CANON INC o When you select Gi the details of the app are displayed When you select Cm morf you can choose to register or unregister the app DJ Note Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released not available in your region or does not support your model Can be used with genuine Canon ink ES Properties This screen displays the status of the printer that is currently selected You can check how much ink is remaining or d
250. e Scan standby screen is displayed tap Settings to select the setting item Flick to display setting items then tap the setting item to display the settings Tap to specify the setting Note The scan setting cannot be specified under the following conditions e When Auto scan is selected for Doc type to forward the scanned data to the computer e When you forward the scanned data to the computer using WSD one of the network protocols supported in Windows 8 1 Windows 8 Windows 7 and Windows Vista The setting item which cannot be selected is displayed grayed out Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting of other setting item the document type selected for Doc type or the scan menu on the screen for selecting to which you save the data If the setting which cannot be specified in combination is selected B and Error details are displayed on the touch screen In this case tap B on the upper left on the touch screen to confirm the message then change the setting The specified scan settings such as the scan size resolution and data format are retained even if the machine is turned off When scanning starts in the scan menu that is not available with the specified setting The specified function is not available with current settings is displayed on the touch screen Change the setting following the on screen instructions When you forward the scanned data to the computer or attach the data to an e mail
251. e Sra A 407 Canon UP mer UM 4 d s cctid oa a ak ceaca dd bd dah coals a hed ee aa hd eee Aa 409 Opening the Canon lJ Printer Uti iy occcsn deed doe kere ine ake er ee ok irii 411 Mamienance ofthis PIME ss csudcek erased taker tr eE ETA aged ee 412 Display the Printing Status Screen coc e cede ee ye eevee eee Ree ELE eee eee ees 413 Deleting the Undeswed Print JOD ssasas e448 9 S4edeenes 4464 BA eee be Rae ee eae 415 Instructions for Use Printer Driver ae Piers ais RE TEOT AF 416 Updating the Printer DIVET nae cues edn a diraden e GA RRR REE a a ae eS 417 Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver as lt 2 c cca0e cent nneee ede eine eee e eben e ae eee 418 Delete the Unnecessary Canon lJ Printer from the Printer List 2 419 Before Installing the Printer Driver s 2 0 ccccc ise er ees eeurces eee ee eee Ree SHS 420 installing the Printer DIVO cess scr cedere ies koeaecange ri dyte ea naesda dele arad 421 Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine 0005 422 Pn POO Data sarren irnar sd eara dl PREAH GGA PRAGA iE EEA RE RE TREE HERES OS ORO DALE 423 Printing Photographs Saved on a Memory Card 0 0 e ee eee 424 About Advanced photo Menu ca a5 5 aa dee eed eee death Meio beds dd deed Rae 429 Printing Photo with Trimming OTET ned ae bios dwn eK PETE TETEE 430 Setting Items for Photo Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine
252. e Temporary Files of IJ Scan Utility specify a folder ona drive with sufficient free space Settings General Settings Dialog Multiple devices may be connected to USB ports Disconnect devices other than your scanner or printer 675 Scanned Image Does Not Open If the data format is not supported by the application scan the image again and select a popular data format such as JPEG when saving it Refer to the application s manual for details If you have any questions contact the manufacturer of the application 676 Scan Results Not Satisfactory Scan Quality Image Displayed on the Monitor Is Poor Scanned Image Is Surrounded by Extra White Areas Cannot Scan at the Correct Size Position or Size of the Image Cannot be Detected Correctly When Scanning from the Operation Panel Item Is Placed Correctly but the Scanned Image Is Slanted Scanned Image Is Enlarged Reduced on the Computer Monitor 677 Scan Quality Image Displayed on the Monitor Is Poor If the image is jagged increase the scanning resolution or select TIFF or PNG in Data Format of the Settings dialog Resolution Settings Dialog Set the display size to 100 Some applications do not display images clearly if the display size is too small If moire stripe pattern appears take the following measures and scan again e Set one of the following settings in the Settings Document Scan dialog Settings Custom Sc
253. e When you use the automatic duplex printing function to print a postcard print the address side first and then print the message side Note e When you use duplex printing the print area becomes slightly smaller than the normal print area 370 Related Topic Changing the Printer Operation Mode 371 Printing on Postcards This section describes the procedure for postcard printing 1 Load postcard on the printer 2 Select paper size in the Print Dialog Select Postcard or Postcard Double from the Paper Size menu J Important e Return postcards can be used only when you print them from the computer e When printing a return postcard always set the paper size to Postcard Double from your application software or the printer driver e Do not fold the return postcard If a crease is formed the printer will not be able to feed the postcard properly and this condition will cause line shifts or a paper jam e With return postcards borderless printing cannot be used 3 Select Quality amp Media from the pop up menu 4 Select the media type For Media Type select the same paper type loaded in the printer J Important This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached When you use the duplex printing function to print a postcard print the address side first and then print the message side When printing on each side of a postcard separately you will get cleaner printing if you print
254. e center 786 5012 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 787 5100 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Cancel printing and turn off the machine Then confirm the following Confirm that there are no materials e g the protective material or jammed paper that is preventing the print head holder from moving If any remove the materials Confirm that the ink tanks are installed properly Push an ink tank until it clicks into place After confirming the conditions above turn on the machine again If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 33 Important e When you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the print head holder from moving be careful not to touch the clear film A or the white belt B If the paper or your hands touch these parts and blot or scratch them the machine can be damaged 788 5101 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Remove the protective material that is preventing the print head holder from moving turn the machine off and turn it back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 789 5200 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power c
255. e directions in the message to complete registration 3 Open the paper output tray 1 Holding both sides of the paper output tray gently open it The output tray extension will open automatically when the paper output tray is opened 2 Extend the paper output support Important e If the disc tray guide is open close it 4 Clean the print head 1 Flick the HOME screen then tap Setup Using the Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear 2 Tap Maintenance The Maintenance screen will appear 3 Tap Cleaning 220 Maintenance Print nozzle check pattern Cleaning Deep cleaning Auto head alignment Maniial haad alianman The confirmation screen will appear 4 Tap Yes The machine starts cleaning the print head Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the cleaning of the print head This takes about 2 to 3 minutes The pattern print confirmation screen will appear 5 Tap Yes The nozzle check pattern will be printed 5 Examine the nozzle check pattern Note If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice clean the print head deeply 221 Cleaning the Print Head Deeply If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head clean the print head deeply Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head so clean the print head deeply only wh
256. e ee eee a es 291 Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable 2 0 22 0 0 eae 292 When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name 2 c0se00ecetves severe aeesen es 293 Connecting to Other Computer with LAN Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN 294 Printing Out Network Setting Information 2 0 0 2208 6 eee ee eee eee ew eee ee eee e eeu eee 295 About Network Communication 06565405 0428 6s ceen ee de ee i oo oS eae ee ches 298 Changing and Confirming Network Settings 0 assau uaaa aaae 299 Aee WL ae ae EE ET a ca ehh cr a lca oe ah Basa oc a ade hea ede Rea ARE re et T 300 Canon lJ Network Tool Screen s cc0tcicnteaie dive kt sr a sark bed baw he Deere Se 301 Ganon IJ Network T ol MTU Si sa desc te ah A de Descent Bh ale a ie a a 303 Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet See eee eee T STEE perisi OOS Changing the WEP Detailed Settings sususssesausesesserernerrresresneatrena 309 Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings SOUPA TETEE SEPERTI TOLET ITTE as i Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet 6 000 cece eee eee eee eens 313 Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet a ee ae Dri a a SSE o 314 Monitoring Wireless Network Status 24 00c0 55850 be eee Ke be eR Me Svea ebb RS EER a eee RES 316 Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine Seer eer rere TE Rreg P ole Viewing the Modified Settings 5 5 srrrrcirerirrritrr
257. e machine can be used as an access point Printing Scanning with the Access Point Mode Print Scan with the access point mode following the procedure below 1 Connect an external device such as a computer or a smartphone to the machine via wireless LAN Perform wireless LAN settings with your external device then assign the access point name specified for the machine as a destination Note e For details on how to perform wireless LAN settings with an external device refer to the device s instruction manual When a WPA2 PSK AES password is valid on the machine entering the password is required to connect an external device to the machine via wireless LAN Enter the password specified for the machine 2 Start printing or scanning from an external device such as a computer or a smartphone Note e For details on how to print or scan from an external device such as a computer or a smartphone via wireless LAN refer to the device s or application s instruction manual How to terminate the Access Point Mode In environments that the machine is connected with the computer over the wireless LAN usually set the machine to the wireless LAN connection following the procedure below when you finish using the machine with the access point mode temporarily 1 Flick the HOME screen then tap mM Setup Using the Operation Panel 2 Tap Le Device settings 283 3 Tap LAN settings 4 Tap Change LAN 5 Tap Wirel
258. e trimming frame size C Tap to finalize your selection of trimming area When the area to be cropped is specified the print setting confirmation screen is displayed 9 Check the print settings then touch the Color button 10 Follow the on screen instructions to set the printable disc Note e You can see the procedure to set the printable disc by tapping How to set The next screen is displayed by tapping Next Additionally touching the Stop button returns to the print confirmation screen e For details on how to set the printable disc 451 Placing a Printable Disc 11 Tap OK The machine starts printing DJ Note Touch the Stop button to cancel printing After printing allow the printing surface of the disc to dry naturally Do not use hairdryers or expose the disc to direct sunlight to dry the ink Do not touch the printing surface until the ink has dried To keep the print quality at an optimal level it is recommended to stop printing discs once every ten discs when printing more than ten discs continuously To stop the printing operation detach the disc tray from the machine then close the disc tray guide After approximately three minutes have elapsed open the disc tray guide attach the disc tray to the machine then resume printing If printing is misaligned adjust the printing position using Adjust disc print area in Print settings under Device settings Print settings 452 Printing with
259. ect ColorSync When you want to print by having the printer driver correct the colors select Canon Color Matching The procedure for specifying color correction is as follows 1 Select Color Matching from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Te t Color Matching ColorSynec Canon Color Matching POF Hide Details Cancel f Print 2 Select color correction Select the item below that matches your purpose ColorSync Perform color correction using ColorSync Canon Color Matching With Canon Digital Photo Color you can print with color tints that most people prefer 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the document data is printed with the specified color correction Important e Depending on the application software when a printing ICC profile is specified from that application software Canon Color Matching cannot be selected because ColorSync is selected automatically The Quality amp Media setting is necessary even when ColorSync or Canon Color Matching is selected Related Topics Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver 381 Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software Printing with ICC Profile
260. ect Power Settings in the pop up menu then select Disable for Auto Power Off on Auto Power Note e You can activate the setting to turn the machine on off automatically from the operation panel of the machine About ECO settings 686 Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly Printing or Scanning Speed Is Slow Hi Speed USB Connection Does Not Work If your system environment is not fully compatible with Hi Speed USB the machine will operate at a lower speed provided under USB 1 1 In this case the machine operates properly but printing or scanning speed may slow down due to communication speed Check the following to make sure that your system environment supports Hi Speed USB connection e Does the USB port on your computer support Hi Speed USB connection e Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi Speed USB connection Be sure to use a certified Hi Speed USB cable We recommend that the cable is no longer than around 10 feet 3 meters e Does the operating system of your computer support Hi Speed USB connection Obtain and install the latest update for your computer e Does the Hi Speed USB driver operate properly Obtain the latest version of the Hi Speed USB driver compatible with your hardware and reinstall it on your computer J Important e For details on Hi Speed USB of your system environment contact the manufacturer of your computer USB cable or USB hub 687 Cannot Communicate with th
261. ect bo a wireless network in range or to get more riom G Set up a wireless retor n tor a home or anal office r Ii Seourty qnabled mreless network WPA nt td Li Securtey qratied va elect nebwcrh WPA p es 2 LE Seourty enabled meless network a eee p Wireless Network Connection The network HEEE requires a network key also called a WEP key or WPA key A network key helps prevent unknown intruders from connecting bo this network Type the hey and then cick Connect 13 When connection is complete click Back until the screen below appears Proceed with the setup Canon m pms eS You Cen select whether to use the preter we USE connection of LAN connection Folios the ormecreen watructions to select the commection matted Netaork setup is required ahon using the printer vie LAN conection If the setup n sresdy completed the commection a confirmed automaticaly If the setup not completed follow the orvecreen Petrctioes 10 set we the preter Bit Noa O 38 Restrictions When connecting another device while a device such as a smartphone is already connected to the printer connect it using the same connection method as the connected device If you connect using a different connection method the connection to the device in use will be disabled Connection Using a Wired Network cannot be performed on printers that do not support a wired connection Connection Using an Access Point Ma
262. ect the date last modified date of data B Tap the date to display 435 The photos on date specified are displayed Note e The date is displayed according to the settings of Date display format in Device user settings under Device settings under Setup Device user settings Zooming in on the Photo The following screen is displayed by tapping a on the photo selection screen A Tap to switch the display magnification B Drag to move the display position Switching the Photo Group D gt Note If more than 2 000 photo data are saved on the memory card the photo data is split by group per 2 000 photos in reverse chronological order date last modified automatically The following screen is displayed by tapping 4 on the photo selection screen Switch group Switch to group of older dates Switch to group of newer dates Cancel A Tap to switch the photo group 436 Using the Slide Show Function gt Printing Photo While Viewing the Slide Show 437 Printing Photo While Viewing the Slide Show You can view the photos saved on the memory card with the slide show In the slide show the photos are displayed one after another automatically While viewing the slide show you can print your favorite photo 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Flick the HOME screen then tap Advanced print Using the Operation Panel 3 Insert the memory card into the card slot
263. ectly Set the time to dry the printed surface longer Doing so gives the printed surface enough time to dry so that paper smudged and scratched are prevented 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Open the Canon IJ Printer Utility Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility 3 Select Custom Settings in the pop up menu 4 Drag the Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time and then click Apply 5 Confirm the message and click OK 660 Back of the Paper Is Smudged Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Is the paper feed roller dirty Clean the paper feed roller Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller DJ Note e Cleaning the paper feed roller will wear the roller so perform this procedure only when necessary CZL Perform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the machine Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning Note e When performing borderless printing duplex printing or too much printing the inside may become stained with ink 661 Vertical Lines Are Printed on the Sides of the Printout Is the size of the loaded paper correct The vertical lines may be printed in the margin if the size of the loaded paper is larger than that you have specified Set the paper size correctly according to the paper you loaded Print Results Not Satisfactory DJ Note e The direction of the vertical line pattern ma
264. ed When you select the Adjust cropping frames checkbox an active cropping frame is automatically specified around the image in the Preview area You can drag the cropping frame to specify the area When you perform a scan the image in the area specified with the cropping frame will be scanned Adjusting a Cropping Frame The cursor will change into N Arrow when it is positioned over a cropping frame Click and drag the mouse to expand or contract the cropping frame The cursor will change into Hand when it is positioned within a cropping frame Click and drag the mouse to move the entire cropping frame Deleting Cropping Frames To delete the cropping frame deselect the Adjust cropping frames checkbox 583 Resolution The data in the image you have scanned is a collection of dots carrying information about brightness and color The density of these dots is called resolution and resolution will determine the amount of detail your image contains The unit of resolution is dots per inch dpi Dpi is the number of dots per inch 2 5 cm The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image the lower the resolution value the less detail R b How to Set the Resolution You can set the resolution in Resolution on the Scanning from a Computer tab of the Settings dialog Appropriate Resolution Settings Set the resolution according to the use of the scanned image Appropriate Item Type
265. ed Key according to the setting of the access point When the WEP Details screen appears after clicking Set on the Access Points screen follow the on screen instructions and set the key length the key format the key number and the authentication to enter a WEP key For details see Changing the WEP Detailed Settings Note When the machine is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN When the machine is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN confirm the settings in Wireless Security of AirPort Utility e Select 64 bit if WEP 40 bit is selected for the key length in the AirPort Base Station e Select 1 for Key ID Otherwise your computer will not be able to communicate with the machine via the access point e When using WPA WPA2 The authentication method passphrase and dynamic encryption type must match on the access point the machine and the computer 632 Enter the passphrase configured on the access point a sequence of between 8 and 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64 character hexadecimal number Either TKIP basic encryption or AES secure encryption is selected automatically for the dynamic encryption method For details see Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings DJ Note e This machine supports WPA WPA2 PSK WPA WPA2 Personal and WPA2 PSK WPA2 Personal 633 The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup The Enter Password Screen Is Displayed During Setu
266. ed as PDF files To save in a 587 format other than PDF scan by specifying the data format Placing Multiple Items Allow 0 4 inch 1 cm or more space between the edges diagonally striped area of the platen and items and between items Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned A more than 0 4 inch 1 cm DD Note e In IJ Scan Utility you can place up to 12 items e Positions of slanted items 10 degrees or less are corrected automatically 588 Scanning from the Operation Panel of the Machine Forwarding Scanned Data to the Computer Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Basic Attaching the Scanned Data to E mail Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Network Scan Settings Selecting a Response to Commands from the Operation Panel Using IJ Scan Utility 589 Forwarding Scanned Data to the Computer Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Before forwarding scanned data to the computer confirm the following The scanner driver is installed If the scanner driver is not yet installed install the scanner driver from our website The machine is connected to a computer correctly Make sure that the machine is connected to the computer correctly Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable or LAN cable while the machine is in operation or when the computer is in the sleep or standby mode
267. ed2 S4 4 L Sample03 Py Sample04 Sample05 4 In the displayed image list select the image that you want to print and then select Next Sample01 5 Make the necessary print settings and then select Print 92 Selected 5 Paper size Letter Media type Plus Glossy Il Print quality Standard Border Borderless Photo fix Red EveCorrection Print 6 A print job completion message appears and printing starts The print data has been sent Continue To continue printing select Continue and perform the operation from Step 3 To end the printing select Apps The screen returns to the apps list screen Important e Ifa print job is not printed within 24 hours after the print job is issued the print job will expire and cannot be printed e With premium apps that limit the number of print jobs print jobs that expire and cannot be printed are also included in the print count Adding a Printer 93 Adding a Printer With one account you can use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center services on multiple printers The procedure for adding a printer is as follows 1 Print the registration information from the printer to be added 2 From the browser on your smartphone tablet or computer access the authentication site URL Cilia biti http cs c ij com join ner repertion ts Cn pent rary fe etre tpn gone AF amamen o ie Os erertne if epee en tae be peered whe ae
268. edesdsetenteckeaeneeeusoessaneed 759 i ere Se eee ee ee eee ee ee eee ee eee eee ee ee eee eee 760 POl e ns Roos Oe SOE APA oe Bee he eee Oe eee oo a ee 761 WT WjeibeSegeeeedeesesesGeee Sed eaaderGleceee teeth Gos oer A T EEE E 762 TEU cece eb 29654 kG he pirra REOEOReEKCSES ER RSE EHEEEGOLSSECSE STOEL ENS 763 l e ab oe ae oe aa tie oh eee ee ee ee ee ee 764 DOG tib teehee abel esesaseiGesedegageeciesaoese Sis4eeekeesesgekscunees 765 jc ae ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee eee ee eee 766 Oto t46 30 8 da dome h eee d4 E da ee eed 4h EEEL od eee A 769 iS L re ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee eee ee ee 770 IO eee err ee ae eee ee eee eee eT ee ee eee ee ere eee ee eee 771 POr hoi 0 Ge ore G oe 4 41 8 ee BP 9 9 97 9 ee a a ga 712 OUR EE A E AEE EEEL ATA EEES E EEEE AE A S EEEE TTT 713 oy e ET E E A T EE ee eee ee ee E A ee eee E E T ET eee 776 3 63 eee See eT ee E ee eee eee eo ee er ee ere ee re eee Tee eee eee T19 A E AEE E EE E E E eee ee A eee eee EE E A ee ee ee ee 780 PAS O 2 Ss E E E E E A T EE E E TET EEEE ces 781 APON redoa ea E 99 a es Boe a n a oe E ga 782 ji ee eee ee ee ee ee ee EEN 783 tt i eee ee cr eee ee E ere ee er ee ee eee eee ee eee eee 784 1 ae ee ee ee se ee ee ree ee ee ree ee ee res eee ee ee er ee 785 C5 ea ee ee ee ee ee re er eee ee ee 786 by See ee eee eee ee ee ee eee ee re re ee re ere eee 787 Ok 1 95 a ha Oe SS nope 4 8a e eng Bch gree 46 Ore ee oS ee Fe 788 a ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 789 OL ee ee Ce E See ee eee e
269. edia Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 4 Print a nozzle check pattern Make sure that the printer is on and click Print Check Pattern Printing of the nozzle check pattern begins 5 Check the print result When the dialog opens check the print result If the print result is normal click Quit If the print result is smudged or if there are any unprinted sections click Cleaning to clean the print head Related Topic Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer 234 Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines This printer supports two head alignment methods automatic head alignment and manual head alignment Normally the printer is set for automatic head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment The procedure for performing automatic print head alignment is as follows DJ Note If the disc tray guide is open close it The pattern is printed only in black and blue Print Head Alignment 1 Select Test Print from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility 2 Click the Print Head Alignment icon A message is displayed 3 Load paper in the printer Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the cassette 2 DJ Note The number of shee
270. edia Types You Can Use 657 Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched ab s Paper Is Smudged The Edges of Paper Are Smudged Printed Surface Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Is the appropriate type of paper used Check the followings e Check to see if the paper you are printing on is suitable for your printing purpose Media Types You Can Use e When performing Borderless Printing make sure that the paper you are using is suitable for Borderless Printing If the paper you are using is not suitable for Borderless Printing the print quality may be reduced at the top and bottom edges of the paper Printing Area Load the paper after correcting its curl When using Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss even if the sheet is curled load one sheet at a time as it is If you roll up this paper to flatten this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper and reduce the print quality We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and keeping it on a level surface e For Plain Paper Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side For Other Paper If the curl on the four corners of the paper is more than 0 1 inch 3 mm A in height the paper may be smudged or may not be fed properly In such cases follow the procedure described below to correct the paper curl 658 A 1 R
271. ee ee ee eee Se TE et eee 790 PrN it GskneeceiGieteoulsee ies E E E E A E A T E E E E 791 BUU ee ee itb ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ree ee 792 Ou dae Poe ce Sah eee oe eet eh ee chee eee oes ee ot eee eke 793 OBIO pececn tek sebeenensGiereagisst EO Ee aar E E a i A onde A 794 2 rithi pirt iE Ir rE eee ee ee ee eeek 795 i ee a E E ee eee ee eee ee ee ee ee 796 O A E se aideedeseeeiGeteeeeaeseGhesceeseceichesonesluseesans 797 OOOO ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 798 Potion nie too eeus op cde bus enue E wee ee Meee eee oes 799 OU seseSegndecebeieiseseee Seg N E T E E E E E EE senses 800 Oo idir prr kn eee eai ee ee ee ee ee es ee eee 801 OOU his iee er eee ees ci min mete Go eee ode ea re ae at ae epee 802 ONL Gis Gabeestetetet areca usedauseecososasesesSesteauseceesaensedees 803 OOl ee re er en ee ee ee eee ee ee ee eee 804 ra 546 545 Gad ese E Osseo aenduresestn 4c eagueddadee been eetast id 807 ence A odes teducees esbae eee ee eesaceshene ghee eetecegasudses 808 54 year ae eee nt eee eee ee ee ee ee eer ee ee ee ee ere a 809 ek ib ee a ore 84 4 4 a Rinse FE Oe 44h ee oan eee E 55d 810 Bes ine chee seeker se bade eeeee ge Geek E EEEE es eeeghepeetessseeucse 811 EES re ee eee ee See EPE ee eee ee ee ee er ee ee ee ee eee 812 ee eee ee ee ee eee ee eee ee ee eee were eee ee ee ee eee eee ese 813 ote cite A E ed sade eeeheghge Sesh sR eedac a Sahas ghee ee tecegased sus 814 oS ee oe ae Pee ee ee eT eT ee ee er ee ee ree ee 815 Boy Lio Ra ht ee
272. emities hands wrists feet and ankles and must not be colocated or operated with any other antenna or transmitter Canon U S A Inc One Canon Park Melville New York 11747 1 800 652 2666 125 Users in Canada This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets RSS 102 of the IC radio frequency RF Exposure rules This equipment should be installed and operated keeping the radiator at least 20cm or more away from person s body excluding extremities hands wrists feet and ankles Pour les usagers r sidant au Canada Le pr sent appareil est conforme aux CNR d Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence L exploitation est autoris e aux deux conditions suivantes 1 l appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage et 2 l utilisateur de l appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radio lectrique subi m me si le brouillage est susceptible d en compromettre le fonctionnement Cet quipement est conforme aux limites d exposition aux rayonnements nonc es pour un environnement non contr l et respecte les r gles d exposition aux fr quences radio lectriq
273. en necessary You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the cassette 2 After inserting the cassette into the machine the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch screen Select A4 or Letter for Page size and Plain paper for Type then tap Register Cassette 2 paper information Page size Ad Type Plain paper Register If a message is displayed on the screen follow the directions in the message to complete registration 3 Open the paper output tray 1 Holding both sides of the paper output tray gently open it The output tray extension will open automatically when the paper output tray is opened 2 Extend the paper output support Important e If the disc tray guide is open close it 4 Clean the print head deeply 1 Flick the HOME screen then tap Setup Using the Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear 2 Tap Maintenance The Maintenance screen will appear 3 Tap Deep cleaning 222 Maintenance Print nozzle check pattern Cleaning Deep cleaning Auto head alignment Mannal haard alianman The confirmation screen will appear 4 Tap Yes The machine starts cleaning the print head deeply Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the deep cleaning of the print head This takes about 2 to 3
274. en the previous screen is displayed confirm the paper size and the media type then register them to the machine e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the touch screen Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac Cancel Cancels printing Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing or copying Change the paper settings then try printing again 777 Note e You can disable the message which prevents misprinting When you disable the message the machine starts printing or copying even though the paper settings for printing or copying and the cassette paper information registered to the machine are different e To change the setting using the operation panel Cassette settings Windows Cassette settings Mac Cassette settings Smartphone and so on e To change the setting using the printer driver Changing the Printer Operation Mode Windows Changing the Printer Operation Mode Mac 778 2121 Cause The paper settings of the cassette 1 is not complete Action If the following screen is displayed the paper settings of the cassett
275. ences from the Apple menu then click Network 2 Make sure that the network interface you are using on your computer is selected then click Advanced In Mac OS X v10 9 Mac OS X v10 8 or Mac OS X v10 7 When you are using wireless LAN on your computer make sure that Wi Fi is selected as the network interface When you are using wired LAN make sure that Ethernet is selected In Mac OS X v10 6 8 When you are using wireless LAN on your computer make sure that AirMac is selected as the network interface When you are using wired LAN make sure that Ethernet is selected 3 Confirm the IP address or MAC address e In Mac OS X v10 9 Mac OS X v10 8 or Mac OS X v10 7 Click TCP IP to confirm the IP address Click Hardware to confirm the MAC address e In Mac OS X v10 6 8 Click TCP IP to confirm the IP address Click Ethernet then see Ethernet ID to confirm the MAC address 636 Checking If the Computer and the Machine or Computer and the Access Point Can Communicate To check that communication is available perform the ping test _ Open the Utilities folder in the Applications folder 2 Start Network Utility 3 Click the Ping button 4 Make sure that Send only XX pings XX are numbers is selected 5 Enter the IP address of the target machine or the target access point in Enter the network address to ping 6 Click Ping XXX XXX XXX XXX is the IP address of the target device A message such as the
276. ent date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in DJ Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide 521 Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 522 Settings Document Scan Dialog Tr Click Document Scan on the L Scanning from a Computer tab t
277. entation and use Flip horizontally to print a mirror image of the document You can also set duplex printing Color Matching You can select the color correction method Paper Handling You can set the pages to be printed on paper and the print order Cover Page You can output cover pages both before and after a document Scheduler You can set the print start time and print priorities Quality amp Media You can set basic print settings that match the printer Color Options You can adjust the print colors as you desire Borderless Printing You can adjust the amount of document that extends off the paper when performing borderless printing Margin You can set the stapling side and the stapling margin Supply Levels A rough indication of the remaining ink level is displayed Summary The selected items in the Print dialog are displayed Important e If you are using OS X Mavericks v10 9 OS X Mountain Lion v10 8 or OS X Lion v10 7 you cannot use Scheduler and Summary PDF You can save a document in PDF Portable Document Format format Preview If you are using Mac OS X v10 6 8 when you click g the disclosure triangle on the side of Printer and switch to the simple display Preview is displayed This button allows you to check the print results on the screen before printing 402 Quality amp Media This dialog allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the paper type Unless
278. enter icon to display a Print Summary Tap the print job to be canceled and then tap Cancel Printing AirPrint Troubleshooting If the document does not print check the following 1 Check that the printer power is on If the printer power is on turn it off and then back on again and check whether the issue is resolved 2 Check that the printer is connected by LAN to the same network subnet as the device on which iOS is installed 3 Check that the printer has enough paper and ink 4 If your printer has a LCD monitor check that no error message is displayed on the LCD monitor If the problem persists use the printer driver on your computer to execute printing and check whether the document can be printed normally on the printer If the document cannot be printed refer to the Online Manual for your model 107 D gt Note e After you turn on the printer it may take few minutes before the printer can communicate through a wireless LAN connection Confirm that the printer is connected to the wireless LAN and then try printing If Bonjour on the printer is disabled AirPrint cannot be used Check the LAN settings on the printer and enable Bonjour Note e The windows used in the explanations may differ from those displayed by your Apple product or app 108 Checking Printer Information You can use your smartphone tablet or computer to check the Printer status and execute utility functions from apps such as
279. er 0 000 0000 ccc eee eee een eens 231 Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer a a ssaa aaau aeaa 232 Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern annuau aana aaa 234 Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer asnasa auaa aaaea 235 Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer a a sssaaa saaana aaa 237 Cleaning th Machine sosi 404600en 4 ssk rar osis aea eae rE E E 241 Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine 0000 cee ees 242 Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover ivccivere deere dete enews ae nw eens 243 Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollei od csenaa dae sei ees enddee deeded edennssdtatwwakasias 244 Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning 0 00 246 Cleaning the Pad in the Cassette i012 saan dear ene dh daw ee ee dae ele ok a 248 Changing the Machine Settings 2 cscs2c lt beetusaiedsteteudecderiessenccta 249 Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer 0 0 0000 eee eee tee eee 250 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer 2 000440 0cs0000e e0eeeee ede wa eaead eas s 207 Registering a Changed Printing Profile 0 0 0 0 cc eee eens 252 Managing the Printer POWSF aicsccu0cneuwa eu Gua ooh deeb ee ee ee ebiN sewed on de oe dws 254 Reducing the Printer NSE kccccii cde she wee Rohde do tas ook a ee alana die Saunas 256 Changing the Printer Operation Mode i 00c cc toed ie tebe eee DR Eee EE a 258 Changing the Machine
280. er Paper Source Cassette 4 A lofl gt b gt 5 Print Quality Custom Quality Draf Grayscale Printing 7 POF Hide Details Cancel Print 3 Setting the print quality level Move the Quality slider to select the print quality level 4 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the image data is printed with the selected print quality level 3 Important e Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type Related Topics Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 377 Printing a Color Document in Monochrome The procedure for printing a color document in monochrome is as follows 1 Select Quality amp Media from the pop up menu on the Print Dialog 2 Set grayscale printing Check the Grayscale Printing check box Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies 1 _ O Two Sided Pages All From 1 to Paper Size US Letter Orientation Te t gt Quality amp Media Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source Cassette 1 8 50 by 11 00 inches M s Lofl gt gt Cassette position Cassette 2 Print Quality Standard Grayscale Printing 7 POF gt Hide Details 3 Complete the setup Click Print Cancel Pint When you execute print the document is converted to grayscale data It allo
281. er and restart printing from the front side of the next paper The reverse side of the ejected sheet will not be printed 743 1401 Cause The print head may be damaged Action Contact the service center 744 1403 Cause The print head may be damaged Action Contact the service center 745 1405 Cause The print head may be damaged Action Contact the service center 746 1410 Cause The ink tank cannot be recognized Action Open the operation panel and replace the ink tank which lamp is off 747 1411 Cause The ink tank cannot be recognized Action Open the operation panel and replace the ink tank which lamp is off 748 1412 Cause The ink tank cannot be recognized Action Open the operation panel and replace the ink tank which lamp is off 749 1413 Cause The ink tank cannot be recognized Action Open the operation panel and replace the ink tank which lamp is off 750 1414 Cause The ink tank cannot be recognized Action Open the operation panel and replace the ink tank which lamp is off 1415 Cause The ink tank cannot be recognized Action Open the operation panel and replace the ink tank which lamp is off 752 1600 Cause If the lamp on the ink tank is flashing ink may have run out Action Replacing the ink tank is recommended If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing tap OK on the m
282. er Setting for Printing e Register cassette paper info Registers the paper size and the media type you load in the cassette J Note e When you register the paper size and the media type the screen to select whether you apply the settings to those for copying is displayed Select Yes to apply the registered settings to copying For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the touch screen Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Detect paper setting mismatch If you select Yes the machine detects whether the paper size and the media type are identical with those registered in Register cassette paper info If printing starts with the settings that do not match an error message is displayed on the touch screen J Note e When No is selected Register cassette paper info or Detect cassette reinsertion is disabled Detect cassette reinsertion If you select Yes the machine detects the cassette is reinserted When the Register cassette paper info screen is displayed register the paper size and the media type 277 Reset setting You can change the settings back to the default e Web service setup only Reverts the Web service settings back to the default LAN settings only Reverts the LAN settings other than the administrator password specified by IJ Networ
283. er a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Important e This function is not available for certain Media Type settings Brightness Select the brightness of printed images You cannot change the levels of pure white and black You can change the contrast of the colors between white and black Intensity Select this method to adjust the overall density of your print To increase the overall intensity drag the slider to the right To decrease the overall intensity drag the slider to the left You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Contrast The Contrast function changes the differences between light and dark in images during printing To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct increase the contrast On the other hand to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images smaller and less distinct reduce the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Important When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked for Quality amp Media the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable e If you select ColorSync for Color Matching then the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow Tone Brightness Intensity and Contrast appear grayed out and are unavailable Related Topics
284. er inside the machine Operation Panel 2 document cover Open to load an original on the platen glass 3 paper output tray Opens automatically when printing or copying starts and printed paper is ejected Also you need to open it to insert a memory card 4 disc tray guide Open by pulling it out to attach the disc tray Use only when printing onto a printable disc Keep closed for normal operation 5 output tray extension Opens automatically when you open the paper output tray and supports ejected paper 6 paper output support Extend to support ejected paper 131 7 8 9 7 cassette 1 Load 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm or 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm size photo paper into the cassette and insert it into the machine Two or more papers of the same size and media type can be loaded at the same time which are fed automatically one sheet at a time Loading Small Size Paper The disc tray can be stored in the back of the cassette 1 How to Detach Attach the Disc Tray 8 cassette 2 Load A4 B5 A5 or Letter sized plain paper or photo paper and envelopes into the cassette and insert it into the machine Two or more papers of the same size and media type can be loaded at the same time which are fed automatically one sheet at a time Loading Large Size Paper Loading Envelopes 9 platen glass Load an original here 132 Rear View 1 2 3 4 1 rear cover Detach to re
285. er is attached to it paper may not be fed properly In this case clean the paper feed roller Cleaning will wear out the paper feed roller so perform this only when necessary You need to prepare For the cassette 1 A single sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper to be cut for use For the cassette 2 Three sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Select Roller cleaning 1 Flick the HOME screen then tap Setup Using the Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear 2 Tap Ed Maintenance The Maintenance screen will appear 3 Tap Roller cleaning E GLE les AULO Head algnimerit Manual head alignment Print the head alignment value Roller cleaning Bottom plate cleaning The confirmation screen will appear 4 Tap Yes 5 Tap the paper source to clean Cassette 1 or Cassette 2 3 Clean the paper feed roller without paper 1 Follow the message to remove any paper from the paper source you selected in 5 of step 2 2 Tap OK The paper feed roller will rotate as it is cleaned 244 4 Clean the paper feed roller with paper 1 Make sure that the paper feed roller has stopped rotating then follow the message to load plain paper as follows in the paper source you selected in 5 of step 2 Loading paper in the cassette 1 Cut a single sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper into four pieces Load them in the cassette 1 with the top and b
286. er out in step 3 6 Detach both the cassette 1 and the cassette 2 7 Pull out the paper slowly 720 8 If the paper protrudes from the cassette remove the paper then reload it after aligning the edges of the sheets DJ Note e When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly 9 Attach the cassettes to the machine then tap OK on the touch screen If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 721 1315 Cause The paper loaded in the cassette 1 is jammed because the paper output tray is closed Action If the paper loaded in the cassette 1 is jammed because the paper output tray is closed open the paper output tray then remove the paper following the procedure below f you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot f you cannot see the jammed paper at the paper output slot DJ Note e If you need to turn off the machine to remove jammed paper during printing touch the Stop button to cancel print jobs before turning off the machine If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot remove the paper following the procedure below 1 Pull the paper out slowly Hold the paper with your hands then pull the paper out slowly not to tear it
287. erence to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual If such changes or modifications should be made you could be required to stop operation of the equipment FCC ID AZDK30357 Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate equipment This transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter The equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits for at uncontrolled equipment This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance at least 20cm between the radiator and persons body excluding extr
288. erless N up 2 4 9 16 1 20 up 2 35 up 3 1 Layout compatible with A4 or Letter sized paper and Canon brand sticker above A4 Letter 4 up Photo Stickers 2 up 4 up 9 up 16 up 2 With a Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device selecting items with i mark allows you to print shooting info Exif Data in list format 20 up or on the margins of the specified 459 data 1 up May not be available with some Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices 3 Printed in 35 mm Film Style Layout Contact Printing Layout Available only with a Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device May not be available with some Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices Print date amp Default Off No printing Date File No Both Off file no Default Selections based on the machine setting On Auto photo fix 1 Off Red Eye 2 1 The scene or person s face of a shot photo is recognized and the most suitable correction for each photo is made automatically It makes a darkened face by backlight brighter to print It also analyzes a scene such as scenery night scene person etc and corrects each scene with the most suitable color brightness or contrasts automatically to print 2 Can be selected only on certain Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices May not be selected depending on the device Default Off No trimming On follow the camera s setting
289. err ey eee eee uidesaaes Boe Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots osage 125 449 6540 trm e5 eS Rakes e enRe ee Seed es 657 Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched eer Sree eer TEEPE TAE epee 060 Back of the Paper le SmuUdged a0 s dias aad ee venaaey stitt eo RA EAMES mae 661 Vertical Lines Are Printed on the Sides of the Printout 0 00 eee eeeeeee 662 Colors Are Uneven or Streaked n 2 4 4s icsnee tourette eed btew eben eee eae 663 Ink Is Not Ejected ana ae FEPER ETETEN TERTE TTPO ENTE TIT EET TEPP uneia Heeb 665 Problems with SCanNiNO sssi ssi daei ki h d aa aaia B pi ad aa a a i G a aE a aR 666 Problems with Scanning TEPE E E EE REN TOPE sdana OF Scanner Does NOI WOK pas icroricargti ripae aterata Are shad NEA 668 Scanner Driver Does Not Start RAET TAAT AT OE PAEA EEA ET ee Se ee eee cae 669 Error Message Appears and the Scanner Driver Screen Does Not Appear 670 Cannot Scan Multiple Items at One Time 2 0 00 eee nes 671 Cannot Scan Property with Auto SOOM soc c ctdaetowe dd dois Rance ao ekani eee Rome d Steed aR BS 672 SON SSC ANIC SOROS esra EERE E a anit aaa ae nideandst wh ata alan aid Ba aoa 673 There is not enough memory Message Is Displayed 000002 cece eee eee 674 Computer Stops Operating during Scanning 0 0 sasaaa eee tenes 675 scanned Image Does Not OPG0 0csscndian weds ewe he ae e Ree 676 Sean Results Not Satisfacci sida ce ea cwiv
290. ers or printers to be used for scanning or printing over a network from your computer or the operation panel Network Selection Screen In Product Name in the Settings General Settings dialog select an item with Network after the product name from the list then click Select that appears to the right of the product name to display the network selection screen Scanners The Bonjour service names of the scanners or printers that can be used over the network are displayed You can select one scanner or printer per model Selecting a scanner or printer automatically enables scanning from the operation panel Important e You cannot use over the network if Bonjour is disabled Enable Bonjour on your scanner or printer e If you have changed the Bonjour service name after selecting your scanner or printer by Bonjour service name reopen the network selection screen and select the new Bonjour service name from Scanners Instructions Opens this guide Scan from Operation Panel Settings The Scan from Operation Panel Settings screen appears You can select up to three scanners and printers in total for scanning from the operation panel You can scan items using the operation panel of the selected scanner or printer and send the scanned images to your computer over a network Important e When using a model with which you cannot scan over a network from the operation panel that model does not appear in Scanners and the setting
291. ervice name You can use up to 48 characters for the name Note e You cannot use the same service name as that already used for other LAN connected devices LPR protocol setting Activates deactivates the LPR setting PictBridge communication Setting items for printing from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Enable disable communication Selecting Enable allows you to print from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Timeout setting Specifies the timeout length Wireless LAN DRX setting Selecting Enable allows you to activate discontinuous reception when using wireless LAN It allows you to save electricity J Note e Depending on the access point you are using discontinuous reception may not be activated even though Enable is selected e Discontinuous reception is activated only while the machine is on standby The touch screen is in the screen saver mode Wired LAN DRX setting Selecting Enable allows you to activate discontinuous reception when the machine is connected to a device compatible with wired LAN It allows you to save electricity Access point mode settings When you use the machine as an access point specify the access point name and the security setting Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode 269 Device user settings e Date display format Changes the display format of dates when printed J Note e When ON is selected for Print date on the print settings sc
292. ess LAN active If you do not use the machine over wireless LAN select Wired LAN active or Disable LAN Setting of the Access Point Mode Specify the settings for the access point mode following the procedure below 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on A 2 Flick the HOME screen then tap ii Setup Using the Operation Panel 3 Tap Ey Device settings 4 Tap LAN settings 5 Tap Other settings 6 Tap Access point mode settings The screen to enter the access point name SSID is displayed 7 Tap the touch screen 8 Enter the access point name up to 32 characters Enter the access point name when you use the machine as an access point 9 Tap OK to finish entering the name 10 Tap OK to finish specifying the access point name 11 Select the security setting Disable Finishes the access point settings without specifying the security setting WPA2 PSK AES Specifies the security setting applying WPA2 PSK AES Proceed to the next step when the screen to specify the password is displayed 12 Tap the touch screen 284 13 Enter the password 8 to 10 characters 14 Tap OK to finish entering the password 15 Tap OK to finish specifying the password setting D gt Note e If you change the access point mode setting of the machine also change the access point setting of the external device such as a computer or a smartphone 285 Setting Up the Card Slot as the Memory Card
293. ess LAN setting of the machine After enabling the wireless LAN setting click Back to Top on the Check Printer Settings screen to try to set up the network communication from the beginning If the Wi Fi lamp is lit Go to check 3 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 3 617 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 3 Is the machine connected to the access point By using the operation panel of the machine make sure that the machine is connected to the access point Select Setup on the HOME screen then select Device settings gt LAN settings gt Confirm LAN settings gt WLAN setting list Make sure that Connection on the touch screen is set to Active WLAN setting list Connection Active SSID Communication morle If Connection is set to Inactive The machine may be placed far away from the access point Place the machine near the access point temporarily then click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen When the machine is detected follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network communication If the machine cannot be detected the machine is not connected to the access point Connect the machine to the access point Click Back to Top on the Check Printer Settings screen to try to set up the network communication from the beginning If Connection is set to Active Go to check 4 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LA
294. ess copy 5 Load the original on the platen glass 6 Specify the settings as necessary Tap Copies to display the screen to specify the number of copies For the setting items other than Copies Setting Items for Copying 7 Touch the Color button for color copying or the Black button for black amp white copying The machine starts copying Note e Slight cropping may occur at the edges since the copied image is enlarged to fill the whole page You can change the width to be cropped from the borders of the original image as needed However the cropped area will be larger if the extension amount is large For details Extended copy amount e For details on the paper size and the media type available for borderless copying Printing Area 479 Copying Photos You can scan printed photos and print them all at one time 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load the photo paper 3 Flick the HOME screen then tap L3 Advanced print Using the Operation Panel 4 Tap Photo copy 5 Confirm the on screen instructions then tap OK 6 Load the printed photo on the platen glass following the on screen instructions then tap OK Note e For details on loading photos on the platen glass Loading Originals When scanning is complete the print settings confirmation screen is displayed 7 Specify the settings as necessary Flick to display setting items then tap the s
295. etails about an error that occurred You can also access the ink purchasing site and the Online Manual 33 Important The Properties displayed may differ from the actual status at the display time depending on the printer status Manage jobs This screen displays the print status and the print history You can check the print status by looking at Status list and the print history by looking at History You can also cancel print jobs and delete history information To cancel or delete a job select that job and then select Cancel or Delete 87 Status Est History Updated date Mar 3 2014 4 56 AM Status Date of issue Details Canceled Mar 3 2014 4 20 AM Print CANON iMAGE G i Mar 3 2014 4 19 AM aS Print CANON IMAGE G Mar 3 2014 2 17 AM INVITE 5 Notices area This displays the latest notice Nothing is displayed in this area if there is no notice When you select Notice list you can display up to 40 items 6 Information area This display other information including the privacy statement and other companies licensing information 7 Global navigation area The User information Instructions and Log out buttons are displayed Press the User information to change the settings amta Mng primier Manage users Userinformaion imstuctons Logout User information E mail address Password User Name Change Time zone UTC 09 00 Tokyo Change Security code Change Language En
296. etails on how to sort the apps list 3 Manage button Use this button to manage jobs log out of an app show the license agreement and privacy statement and set the time zone Manage jobs Settings Legal information Log out of all apps 58 Manage jobs From the Status list window you can check the status of a job Settings Select this to set the Time zone Select your region on the list For some regions you can set whether or not to apply the daylight saving time setting Important e If you cannot find your region on the list select the one closest to your region Legal information This shows the License agreement and Privacy statement Press the Start button to print the displayed information Log out of all apps You can log out at the same time from all apps that you are logged into Note e Some apps may not allow you to log out when you are logged on If you want to log in with a different account you need to use this function to log out first e Once you log out you need to log in again You may lose the settings with some apps 59 Cloud Troubleshooting If you cannot print Check the following if you cannot print e Check that the printer is connected to the Internet e Check that the printer is connected to a LAN and the LAN environment is connected to the Internet e Check that no error message is displayed on the printer s LCD monitor If the problem is not resolved use the pri
297. eting the Printer from Google Cloud Print If the printer s owner changes or if you want to re register the printer delete the printer from Google Cloud Print by following the steps below 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 From the Home screen select Setup 100 3 Select Web service setup gt Connection setup gt Google Cloud Print setup gt Delete from Google Cloud Print 4 When the confirmation screen to delete the printer is displayed select Yes 101 Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print When you send print data with Google Cloud Print the printer receives the print data and prints it automatically if the printer is turned on When printing from a smartphone tablet computer or other external device by using Google Cloud Print load paper into the printer in advance Sending the Print Data with Google Cloud Print 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on Note e If you want to send the print data from an outside location turn on the printer in advance 2 Send print data from your smartphone tablet or computer The figure below is an example of when printing from the web browser corresponding with Google Cloud Print The screen differs depending on the applications or services supporting Google Cloud Print New Tab eT New Window N New Incognito Window TEN Bookmarks gt Edit Cut Copy Paste z Print Zoom 100 u Save Page As s Total 1 sheet
298. etting item to display the settings Tap to specify the setting Photo copy Photo copy 1 w12 ype Pius UIOSSYy Il 4 x6 10x15cm Print alty Standard Plus Glossy Il 3 Border Borderless Standard Photo fix No correction YOU amp DJ Note e Depending on the setting item some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting of other setting items If the setting cannot be specified in combination is selected u and Error details are displayed on the touch screen In this case tap u on the upper left on the touch screen to confirm the message then change the setting 1 Copies Specifies the number of copies 480 2 Page size Select the page size of the loaded paper 3 Type Media type Select the media type of the loaded paper 4 Print qlty Print quality Select print quality according to the original 5 Border Bordered Borderless print Select bordered or borderless print 6 Photo fix Select No correction Auto photo fix or Fade restoration D gt Note e When No correction is selected the machine prints the scanned image without correction e When Auto photo fix is selected the machine corrects the scanned image automatically e When Fade restoration is selected the machine corrects the scanned image that have faded over time 7 By tapping you can preview an image of the printout on the preview screen Flick the photo to change the display DJ Note e If a appears on the photo the printed p
299. ey Program For development and marketing of products that better meet customer needs Canon requests that the information below related to your Canon product be sent to Canon in case of using your Canon product in China to the legally approved research company through the Internet 1 Information related to Canon inkjet printer scannerfax Computer s OS version language and display setting informaton Device driver and application software usage logs 2 Information related to Canon inkjet printerfax Printer s ID number installation date and ime ink use inflormaSon number of sheets printed and maintenance information E your Canon product is shared for use collective information recorded in the shared product will be sent in this survey we will not send any other information including your personal information For this reason from the information that is sent to us we are unable to identity specific customers We are areiore unable in RENAN in requests 1N disclose any sent information if you agree to the above click Agree Otherwise click Do not agree if you wish to turn off this program click Turn off This will disable the program and no further survey will be made Turn off Do not agree Agree If you agree to participate in the survey program Click Agree then follow the on screen instructions The printer usage information will be sent via the Internet If you have followed the on screen instru
300. f fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned 524 DJ Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Note e Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen and scan to correct gutter shadows when scanning non standard size items or specified areas Refer to Gutter Correction for details e When you enable this function scanning may take longer than usual with network connection Correct slanted text document Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle within 0 1 to 10 degrees or 0 1 to 10 degrees of the document D Important e The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected correctly Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary by line Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text Documents with extremely large or small fonts Documents with small amount of text Documents containing figures images Hand written text Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines tables DJ Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image Automatically rotates the image to the correct or
301. f the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the machine and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem the print head may be damaged Contact the service center 665 Problems with Scanning Problems with Scanning Scan Results Not Satisfactory 666 Problems with Scanning Scanner Does Not Work Scanner Driver Does Not Start Error Message Appears and the Scanner Driver Screen Does Not Appear gt Cannot Scan Multiple Items at One Time Cannot Scan Properly with Auto Scan Slow Scanning Speed There is not enough memory Message Is Displayed Computer Stops Operating during Scanning Scanned Image Does Not Open 667 Scanner Does Not Work Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub remove it from the USB hub and connect it to a USB port on the computer Restart the computer 668 Scanner Driver Does Not Start eet Make sure that the scanner driver is installed If not installed install the scanner driver from the web page GPA Select your scanner or printer
302. f you want to cancel printing touch the machine s Stop button 772 2111 Cause The paper settings for printing or copying are different from the cassette paper information registered to the machine Note e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the touch screen Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac e For copying specify the paper settings for copying so that they match the cassette paper information e For details on the cassette paper information registering to the machine Paper setting for Printing Windows Paper setting for Printing Mac Paper setting for Printing Smartphone and so on If the paper settings for printing or copying are different from the cassette paper information registered to the machine as the following a message is displayed on the touch screen e Print settings specified on the printer driver Paper size 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm Media type Photo Paper Plus Glossy II e Cassette paper information registered to the machine Paper size 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm Media type Plus Glossy II Print settings specified for printing or copying is displayed
303. firm the setting of firewall function of your security software or operation system or the message appearing on your computer If the firewall function interferes with setting up When the message appears on your computer If the message warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network appears on the computer set the security software to allow access Then click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen When the machine is detected follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network communication When the message does not appear on your computer Cancel to set up then set the security software to allow Canon software to access the network Set the security software to allow Setup app Canon IJ Network Tool app canonijnetwork bundle ClJScannerRegister app Canon IJ Scan Utility2 app and ClJSUAgent app to access the network After setting the security software try to set up the network communication from the beginning D gt Note e For the operation system firewall settings or the security software firewall settings refer to the instruction manual of the computer or software or contact its manufacturer If there is no problem with the firewall settings Go to check 6 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 6 620 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 6 Check the settings of the access point Check the settings of the access p
304. following is displayed 64 bytes from XXX XXX XXX XXX icmp_seq 0 ttl 64 time 3 394 ms 64 bytes from XXX XXX XXX XXX icmp_seq 1 ttl 64 time 1 786 ms 64 bytes from XXX XXX XXX XXX icmp_seq 2 ttl 64 time 1 739 ms XXX XXX XXX XXX ping statistics 3 packets transmitted 3 packets received 0 packet loss If the packet loss is 100 the communication is not available Otherwise the computer is communicating with the target device Checking the Network Setting Information To check the IP address or the MAC address of the machine display the network setting information using the operation panel of the machine or print out the network setting information of the machine LAN settings Printing Out Network Setting Information 637 How to Restore the Machine s Network Settings to Factory Default D Important e Note that initialization erases all network settings on the machine and printing or scanning operation from a computer over network may become impossible To use the machine over network perform setup according to the instructions on our website Initialize the network setting using the operation panel of the machine Reset setting 638 Problems with Printing Printing Does Not Start gt Paper Jams Paper Does Not Feed Properly No Paper Error Occurs Cannot Print on the Disc Label gt Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing gt Copying Printing Stops Before It Is Completed
305. function in combination you can copy eight original pages on one sheet of paper In this case four original pages are copied on each side of paper If you use this function in combination select 2 sided for 2 sidedPrintSetting then select the orientation and the stapling side of print paper on the Print settings screen For details on two sided copy function Two Sided Copying When checking the orientation When you are using the preview screen the screen below is displayed before copying starts so that you can check the orientation b Rescan n i B A Tap to rotate the original by 180 degrees B Tap to start scanning the original C Tap to rescan the original When scanning is finished The screen below appears after scanning each sheet of original e Page 2 Place the next document and tap Scan Print now Scan l A A Tap to start scanning the original 486 Remove the sheet of original from the platen glass after scanning and load the next sheet on the platen glass then tap Scan B Tap to start copying the original already scanned After scanning the fourth sheet of original the machine starts copying D gt Note e You can add the copying job while printing Adding the Copying Job Reserve copy e If you use this function in combination with Two sided copy the screen above is displayed after scanning the second sheet of original is complete Follow the on screen ins
306. g sh Unsubscribe from this service Perform unsubscription Unsubscribe 8 Display area The display changes based on the menu you select 88 ama Mng peinter A Manage users User information instructions Drag apps to rearrange the order CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Config Dropbox Manage jobs Google Drive Latest There are no new n OneDrive Notice list Copyright CANON INC 89 Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When the user registration is completed you can log in to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center and use the service 1 From your PC smartphone or tablet access the service login URL http cs c ij com 2 On the Login screen enter the E mail address and Password and then select Log in J Important e The e mail address and password are case sensitive Make sure the case is correct Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center E mail address Password Keep login info Log in Reset password from here Create new account E mail address Enter the e mail address that you entered in the user registration Password Enter the password that you entered in the user registration Keep login info When you select the check box the login screen is skipped for 14 days since the last day that the service screen was accessed Important e If you fail to log in five straight times you will not be able to login again for an hour e You remain logged in for an hour after the las
307. g in the Page Setup dialog in the printer driver is the same as the size set in step 1 Make sure that your machine s name is selected in the Print dialog The machine will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer Make sure that your machine s name is selected in Printer in the Print dialog Note e To make the machine the one selected by default select the machine for Default printer Restart your computer if you are printing from the computer 641 Paper Jams When paper is jammed a troubleshooting message is displayed automatically Take the appropriate action described in the message When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the computer screen e080 Canon MG7500 series 1 Job OH H Pause Settings Sanner Gupport Code 1300 o testprint ee SSS SESS SESS SS SS The screen differs depending on the OS you are using When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the touch screen Paper is jammed Remove the paper from the following locations slowly with both hands and tap OK Paper output slot Trancnart uni an the rear cide OK For details on how to remove the jammed paper refer to Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed DJ Note e You can confirm the actions against errors with Support Codes on your computer or on the touch screen by searching a Support Code Click Here to Search 642 Paper Does Not Feed Proper
308. g on printable discs BD DVD CD etc use the disc tray supplied with this machine J is on the upper side Place a printable disc on the disc tray attach the disc tray to the machine then tap OK on the touch screen 732 1002 Cause Printable disc BD DVD CD etc is not set Action When printing on printable discs use the disc tray supplied with this machine J is on the upper side Place a printable disc on the disc tray attach the disc tray to the machine then tap OK on the touch screen Possible causes include the following 733 1007 Cause Possible causes include the following e There is no paper in the cassette 1 e Paper is not loaded in the cassette 1 properly Action Take the corresponding actions below Load paper in the cassette 1 The small size photo paper such as 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm or 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm or Hagaki can be loaded in the cassette 1 599 Important e If you cut plain paper into small size such as 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm or 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm and try to print on it the paper jam will occur Align the paper guides with the both edges of the paper when you load paper in the cassette 1 After carrying out the above measures tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error Note e If you want to cancel printing touch the machine s Stop button 734 1008 Cause Possible causes include the following e There is no paper in the cassette 2 e Paper
309. g starts Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings Document Scan dialog displayed by clicking Settings In the Settings Document Scan dialog you can also make advanced scan settings 495 Scanning Photos You can scan photos placed on the platen with settings suitable for photos 1 Place the photo on the platen Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 2 Start IJ Scan Utility 3 Click Settings then set the paper size resolution etc in the Settings Photo Scan dialog as required When setting is completed click OK 4 Click Photo 8600 Canon J Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series a m D A k a Auto J Document Photo Custom JL Stitch Driver Instructions Settings Scanning starts Note e Click Cancel to cancel the scan e Scanned images are saved in the folder set for Save in in the Settings Photo Scan dialog displayed by clicking Settings In the Settings Photo Scan dialog you can also make advanced scan settings 496 Scanning with Favorite Settings You can scan items placed on the platen with your favorite settings saved beforehand This is convenient for saving frequently used settings or when specifying scan settings in detail 1 Start IJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings then set the item type resolution etc in the Settings Custom Scan dialog
310. g to use Print from E mail To use Print from E mail you need to register the printer by entering information about the printer s owner 1 Print the printer registration page s URL and the PIN code 2 Access the URL and enter the owner s e mail address and other required information 3 Check if an e mail has been sent to the e mail address you entered 112 4 Access the URL provided in the e mail and complete the printer registration process Note e The e mail address that appears on the screen when you have finished registering is the e mail address that will be used just for the Print from E mail function For details about the registration procedure see here Printing from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer 1 Prepare a file that you want to print The file format number of files and file size that this printing function supports are provided below Supported File Formats Adobe PDF files e JPEG files e doc docx xls xlsx ppt pptx files Important e Only files that are attached to e mail can be printed E mail messages cannot be printed Adobe PDF files and doc docx xls xlsx ppt pptx files that are encrypted password protected or set to print disabled cannot be printed e Files that are attached as compressed files cannot be printed e Files other than Adobe PDF files JPEG files and doc docx xls xlsx ppt pptx files cannot be printed Supported Number of Files and File
311. ge depending on the print data e Depending on the device sending the print data you may not select the print settings when sending the print data with Google Cloud Print When you want to print from Google Cloud Print immediately When the printer cannot receive the print data or you want to start printing immediately you can check whether there is a print job on the Google Cloud Print and start printing manually Follow the steps below D Important Depending on your printer model this function may not be available 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 2 From the Home screen select Setup 3 Select Web service inquiry D gt Note e If you have not registered the printer with Google Cloud Print Web service inquiry is not displayed Register the printer with Google Cloud Print 4 Select Print from Google Cloud Print The confirmation screen to check is displayed 5 Select Yes If there is the print data the printer receives the print data and prints it 103 Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device This document explains how to use AirPrint to print wirelessly from your iPad iPhone and iPod touch to a Canon printer AirPrint enables you to print photos email Web pages and documents from your Apple device directly to your printer without installing a driver AirPrint Checking Your Environment First check your environment AirPrint Operation Environment To use AirPrint you wi
312. gs Important e When operating the touch screen make sure to avoid the followings which may cause the machine to malfunction or damage the machine e Strongly pressing the touch screen 143 e Pressing the touch screen with other than your finger especially with sharpened tips such as on ballpoint pens pencils or nails e Touching the touch screen with wet or dirty hands e Placing any objects on the touch screen Tap Touch lightly with your finger tip and immediately release Use to select an item or photo on the screen Touch Touch lightly with your finger tip To move forward or go back menus or photos continuously keep touching the forward or back mark LJ N Flick Flick your finger on the screen up down left or right Use to switch menus or move forward or backward through photos Drag While lightly touching the screen move your finger up down left or right Use to view lists of items or move sliders 144 An Operation Example of the touch screen Example The touch screen operation on the photo selection screen in Photo print D E F G Flick your finger left or right on a photo to display the next or previous photo You can also tap the marks C to do the same To move continuously forwards or backwards through photos hold your touch on either of the marks C Tap D to switch to a screen that displays multiple photos H Drag the
313. gs are not identical with those registered to the cassette an error message is displayed Resolve the error according to the instructions on the touch screen Paper Setting for Printing DJ Note e You can disable the message which prevents misprinting e To change the setting using the operation panel Cassette settings e To change the setting using the printer driver Changing the Printer Operation Mode If you are printing from the computer and there are any unnecessary print jobs delete them Deleting the Undesired Print Job Make sure that the disc tray guide is closed If the disc tray guide is opened close the disc tray guide and tap OK on the touch screen 640 Are the Media Type and the Page Size settings of the printer driver correct When using non Canon genuine specialty paper be sure to select the proper media type or page size correctly in the printer driver Confirm the settings following the procedure below and try printing again 1 Make sure that either A4 Art Paper Margin 35 or US Letter Art Paper Margin 35 is selected in the application If the page size you want to use is not displayed open the File menu of the application and select Print Then make sure that the name of your printer is selected 2 Make sure that the paper selected for Media Type in the Print dialog in the printer driver matches the paper loaded in the machine 3 Make sure that the Paper Size settin
314. h a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date 548 If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in D gt Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 549 Settings Save to PC Photo Dialog A Click Save to PC Photo on the Scanning from the Operation Panel tab to display the Settings Save to PC Photo dialog In the Settings Save to PC Photo dialog you can specify how to respond when saving images to a computer as photos after scanning them from the operation panel e090 Settings Save to PC Photo Le pA af cS Save 49 PC Auto Scan Options
315. h due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE At the same time your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products please visit http www canon co in environment Also this product complies with the India E waste Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead mercury hexavalent chromium polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0 1 by weight and 0 01 by weight for Cadmium except for the exemptions set in Schedule Il of the Rule Environmental Information Reducing your environmental impact while saving money Power Consumption and Activation Time The amount of electricity a device consumes depends on the way the device is used This product is designed and set in a way to allow you to reduce your electricity costs After the last print it switches to Ready Mode In this mode it can print again immediately if required If the product is not used for a time the device switches to its Power Save Mode The devices consume less power Watt in these modes If you wish to set a longer Activation Time or would like to completely deactivate the Power Save Mode please consider that this device may then only switch to a lower energy level after a longer period of time or not at all Canon does not recommend extending the Activation Times fro
316. haa oh he darah Ts ch A hoch a aa he 379 Specifying Color COnGCION lt lt 5 6o eins KG eGR e PEEK REO EEK eS ERE eS ees BO Optinial Photo Printing ot imags Dates cas ais Buea atin Maca la dt ei anae 383 Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver pease ee ee ee O Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software 385 Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver TREE san 387 interpreting the ICO Profle aic eteaaruaraeneheaaeacs 14s dees AANER A 388 Adjusting Color Balance PERET IRETI ET ee ere ee PETIT ea Ei ARETE 389 Adjusting Bogos 545294 ria inana ara See Ses e A A O88 Seago saan 391 Adjusting Intensity See sarees ead ETET RU FEE T vee rer ai 393 AGUS COMMAS 2 5 c4641 4 oh ocG ed ere db Reedy PAPAS eOE TEER E TSE ReD ASO Te EDS 395 Overview of the Printer Driver TOREN TTOTTE TATRA ee TTET ERST ATE ace sitka SN Canon U Printer Diver ce 2443 sarr tagits aa eens aa N EA aA 398 How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window ieee TEPEN heh a 099 Page Setup OIG 2 dns Seek dias oh4Red bee EMR A RD ER ARGS AER REA Oe eS 400 Pini Dialogs sseces oa reikna area eT ee ee ee TOET pis Gaba ah ere 401 Qualy amp Media acu 5eaiseeeus gente stare waradeeesepeataeeteseaeesetedseaeds 403 CoO ODIOS riyri a kod eee ended deeds Akeoeaea bee eas Nae 405 B rdeness PrN sri Sethe cke ee ected hace Se Brooch Ges e he Secs che Se cb ret
317. hange the color balance significantly Use the printer driver only when you want to adjust the color balance slightly The following sample shows the case when color balance is used to intensify cyan and to diminish yellow so that the overall colors are more uniform Vite No adjustment Adjust color balance The procedure for adjusting color balance is as follows 1 Select Color Options from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog 2 Adjust color balance There are individual sliders for Cyan Magenta and Yellow Each color becomes stronger when the corresponding slider is moved to the right and becomes weaker when the corresponding slider is moved to the left For example when cyan becomes weaker the color red becomes stronger You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages AII From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 21 00 inches Orientation T t gt Color Options a lofi r gt gt ABCDEF 1234567 Tone Sample Type Brightness Normal Standard Intensity 0 O e Light Dark View Color Pattern Contrast 0 9 low High POF Hide Details Cancel Print 389 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the docu
318. he Canon lJ Printer Utility Maintenance of this Printer Display the Printing Status Screen Deleting the Undesired Print Job gt Instructions for Use Printer Driver 397 Canon IJ Printer Driver The Canon lJ printer driver called printer driver below is a software that is installed on your computer for printing data with this printer The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can understand and sends the converted data to the printer Because different models support different print data formats you need a printer driver for the specific model you are using Using Help of the Printer Driver You can display Help function from the Print Dialog Select a setup item from the pop up menu in the Print dialog Then click at the bottom left of the screen to display an explanation of the item Help for the printer driver is displayed when the following pop up menu item is selected Quality amp Media Color Options Borderless Printing Margin 398 How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window You can display the printer driver setup window from the application software you are using Opening the Page Setup Dialog Use this procedure to set the page paper settings before printing 1 Select Page Setup from the File menu of the application software The Page Setup Dialog opens Opening the Print Dialog Use this procedure to se
319. he cassette 1 can damage the machine Always load in the cassette 2 3 We recommend that you remove the previously printed envelope from the paper output tray before continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration 4 When loading paper in stacks the print side may become marked as it is fed or paper may not feed properly In this case load one sheet at a time 5 Feeding paper from the cassette 2 can damage the machine Always load in the cassette 1 169 Media Types You Cannot Use Do not use the following types of paper Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results but also the machine to jam or malfunction e e e e e e e e e Folded curled or wrinkled paper Damp paper Paper that is too thin weighing less than 17 Ib 64 g m Paper that is too thick plain paper weighing more than 28 Ib 105 g m except for Canon genuine paper Paper thinner than a postcard including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size when printing on paper smaller than A5 Picture postcards Postcards affixed with photos or stickers Envelopes with a double flap Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive Any type of paper with holes Paper that is not rectangular Paper bound with staples or glue Paper with adhesives Paper decorated with glitter etc 170 Before Printing on Art Paper When using art paper d
320. he color and brightness Sample Type Select an image that you want to display as a sample If necessary select one from Standard Portrait Landscape or Graphics whichever is most similar to the print results View Color Pattern Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment When you want to display the sample image with a color pattern check this check box When you want to display the sample image with one that you selected with Sample Type uncheck this check box Note e When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked in the Quality amp Media the graphic is displayed in monochrome Color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow If necessary adjust the strength of each color To strengthen a color drag the slider to the right To weaken a color drag the slider to the left You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 Adjusting the color balance will result in variations in the balance among the volumes of the individual color inks and hence in the hues of the document as a whole 405 Use the printer driver only when adjusting the color balance slightly To change the color balance significantly use the application software Tone Sets the color adjustment for monochrome printing Dragging the slider to the right makes the tones redder warm tones while dragging the slider to the left makes the tones bluer cool tones You can also directly ent
321. he numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable streaks in the associated boxes and click OK 2332s bES45055525 bicasesasia bicasesasis HLL PTL enc EL So Sbbetetases didda Setsia os tTrert ee 4 ie beaters a me oe ee D2 Note e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks A B A Least noticeable vertical streaks B Most noticeable vertical streaks e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal streaks A B A Least noticeable horizontal streaks B Most noticeable horizontal streaks 9 Confirm the displayed message and click OK The second pattern is printed Important Do not open the operation panel while printing is in progress 10 Check the printed pattern 238 11 12 Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable streaks in the associated boxes and click OK ea r58e5s oieas i s ijji sess sabo j sss owe annaninanag GUNDUGONNNE 3J Note e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks A B A Least noticeable vertical streaks B Most noticeable vertical streaks Confirm the displayed message and click OK The third pattern is printed 3 Important Do not open the operation panel while printing is in prog
322. he paper about 45 degrees and pull it slowly 6 Make sure that all the jammed paper is removed If the paper is torn a piece of paper may remain inside the machine Check the following and remove the piece of paper if it remains Does the piece of paper remain under the print head holder Does the little piece of paper remain inside the machine Does the piece of paper remain in the right side or the left side space C inside the machine 729 7 Close the operation panel slowly All print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint if necessary Note e When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly If the message about paper jam is displayed on the touch screen of the machine or on the computer screen when you resume printing after removing all the jammed paper a piece of paper may remain inside the machine In this case confirm that no piece of paper remains inside the machine If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 730 In Other Cases Make sure of the following Are there any foreign objects around the paper output slot Are the transport unit cover and the rear cover attached properly OTSE Is the paper curled Load the paper after correcting its curl 1001 Cause There is no disc tray Action When printin
323. he print quality 5 2 sidedPrintSetting Select two sided printing or single sided printing If you tap Advanced with 2 sided selected you can specify the orientation and the stapling side of the document Note When the machine name IJ Scan Utility or My Image Garden is displayed in Created with on the Details screen you can select 2 sided to print onto the both sides of a single sheet of paper 8 Touch the Color button for color printing or the Black button for black amp white printing The machine starts printing Note You can print up to 250 pages at a time If you try to print more than 250 pages of a PDF file The specified PDF file contains too many pages The pages exceeding the number of printable pages will not be printed Continue is displayed on the touch screen To start printing tap Yes If you need to print more than 250 pages of a PDF file print them from a computer Depending on the PDF file it may be printed rotated by 90 degrees If the document size is larger than the page size specified on the machine the document will be printed at a reduced size In this case thin lines on the document may not be printed or images may be misaligned For some PDF files an error message may be displayed before printing starts or while printing is in progress For details see A Message Is Displayed 445 About Disc Label Printing Copying the Label Side of Disc Printing Photo from a Memo
324. he touch screen Staff paper 1 10 staves Staff paper 2 12 staves Handwriting paper A You can print handwriting paper Setting on the touch screen Handwriting paper 3 lines e Weekly schedule You can print a weekly schedule form Setting on the touch screen Weekly schedule vertical Monthly schedule You can print a monthly schedule form Setting on the touch screen Monthly schedule calendar Printing template forms Print template form following the procedure below 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load A4 B5 or Letter sized plain paper 3 Flick the HOME screen then tap Advanced print Using the Operation Panel 4 Tap Template print 5 Tap the template you want to print 441 Printable template forms 6 Specify the settings as necessary Template print a Page size A4 UU N 2 sidedPrintSetting 1 sided 1 Copies Specify the number of copies 2 Page size Select the page size depending on the loaded paper Note Depending on the form some setting of page size cannot be specified If it is selected u and Error details are displayed on the touch screen In this case tap u on the upper left on the touch screen to confirm the message then change the setting 3 Type Media type The paper type is set to Plain paper 4 2 sidedPrintSetting Select two sided printing or single sided pri
325. hin this area Printable area L The area where it is possible to print However printing in this area can affect the print quality or the paper feed precision Note With performing Automatic Duplex Printing and Duplex Two sided Copying the printable area will be 0 08 inch 2 mm smaller at the top margin When performing borderless copying or borderless printing from a printed photo select Extended copy amount in Print settings of Device settings to specify the amount of images that extends off the paper Print settings By selecting Borderless Printing option you can make prints with no margins When performing Borderless Printing slight cropping may occur at the edges since the printed image is enlarged to fill the whole page For Borderless Printing use the following paper Photo Paper Pro Platinum lt PT 101 gt e Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use lt GP 501 GP 601 gt e Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 601 gt e Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt e Photo Paper Pro Luster lt LU 101 gt e Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss lt SG 201 gt e Matte Photo Paper lt MP 101 gt Performing Borderless Printing on any other type of paper may substantially reduce printing quality and or result in printouts with altered color hues Borderless Printing on plain paper may result in printouts with reduced quality Use them only for test printing Borderless Printing onto plain paper from the operation panel or from a digit
326. hine is turned on H 2 Flick the HOME screen then tap Quiet setting Using the Operation Panel 3 Tap Use quiet mode 4 The confirmation screen is displayed then the icon appears as the Quiet setting menu icon Activate this setting to reduce the operating noise while printing is in progress Important e Operating speed may be reduced compared to when Do not use quiet mode is selected e This function may not be so effective depending on the machine s setting Furthermore certain noise such as when the machine is preparing for printing is not reduced Note e You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the machine or the printer driver No matter how you set the quiet mode the mode is applied when you perform operations from the operation panel of the machine or printing and scanning from the computer 281 Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode By using the machine as an access point in an environment that does not have wireless LAN router or access point or by using the machine as an access point temporarily in an environment that has wireless LAN router or access point you can connect the machine to an external device such as a computer or a smartphone and print scan from them This section describes how to enable the access point mode the access point name of the machine and the security setting How to enable the Access Point Mode Printing Scanning with the Access Point Mode
327. his software If an authentication screen appears enter the administrator s name and password then click Install Software 4 Complete the installation The scanner driver is installed Set up the network environment if you have more than one scanner or have a network compatible model and changed the connection from USB connection to network connection Refer to Network Scan Settings for the setting procedure Important e Installation may fail if you click Go Back during the process In that case select Quit Installer from the Installer menu to exit the installer then start over the installation Scanner driver can be downloaded for free however Internet connection fees apply Related Topic Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver Before Installing the Scanner Driver 581 Useful Information on Scanning Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window Resolution gt Data Formats 582 Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window Cropping is the act of selecting the area you want to keep in an image and discarding the rest when scanning it In the Image Stitch window you can specify a cropping frame on the image displayed in the Preview area Note e Refer to Help of Image Capture for how to adjust the cropping frames selection boxes in the screen displayed by clicking Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen Initial Cropping Frame No cropping frame is specifi
328. hoto may not be scanned properly Rescan the printed photo 8 Touch the Color button for color copying or the Black button for black amp white copying The machine starts printing DJ Note e If the printed photo was not scanned properly the confirmation screen asking you if you continue printing is displayed By tapping Yes the machine starts printing If you rescan the photo tap No and scan the photo again 481 Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page When you select 2 on 1 copy for Layout in Copy you can copy two original pages onto a single sheet of paper by reducing each image Tap Settings on the Copy standby screen to display the print settings screen then select 2 on 1 copy for __ Layout 1 riain papel Standard ___ 2 on 1 copy 42 Settings 2 sidedPrintSetting 1 sided A4 Select 2 on 1 copy then tap OK If you tap Advanced with 2 on 1 copy selected you can specify the orientation and the order of the original e When you select Orientation Portrait and Left to right gt RT ew We lie H m nis Hi ew na hie m niss Hi After selecting the order you can select whether you use the preview screen If you tap ON the preview screen is displayed so that you can check the orientation J Note If Device memory is full Cannot continue process appears on the touch screen when scanning set the print quality to Standard then try
329. hrough a wireless LAN The methods are agreeable each other When using WEP as an encryption method the authentication method is able to fix to Open System or Shared Key For WPA WPA2 authentication method is PSK Auto The printer automatically changes its authentication method to match the access point gt Open System In this authentication method the communication partner is authenticated without using WEP key even if Use Password WEP is selected Shared Key In this authentication method the communication partner is authenticated using the WEP key that was set for encryption Bonjour A service built into Mac OS X operating system to detect the connectable devices on a network automatically Channel Frequency channel for wireless communication In the infrastructure mode the channel is automatically adjusted to match that set to the access point This machine supports channels 1 to 13 Channels 12 and 13 are not supported depending on the country or region of purchase Note that the number of channels that can be used for your wireless LAN varies depending on the region or country DHCP server functionality The router or the access point assigns an IP address automatically whenever the printer or the personal computer on a network starts up DNS server A server that converts device names into IP addresses When specifying IP addresses manually specify the addresses of both a primary and a secondary server
330. i ttir dAn EREE EAE ELARAE EA 319 Appendix for Network Communication eee ee ee TEET TEIT ETETETT 320 Using the Card Stot overa Network aiascaseaian teea nd era e A RNR 321 About Technical Terms vee saga ou ee ee ey EE ee TOT TT siHe anew TER ee FeSO ERTE Er etd sqney eatin dae date EEEE EE TEETE TEREE ed taeda 330 Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Qualys cccsssccccese esse ewede ee saaeebeacn 331 Useful information about Wiis 4 25 4 4 94 4 4 9 aa snand tikr Desai SAH HAR kri DEA ARBs Dea a ESD 332 Key Points to Successful Printing TATT TEATAR EE TERETE NTTT PRETT LAEE E PIRE o 334 Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing 2 2 2 002 5005 cc eee ce eee cee ee eeee ees 335 Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper 220055 336 Canceling a Pant d0b 20sa524 424b50 0268 OSere deine Ree ee aed deeded Or Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality 22 0d esses dadaGsdadsedeiwa kuna dean zawawe wow 338 Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine 000 cece eee 339 Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images 341 eee e ch ae ere ee eer a re ee E ee eee re 342 About the Administrator Password 000 0c eee eee eee 346 PREY sapn ee ees ee e de Stas 56 a eee eee eee O Pining toma Compute 5 se eid cece eek Ree eee eee tw Gina ee ae ee 348 Printing with Application Software that You are Using
331. iMAGE GATEWAY as an example Important e The available functions differ depending on the app The printing procedure differs depending on the app e You need to get the account and register photo and other data beforehand e The following file formats can be printed jpg jpeg pdf docx doc xlsx xls pptx ppt and rtf The file formats that can be printed differ depending on the app Before you print check that printer is on and is connected to the network Then start D gt Note e You can use CANON iMAGE GATEWAY to print jog and jpeg file formats 1 On the Main screen select the app to be used 2 Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen and then select Log in Country Region Japan User ID Password D Important e Some apps may not be fully displayed in the display area If this is the case scroll up down right and left to change the display area C Visible area e The Login screen may vary between apps e After logging in you may be asked from an external service to agree to use their app Agree if you are using the app 3 In the displayed album list select the album of your choice 54 Sample00 Sample01 a we Sample0 Menu 4 In the displayed image list select the image that you want to print and then select Next 5 Make the necessary print settings and then select Color A message that indicates the completion of
332. ice setup gt Web service connection setup gt Print from E mail setup gt Check address for printing Check that the user s e mail address for using this service is registered If you want to check the error details the printer owner have to access the login URL https pr mp c ij com po In the Print Status screen click Go to Print History Screen and check the history of jobs that were sent You can check the error details 114 If you want to check the error details the printer owner have to access the login URL https pr mp c ij com po Note e For a wireless LAN connection after the printer is turned on it may take a few minutes before communication becomes possible Confirm that your printer is connected to the wireless LAN and then try printing If You Cannot Register to the Service or Delete the Service If You Cannot Register to the Service e If the printer operation panel display the message Failed to register with Print from E mail the registration to Print from E mail may not have been completed in time Select OK to release the error and start over again from the beginning e Check that the firmware version of the printer has been updated If You Do Not Receive the URL to Complete the Registration by E mail An incorrect e mail address may have been entered Wait about 30 minutes and operate the printer operation panel to print the printer registration URL and PIN code Then re register
333. ied areas Refer to Gutter Correction for details When you enable this function scanning may take longer than usual with network connection Correct slanted text document Detects the scanned text and corrects the angle within 0 1 to 10 degrees or 0 1 to 10 degrees of the document Important The following types of documents may not be corrected properly since the text cannot be detected correctly Documents in which the text lines are inclined more than 10 degrees or the angles vary by line Documents containing both vertical and horizontal text Documents with extremely large or small fonts Documents with small amount of text Documents containing figures images Hand written text Documents containing both vertical and horizontal lines tables Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in the scanned document Important e Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog are supported The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since the text cannot be detected correctly e Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi e Font size is outside the range of 8 points
334. ientation by detecting the orientation of text in the scanned document D Important e Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog are supported The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since the text cannot be detected correctly e Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi e Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points e Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text e Documents with patterned backgrounds In that case select the Check scan results checkbox and rotate the image in the Save Settings dialog 525 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images
335. igital Photo Professional or any application software that can identify input ICC profiles and allows you to specify such profiles printer uses the color management system ColorSync built into Mac OS when printing The printer prints the editing and touch up results of the application software and effectively uses the color space of the input ICC profile specified in the image data To use this printing method use your application software to select color management items and specify an input ICC profile and a printing ICC profile in the image data Even if you print using a printing ICC profile that you created yourself or one for special Canon paper be sure to select color management items from your application software For instructions refer to the manual of the application software you are using 1 Select Color Matching from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation t gt Color Matching ColorSync Canon Color Matching POF Hide Details Cancel Print 2 Select color correction Select ColorSync You can leave Profile set to Automatic J Important e Depending on the application software you use you may not be able to select setting items other than ColorSync e If you choose a Profile setting other than Automati
336. ilable exclusively to users of genuine Canon inks You can print various paper Delete When the deletion is finished the app will be deleted from the apps list on the main screen To delete another app repeat the procedure from step 4 To end the app deletion select Back and return to the cloud s Main screen Sort apps You can sort apps displayed on the apps list Follow the steps described below to sort apps 1 From the printer home screen select Cloud 51 2 On the cloud s Main screen select Add delete CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums r CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft Add delete Manage 3 Select Sort Register apps Delete apps Sort 4 On the apps list select the app that you want to sort Sort MAGE CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums ADY DDOCAAINIRA Back D2 Note e Description of displayed icons g Cannot be used because it is not yet released not available in your region or does not support your model e Can be used with genuine Canon ink 5 Use buttons to move the app a CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft Y 6 Select Done 52 Sort CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft Y Sorting is complete To continue the sorting repeat the procedure from step 4 To end the sorting select Back and return to the cloud s Main screen 53 Using PIXMA Cloud Link This section introduces the photo printing procedure by using CANON
337. iled object code generated documentation and conversions to other media types Work shall mean the work of authorship whether in Source or Object form made available under the License as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work an example is provided in the Appendix below Derivative Works shall mean any work whether in Source or Object form that is based on or derived from the Work and for which the editorial revisions annotations elaborations or other modifications represent as a whole an original work of authorship For the purposes of this License Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from or merely link or bind by name to the interfaces of the Work and Derivative Works thereof Contribution shall mean any work of authorship including the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner For the purposes of this definition submitted means any form of electronic verbal or written communication sent to the Licensor or its representatives including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists source code control systems and issue tracking systems that are managed by or on behalf of the Licensor for the pu
338. imated ink levels A symbol appears in the area A if there is any information about the remaining ink level Current estimated ink levels A BA AS BK GY Y PGBKC M Ink number Example i Ink tank is running low Prepare a new ink tank Note The above screen shows estimated ink levels e To display and print the model number of the ink tank tap Ink number e You can also check the ink status on a screen of the touch screen displayed while printing e You can also check the ink status on the computer screen Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer 209 Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps 1 Make sure that the power is turned on then holding both sides of the paper output tray gently open it 2 Lift the operation panel and open until it stops Replacing Procedure 3 Check the ink lamp Close the operation panel after checking the ink lamp status Replacing Procedure The ink lamp is on The ink tank is correctly installed The ink lamp is flashing Flashing slowly at around 3 second intervals ee Soares Repeats Ink tank is running low Prepare a new ink tank Flashing fast at around 1 second intervals 8 amp amp Repeats The ink tank is installed in the wrong position Or The ink has run out Make sure that the ink tank is installed in the correct position as indicated by the label on the print head holder If the position
339. in Tap to zoom in on the photo For details Using Useful Display Functions Date specification Tap to select photo with specifying the date last modified date of data 426 most recent date 18 14 04 2011 For details Using Useful Display Functions G Multi display Tap to display the multiple photos at once For details on the display method Using Useful Display Functions 6 Touch the Color button The machine starts printing D gt Note e Touch the Stop button to cancel printing e While processing the print job you can add the print job Reserve photo print Adding the Print Job Adding the Print Job You can add the print job Reserve photo print while printing photos Follow the procedure below to add the print job 1 Flick the photo while printing to select the next photo DJ Note e While you select the photo the machine prints the reserved photos e The b reserved photo icon appears on the photo included in the print job 427 2 Specify the number of copies for each photo Note e While processing the print job you cannot change the setting for Page size or Type on print settings confirmation screen The setting is the same as the setting for the photo included in the print job 3 Touch the Color button The reserved photo is printed next to the photo that has already been started printing If you want to print more photos operate from ste
340. in from the pop up menu on the Print Dialog Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies 1 A Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter gt 8 50 by 11 00 inches a Orientation t t gt Margin 0 0 ieches 0 1 2 Stapling Side Long side stapling Left Long side stapling Right Short side stapling Top i tapling Bottom POF Hide Detalls Cance f Print 5 Set the stapling margin If necessary set the Margin width and to change the Stapling Side select a setting from the list Note e Depending on the Two Sided setting in the Layout pop up menu the Stapling Side that can be selected differs 6 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print duplex printing will be started Important e When a media type other than Plain Paper Hagaki A or Hagaki is selected from Media Type menu of Quality amp Media duplex printing cannot be executed When borderless printing is set duplex printing cannot be executed e Duplex printing can be performed only when one of the following paper sizes is selected from Paper Size US Letter A5 A4 JIS B5 B5 JIS Postcard e After printing the front page there is an ink drying wait time before starting to print the back page Operation stops temporarily Do not touch the paper during this time You can change the ink drying wait time from Custom Settings in the Canon lJ Printer Utility
341. including important information To avoid damage and injury or improper use of the product be sure to read these indications Note Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations WBasic Instructions explaining basic operations of your product D gt Note e Icons may vary depending on your product Trademarks and Licenses Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U S and or other countries Mac Mac OS AirPort Safari Bonjour iPad iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries AirPrint and the AirPrint logo are trademarks of Apple Inc IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U S and other countries and is used under license Google Cloud Print Google Chrome Android Google Play and Picasa are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc Adobe Photoshop Photoshop Elements Lightroom Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB 1998 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and or other countries Photo Rag is a trademark of Hahnemthle FineArt GmbH Bluetoo
342. information registered on the Media name lt Model No gt Media Type in the printer driver int printer High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt High Resolution Paper High Res Paper Canon genuine papers Original Products Media name lt Model No gt Media Type in the printer driver Cassette paper information registered on the printer 355 Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size When you use this printer selecting a paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the best print results You can use the following paper sizes on this printer 3 7 a 356 Various Printing Methods Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order gt Setting the Stapling Margin Execute Borderless Printing Scaling the Printing to Fit the Paper Size Scaled Printing Page Layout Printing gt Duplex Printing Printing on Postcards Displaying the Print Results before Printing Setting Paper Dimensions Custom Size 357 Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order Collate pages Reverse Collate pages Normal Reverse The procedure for specifying the number of copies and printing order is as follows 1 Specify the number of copies to be printed Specify the number of copies to print from the Copies in the Print Dialog Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings a Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 1
343. ing printed photos J Note e If printouts contain margins even though you are printing in Borderless specifying Extended amount Large for this setting may help solve the problem e Adjust disc print area You can adjust the disc printing area if the image is not aligned with the printable disc You can adjust the printing area in increments of 0 003 inches 0 1 mm between 0 03 inches 0 9 mm and 0 03 inches 0 9 mm Auto photo fix setting When ON is selected you can select whether to print photos using the Exif information recorded in the image files in the following cases o Auto photo fix is selected for Photo fix when printing from a memory card The print setting on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device is set to Default or On when printing with a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device When Default is selected for the print setting on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device select Auto photo fix for Photo fix in PictBridge print settings Adjust horizontal print position Adjusts the print position when the left right margins are not aligned You can adjust the left right margins in increments of 0 003 inches 0 1 mm between 0 1 inches 3 mm and 0 1 inches 3 mm centered on the horizontal center of the paper 263 gt Important e For Letter sized or Legal sized paper you can adjust the left right margins between 0 05 inches 1 5 mm and 0 05 inches 1 5 mm even if you specify the value o
344. ion Stops printing all documents bd Displayed only when printing of all documents is being stopped and resumes printing all documents 414 Deleting the Undesired Print Job If the printer does not start printing canceled or failed print job data may be remaining Delete unnecessary print jobs from the print status check screen 1 Open System Preferences and select Printers amp Scanners Print amp Scan or Print amp Fax 2 Select your model and then click Open Print Queue The print status check screen appears 3 Select the unnecessary print job and click Obelete The selected print jobs will be deleted 415 Instructions for Use Printer Driver This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions Keep the following points in mind when using the printer driver Restrictions on the Printer Driver e e e e e e e e When you set up the Page Setup dialog be sure to begin by selecting the model you are using from the Format For list If you select another printer printing may not be performed properly If the Canon IJ Printer Utility does not display the remaining ink level in the Ink Level Information check whether the print head and the ink tank are properly installed When the Canon lJ Printer Utility displays the Ink Level Information close the operation panel of the printer The following functions cannot be used in Mac OS though they can be used in Wi
345. ion names of setting items are given according to those used in Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices Setting item names may be different depending on the brand or model of your device e Some setting items explained below may not be available on some devices In this case the settings made on the machine are applied Also when some items are set to Default on a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device the machine settings for these items are applied PictBridge print settings e Depending on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device you can print a photo onto the disc label of the printable disc The following settings can be used when printing from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Paper size 4 x 6 10x 15 cm 5 x 7 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm A4 8 5 x 11 Letter Can be selected only on certain Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices May not be selected depending on the device Paper type Default Selections based on the machine setting Photo Photo Paper Plus Glossy I PP 201 Photo Stickers When printing on sticker paper select 4 x6 10x15cm in Paper size Do not set Layout to Borderless Fast Photo Photo Paper Pro Platinum PT 101 Plain A4 Letter sized plain paper When Paper type is set to Plain borderless printing will be disabled even when Layout is set to Borderless Layout Default Selections based on the machine setting Index Bordered Bord
346. ions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper setting for 374 Printing For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 375 Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data Setting the Print Quality Level Custom gt Printing a Color Document in Monochrome Adjusting Tone Specifying Color Correction Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver Interpreting the ICC Profile Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 376 Setting the Print Quality Level Custom The print quality level can be set in the Custom The procedure for setting the print quality level is as follows 1 Select Quality amp Media from the pop up menu on the Print Dialog 2 Select the print quality Select Custom for Print Quality Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies i Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter gt 8 50 by 11 00 inches or 5 Orientation t T Quality amp Media Media Type Plain Pap
347. ir or leaves on a photo can be accentuated Select ON if you want to accentuate the outline of the scanned data 598 Network Scan Settings You can connect your scanner or printer to a network to share it among multiple computers or scan images into a specified computer 33 Important Multiple users cannot scan at the same time To scan over a network enable Bonjour on your scanner or printer Note e Complete the network settings of your scanner or printer beforehand by following the instructions on the web page e With network connection scanning takes longer than USB connection Setting for Scanning with IJ Scan Utility In the IJ Scan Utility main screen select your scanner or printer that is connected to a network 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Select Canon XXX series Network where XXX is the model name for Product Name You can scan via a network connection Note e If you cannot scan check that your scanner or printer is selected in the network selection screen e For USB connection select Canon XXX series where XXX is the model name for Product Name Setting for Scanning from the Operation Panel You can make the setting for scanning from the operation panel 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings 8900 Canon I Sean Utility2 Product Name Canon series a M Ge k E Auto Ih Document JL Photo i Custom JL Stitch Driver _ Instructions
348. irect sunlight to dry the ink Do not touch the printing surface until the ink has dried To keep the print quality at an optimal level it is recommended to stop printing discs once every ten discs when printing more than ten discs continuously To stop the printing operation detach the disc tray from the machine then close the disc tray guide After approximately three minutes have elapsed open the disc tray guide attach the disc tray to the machine then resume printing If printing is misaligned adjust the printing position using Adjust disc print area in Print settings under Device settings Print settings 449 Printing Photo from a Memory Card onto the Disc Label You can print a photograph saved on a memory card onto the disc label of the printable disc Important e You cannot print on 3 15 inches 8 cm printable discs Do not attach the disc tray or place the printable disc until the message asking you to set them is displayed Doing so can damage the machine 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on POF 2 Flick the HOME screen then tap iii Advanced print Using the Operation Panel 3 Insert the memory card into the card slot Note e If you insert the memory card before you select Advanced print on the HOME screen the photo selection screen in Photo is displayed If both photo files and PDF files are saved on the memory card the confirmation screen to select which file you print i
349. is item is grayed out and you cannot confirm the printer connection status Refresh Updates and displays the contents of Printers to the latest information Important To change the printer s network settings using IJ Network Tool it must be connected via a LAN e If the printer on a network is not detected make sure that the printer is turned on then select Refresh It may take several minutes to detect printers If the printer is not yet detected connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable then select Refresh e If the printer is being used from another computer a screen is displayed informing you of this condition Note e This item has the same function as Update in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Network Information Displays the Network Information screen to confirm the network settings of the printer 3 Settings menu Configuration Displays the Configuration screen to configure settings of the selected printer DJ Note e This item has the same function as Configuration in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen Maintenance Displays the Maintenance screen to revert the network settings of the printer to factory default 303 Set up printer s wireless LAN You can change the access point mode settings Perform settings following the message on the screen If you change the Encryption Method setting and the Password setting on the Set up printer s wireless LAN screen the changed
350. is not available Scan from Operation Panel Settings Screen Click Scan from Operation Panel Settings in the network selection screen to display the Scan from Operation Panel Settings screen Scanners The Bonjour service names of the scanners or printers that can be used over the network are displayed You can select up to three scanners and printers in total at the same time Important e You cannot use over the network if Bonjour is disabled Enable Bonjour on your scanner or printer 563 e If you have changed the Bonjour service name after selecting your scanner or printer by Bonjour service name reopen the network selection screen and select the new Bonjour service name from Scanners J Note If the Bonjour service name of your scanner or printer does not appear or cannot be selected check the following click OK to close the screen then reopen it and try selecting again The scanner driver is installed e Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the scanner driver e Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled If your scanner or printer still does not appear refer to Problems with Network Communication for your model from Home of the Online Manual 564 Save Settings Dialog Select the Check scan results checkbox in Save Settings of the Settings dialog to display the Save Settings dialog after scanning You can specify the data format and
351. is not loaded in the cassette 2 properly Action Take the corresponding actions below e Load paper in the cassette 2 The large size photo paper or plain paper such as A4 B5 A5 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm Letter or Legal or envelope can be loaded in the cassette 2 Align the paper guides with the both edges of the paper when you load paper in the cassette 2 After carrying out the above measures tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error Note If you want to cancel printing touch the machine s Stop button 735 1200 Cause The operation panel is open Action Close the operation panel and wait for a while Do not close it while you are replacing an ink tank 736 1250 Cause The paper output tray is closed Action Open the paper output tray to resume printing 737 1253 Cause The paper output tray did not open Action Confirm that there are no materials which is preventing the paper output tray from moving and that the cassette 1 is inserted properly Open the paper output tray then tap OK on the touch screen 738 1254 Cause The paper output tray is closed or it has not opened Action Confirm that there are no materials which is preventing the paper output tray from moving and that the cassette 1 is inserted properly Open the paper output tray then tap OK on the touch screen Important Do not close the paper output tray while the machine is in
352. issuing print job appears and printing starts Paper size Letter Media type Plus Glossy II Print quality Print To continue printing select Continue and perform the operation from Step 3 To end the printing select Apps The screen returns to the apps list screen The print data has been sent Continue Apps 33 Important e If a print job is not printed within 24 hours after the print job is issued the print job will expire and cannot be printed With premium apps that limit the number of print jobs print jobs that cannot be printed due to expiration and other reasons are also included in the print count 55 J Note e To leave a usage history of this service from the Home window on the operation panel select Lil Setup gt a Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt History setting for this service gt Save Cloud Troubleshooting 56 Cloud Windows This section describes the Main screen of Cloud and the services available on the Main screen About the Main screen When using the Cloud function follow the steps described below first and display the Main screen When you select Cloud from the printer home screen the cloud s Main screen appears You can use areas shown below to perform various functions including printing photos and documents and adding starting and managing apps WAGE CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Al
353. ith Hi Speed USB standard is required Since the Hi Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1 1 it can be used at USB 1 1 2 Setup possible through Standard setup WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup WCN Windows Connect Now or Cableless setup USB and LAN can be used at the same time Wireless LAN and wired LAN cannot be used at the same time 8 inches 203 2 mm for Borderless Printing 8 5 inches 216 mm Temperature 41 to 95 F 5 to 35 C Humidity 10 to 90 RH no condensation The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature and humidity conditions Recommended conditions Temperature 59 to 86 F 15 to 30 C Humidity 10 to 80 RH no condensation For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper refer to the paper s packaging or the supplied instructions Temperature 32 to 104 F 0 to 40 C Humidity 5 to 95 RH no condensation AC 100 240 V 50 60 Hz Printing Copy Approx 17 W Standby minimum Approx 1 0 W 1 2 OFF Approx 0 2 W 1 1 USB connection to PC 2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed Approx 17 2 W x 14 6 D x 5 9 H inches Approx 435 W x 370 D x 148 H mm With the Paper Output Tray retracted Approx 17 4 Ib Approx 7 9 kg 342 With the Print Head and ink tanks installed Print Head Ink Total 6656 nozzles PgBK 1024 nozzles Y DyeBK each 512 nozzles C M GY each 1536
354. ition for Replacing Is the POWER lamp off Check if the POWER lamp is lit The print head holder will not move unless the power is on If the POWER lamp is off close the operation panel and turn the machine on While the POWER lamp is flashing the machine is initializing Wait until the POWER lamp stops flashing and remains lit and then open the operation panel again GVA Is an error message displayed on the touch screen Close the operation panel follow the Support Code error number displayed in the error message to resolve the error and then reopen it For details on how to resolve the error refer to Support Code List Has the operation panel been left open for 10 minutes or longer If the operation panel is left open for more than 10 minutes the print head holder moves to the position to protect it to prevent the print head from drying out Close and reopen the operation panel to return the print head holder to the position for replacing Has the machine been printing continuously for a long period Close the operation panel wait a while then reopen it If the machine has been printing continuously for a long time the print head holder may not move to the position for replacing since the print head may overheat Note e Opening the operation panel while printing moves the print head holder to the position to protect it Close the operation panel and reopen it after printing finishes 692 If the Output Tray
355. itions of use of the site and use the service within your own responsibility All or part of the web service may not be available depending on the country or region you live in Depending on your network environment some functions on web service are not available Even if they are available it may take a while to print or display the contents or communication may be interrupted while operation is in progress When you use web service your machine s name information of your region or country your selected language and what kind of service you use e g photo sharing site are sent to and saved in our server Canon is unable to identify specific customers using this information Your login name and password for the photo sharing site are saved in the machine s memory not encrypted If you hand over the machine to anyone or dispose of it delete your login name and password from the machine s memory in advance The account information will be sent to Canon Inc server located in Japan then forwarded to the service provider s server Canon handles your account information as follows Your account information will be used in personal identification process of the selected service Canon will not provide your account information to any third party without your consent except for sending to the service provider or providing based on laws and regulations After the conclusion of non disclosure agreement Canon may deposit your account infor
356. ity obligations and or rights consistent with this License However in accepting such obligations You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility not on behalf of any other Contributor and only if You agree to indemnify defend and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by or claims asserted against such Contributor by reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS 21 Enter keywords in the search window and click a Search You can search for target pages in this guide Search Tips You can search for target pages by entering keywords in the search window Canon gt Language Search Tips amp gt Site Map gt Read Me First Online Manual You can see manuals of your product and applications Product Manuals You can learn how to handle and operate your product J Note e The displayed screen may vary When searching from this page or the Home page without entering your product s model name or your application s name all products supported by this guide will be considered for the search If you want to narrow down the search results add your product s model name or your application s name to the keywords Searching for Functions Enter your product s model name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about Example When you want to learn how to load paper Enter your product s model name load
357. k 6 np dss 4 ha a en gee Bae a roe ee oo ae do 9d 816 JS ee er ee ee ee er ee ee ee eee 817 iS ee Lee eee E eS ee ee eee ee eee ee eee ee ee ree ee ee 818 O ee eee ee eee ee ee eee A ee A ee ee eee Tee ee eee 819 See s MARAEA es ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee 820 ce eee ie a ee ee ee E ee eee ee ee re ee re ere eee 821 lia ci S ee ha oe 6S apd 4 a de ge Ban gree 4G Ue sO OS Oe 9 822 J ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 823 2 eee Cee eT eee ee ee ete ee ee eee eS eee ee ee re ee 824 Cote tb Gadn ees T E eae eat tengactebhesaseressickaareeticsaenschees 825 2 ee ee ee ee ee ee 826 Se ee eee ee ee ee eer ee E Pees eS ee eee re ee ee TE ee ee eT E 827 Ooo ckbatasaspeereieteeaibe cess gedesshesauesceseubeneneeieeoesieee ts 828 OBZ sesti ritiri o irt ES p rir KES ORE 66 Sh db Hae bP EME ORE E EE EES 829 EI Se E ee ee eee ee ee eT ee ee eee ee ee ee ee eee eee ee 830 Bev iclaseccuceb tenes cedcewisteeeeeetubes eibestasoreseetedgeseeoeeine 831 B20 ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee 832 Read Me First Notes on Online Manual Usage How to Print Notes on Online Manual Usage e Reproduction diversion or copying of any text photo or image published in the Online Manual hereinafter referred to as this guide in whole or in part is prohibited e In principle Canon shall change or delete the contents of this guide without prior notice to customers In addition Canon may suspend or stop the disclosure of this guide due to unavoidable reasons
358. k Tool back to the default Settings only Reverts the settings such as the paper size or media type back to the default e Device info sending setting only Reverts only the device information sending settings Reset all Reverts all settings you made to the machine back to the default The administrator password specified by IJ Network Tool reverts to the default setting D gt Note e You cannot change the following setting items back to the default The language displayed on the touch screen The background color of the HOME screen The current position of the print head The Read write attribute setting 278 About ECO settings This setting allows you to use automatic duplex printing as a default to save paper and to turn the machine on off automatically to save electricity Using Duplex Printing Using Power Saving Function Using Duplex Printing Follow the procedure below to use duplex printing 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on ECO 2 Flick the HOME screen then tap ECO settings Using the Operation Panel 3 Tap Two sided printing setting 4 Specify the settings as necessary Copy A PDF file print B Template print c A Tap to select two sided copying as a default B Tap to select duplex printing PDF files saved on a memory card as a default C Tap to select two sided printing of template forms on the machine as a default D Tap to specify the print
359. k has been installed do not remove it from the machine and leave it out in the open This will cause the ink tank to dry out and the machine may not operate properly when it is reinstalled To maintain optimal printing quality use an ink tank within six months of first use DJ Note Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black and white document or when black and white printing is specified Every ink is also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of the print head which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the machine When an ink tank is out of ink replace it immediately with a new one Useful Information about Ink 1 Make sure that the power is turned on then holding both sides of the paper output tray gently open it 2 Lift the operation panel and open until it stops The print head holder moves to the replacement position 202 Caution Do not hold the print head holder to stop or move it forcibly Do not touch the print head holder until it stops completely 3 Important e When opening or closing the operation panel do not touch the buttons and touch screen on the operation panel Doing so may result in an unexpected operation e Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the machine e If the operation panel is left open for more than 10 minutes the print head holder moves to the right In this case close and reopen the operation panel 3 Remove the ink
360. ke sure that a device and an access point or wireless network router are connected For details on how to check the settings refer to the manual supplied with the access point or contact its manufacturer As for a device already connected to the printer without using an access point reconnect it via an access point The configuration router functions setup procedures and security settings of the network device vary depending on your system environment For details refer to the manual of your network device or contact its manufacturer Check if your device supports IEEE802 11n 2 4 GHz IEEE802 11g or IEEE802 11b If your device is set to the IEEE802 11n only mode WEP or TKIP cannot be used as a security protocol Change the security protocol for your device to something other than WEP and TKIP or change the setting to something other than IEEE802 11n only The connection between your device and the access point will be temporarily disabled while changing the setting Do not operate the screen of this guide until the setup is complete For office use consult your network administrator Take added care when connecting to a network that is not protected with security measures as there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party Connection without Using an Access Point D Important If you connect a device connected to the Internet via an access point to the printer that is in access point mode
361. ks v10 9 Safari 5 1 6 7 When you use Internet Explorer 8 the web pages may not display correctly Canon recommends that you upgrade to Internet Explorer 9 or later or use another browser Smartphone or tablet iOS 5 1 or later 320 x 480 HVGA or higher OS standard browser Android 2 3 3 or later 480 x 800 HVGA or higher Android3 x is not supported Important e On the browser you are using enable JavaScript and cookies e If you use the zoom function or change the font size on your browser the web pages may not display correctly e If you use the translation function of Google Chrome the web pages may not display correctly e If you use a proxy server outside of your country the service may not be able to determine the correct region 63 e In an in house network environment the 5222 port must be released For confirmation instructions contact the network administrator 64 Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center To use the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center you need to follow the steps described below and register the user information Print registration information from the printer H 4 1 From the home window select Mi Setup gt Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Register with this service 2 In the registration confirmation window Select Yes Register this printer with IJ Cloud Printing Center
362. l appear 4 Tap Yes 5 Follow the message to remove any paper from the cassette 2 then tap OK 6 Fold a single sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in half widthwise then unfold the paper 7 Fold one side of the opened paper in another half aligning the edge with the center crease unfold the paper then tap OK 246 8 Load only this sheet of paper in the cassette 2 with the ridges of the creases facing up and the edge of the half with no crease facing to the far side 9 Holding both sides of the paper output tray gently open it The output tray extension will open automatically when the paper output tray is opened 10 Extend the paper output support 3 Important e If the disc tray guide is open close it 11 Tap OK The paper cleans the inside of the machine as it feeds through the machine Check the folded parts of the ejected paper If they are smudged with ink perform Bottom Plate Cleaning again 12 When the completion message appears tap OK DD Note e When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again be sure to use a new piece of paper If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again the protrusions inside the machine may be stained Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like 33 Important Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine 247 Cleaning the Pad in the Cassette If the pad in a cassette is smea
363. lashing the machine is turned off 3 Important When you unplug the power cord after turning off the machine be sure to confirm that the POWER lamp is off 139 Note e You can set the machine to automatically turn off when no operations are performed or no print jobs are sent to the machine for a certain interval This is the default setting For details on the auto power off feature see below From the machine About ECO settings From the computer Managing the Printer Power 140 Notice for the Power Plug Power Cord Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the power plug power cord does not have anything unusual described below The power plug power cord is hot The power plug power cord is rusty The power plug power cord is bent The power plug power cord is worn The power plug power cord is split As Caution e If you find anything unusual with the power plug power cord described above unplug the power cord and call for service Using the machine with one of the unusual conditions above may cause a fire or an electric shock 141 Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord To unplug the power cord follow the procedure below 33 Important e When you unplug the power cord touch the ON button then confirm that the POWER lamp is off Unplugging the power cord while the POWER lamp is lit or flashing may cause drying or clogging of the print head and print
364. lbar You can delete the scanned images or adjust the previewed images x Delete Deletes the scanned image Enlarge Reduce Allows you to enlarge or reduce the preview image Left clicking the Preview area enlarges the displayed image Control clicking the Preview area reduces the displayed image R zaf Rotate Left Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter clockwise F3 za Invert Vertically Rotates the preview image 180 degrees 4 za Rotate Right Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise Open Guide Opens this page 3 Thumbnail View Area Displays the thumbnails of the scanned images Appears blank if none has been scanned 4 Preview Area Displays the scanned images You can adjust the layout by dragging the scanned image or check the results of the settings made in 1 Settings and Operation Buttons 570 When no image has been scanned After scanning the first item by clicking Start Scanning Image 1 The image is scanned in the direction specified in Scan Direction and 2 appears next to it After scanning the second item by clicking Start Scanning Image 2 The two scanned images appear Related Topic Scanning Items Larger than the Platen Image Stitch 571 Scanning with Scanner Driver You can scan by starting the scanner driver from various applications Refer to Help of Mac OS for how to scan Important e When scanning
365. le discs by their edges Do not touch either the label surface printing surface or recording surface Remove any dirt from the disc tray before placing printable discs on the disc tray Loading discs ina dirty disc tray may scratch the recording surface of the discs After printing allow the printing surface of the disc to dry naturally Do not use hairdryers or expose the disc to direct sunlight to dry the ink Do not touch the printing surface until the ink has dried Do not attach the disc tray while the machine is in operation Do not remove the disc tray while printing on printable discs Doing so may damage the machine the disc tray or the disc Do not get dirt or scratches on the reflectors of the disc tray The machine may not be able to recognize loading of the printable disc or printing may become misaligned If the reflectors on the disc tray become dirty wipe the reflector clean with a soft and dry cloth taking care not to scratch the plate The disc tray may become dirty if software other than My Image Garden is used Always close the disc tray guide after printing on printable discs To keep the print quality at an optimal level it is recommended to stop printing discs once every ten discs when printing more than ten discs continuously To stop the printing operation detach the disc tray from the machine then close the disc tray guide After approximately three minutes have elapsed open the disc tray guide attach the disc tr
366. le on the Machine The following connection methods are available on the machine p Wireless Connection With an access point gJ o Without an access point Vy 4 gt Wired Connection ae USB Connection Wireless Connection There are two methods for connecting the printer to your device such as a smartphone One method is to connect using an access point and the other method is to connect without using an access point The two connection methods cannot be used at the same time If you have an access point or wireless network router it is recommended that you use the method described in Connection Using an Access Point When connecting another device while a device is already connected to the printer connect it using the same connection method as the connected device If you connect using a different connection method the connection to the device in use will be disabled Connection Using an Access Point J gJ1 D Connect the printer and a device using an access point e Connection methods vary depending on the access point type e You can change network settings such as the SSID and security protocol on the printer 34 e When the connection between a device and an access point is completed and Ci Wi Fi icon is displayed in the device s screen you can connect the device to the printer using the access point Connection without Using an Access Point J 4 gt e Connect the printer
367. least noticeable horizontal streaks C D C Unnoticeable horizontal streaks D Noticeable horizontal streaks 3 Confirm the message then tap OK The second pattern is printed 228 J Important Do not open the operation panel while printing is in progress 6 Look at the second pattern and adjust the print head position 1 Tap to check the printed patterns and tap the number of the pattern in column that has the least noticeable vertical streaks JJJ Note e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks E F E Unnoticeable vertical streaks F Noticeable vertical streaks 2 Repeat the same procedure until you finish inputting the pattern number for columns J to P then tap OK 3 Confirm the message then tap OK The third pattern is printed J Important Do not open the operation panel while printing is in progress 7 Look at the third pattern and adjust the print head position 229 1 Tap a to check the printed patterns and tap the number of the pattern in column a that has the least noticeable horizontal stripes om o 7 mE oare z OD GS gt Se gt E o So a o E o U o M o M JJJ Note e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal stripes G H G Unnoticeable horizontal stripes H Noticeable horizontal stripes
368. lect source and view 1 Settings and Operation Buttons Select Output Size B4 B5 x 2 Scans the left and right halves of a B4 size item separately A3 A4 x 2 Scans the left and right halves of an A3 size item separately 11 x 17 Letter x 2 Scans the left and right halves of an item twice as large as Letter size separately Full Platen x 2 Scans the left and right halves of an item twice as large as the platen separately Scan Direction Scan from Left Displays the first scanned image on the left side Scan from Right Displays the first scanned image on the right side 568 Scan Image 1 Start Scanning Image 1 Scans the first item i ee ny xala 2B a r Select Output Size A3 A4 x 2 e Scan Direction Scan from Left Scan Image 1 Z Cancel Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 Scans the second item a ee ee ar EE e ieden EES xal 2 e o r soea ouput size A3 A4 x 2 g e Scan Direction Scan from Left Q Z Cancel Adjust cropping frames You can adjust the scan area in preview If no area is specified the image of the size selected in Select Output Size will be saved If an area is specified only the image in the cropping frame will be scanned and saved Adjusting Cropping Frames in the Image Stitch Window Save Save Saves the two scanned images as one image 569 Cancel Cancels Stitch scan 2 Too
369. led lines are misaligned or print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position automatically adjust the print head position manually Note e For details on adjusting the print head position automatically see Aligning the Print Head You need to prepare three sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load three sheets of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the cassette 2 After inserting the cassette into the machine the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch screen Select A4 or Letter for Page size and Plain paper for Type then tap Register Cassette 2 paper information Page size Ad Type Plain paper Register If a message is displayed on the screen follow the directions in the message to complete registration 3 Open the paper output tray 1 Holding both sides of the paper output tray gently open it The output tray extension will open automatically when the paper output tray is opened 2 Extend the paper output support J Important e If the disc tray guide is open close it 4 Print the print head alignment pattern 1 Flick the HOME screen then tap Setup Using the Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear 2 Tap E Maintenance The Maintenance screen will appear 226 3 Tap Manual head alignment ETE les AULO Hed algne Manual head alignment Print the head
370. led paper see Load the paper after correcting its curl in Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched e When using Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss SG 201 even if the sheet is curled load one sheet at a time as it is If you roll up this paper to flatten this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper and reduce the print quality 2 Load paper 1 Pull out the cassette 2 from the machine 156 2 Slide the paper guide A in front and B on the right to open the guides 3 Load the paper stack WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN and place it in the center of the cassette 2 I Important e Always load paper in the portrait orientation C Loading paper in the landscape orientation D can cause paper jams C DD Note e Align the paper stack with the edge of the cassette 2 as shown in the figure below If the paper stack is in contact with the protrusion E the paper may not be fed properly e If paper has print side front or back such as photo paper load it with the whiter side or glossy side facing down 157 nen E A 4 Align the paper guide A in front with the paper stack For standard sizes align the paper guide A with where it clicks into place 5 Slide the paper guide B on the right to align the right and left guides with both sides of the paper stack Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper The paper may not be fed properly J Note Do not load
371. lete it Important e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party 634 The Administrator Password Set to the Machine Was Forgotten Initialize the machine settings Select Reset all then the administrator password reverts to the default Reset setting After initializing the machine settings perform setup according to the instructions on our website 635 Checking Information about the Network Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Machine Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer Checking If the Computer and the Machine or Computer and the Access Point Can Communicate Checking the Network Setting Information Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Machine To check the IP address or the MAC address of the machine display the network setting information using the operation panel of the machine or print out the network setting information of the machine LAN settings Printing Out Network Setting Information To display the network setting information using IJ Network Tool select Network Information on the View menu Canon IJ Network Tool Menus Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer To check the IP address or MAC address assigned to the computer follow the procedure below 1 Select System Prefer
372. lity select Custom Settings in the pop up menu select the Prevent paper abrasion check box and then click Apply To open the Canon IJ Printer Utility see Opening the Canon IJ Printer Utility If the intensity is set high reduce the intensity setting and try printing again 659 If you are using plain paper to print images with high intensity the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy Causing paper abrasion e When printing from your computer 1 Open the Print dialog gt How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window 2 Select Color Options in the pop up menu 3 Drag the Intensity slide bar to set the intensity e When copying Setting Items for Copying Is printing performed beyond the recommended printing area If you are printing beyond the recommended printing area of your printing paper the lower edge of the paper may become stained with ink Resize your original document in your application software Printing Area Is the platen glass dirty Clean the platen glass Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Is the inside of the machine dirty When performing duplex printing the inside of the machine may become stained with ink causing the printout to become smudged Perform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the machine Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning Note e To prevent the inside of the machine from stains set the paper size corr
373. ll need one of the following Apple devices running the latest version of iOS o iPad all models o iPhone 3GS or later o iPod touch 3rd generation or later Network Environment The Apple device iPad iPhone or iPod touch and this printer must be connected to the same Wi Fi network or connected in AP mode gt Note If your iPad iPhone or iPod touch is running the latest version of iOS you do not need to download and install any drivers or additional software Printing with AirPrint 1 Check that this printer is turned on and the Apple device and this printer is connected to the LAN or connected in AP mode 2 From the app of your Apple device tap the operation icon to display the menu options 104 canon com gq m Canon oss otmttp stummen GEDANS 3 From the menu options tap Print ia canon com e D Ga 4 From Printer Options select the model that you are using gt Important Because some app does not support AirPrint Printer Options may not be displayed If an app does not let you use printer options you cannot print from that app Note The Printer Options differ depending on the app and model you are using 105 5 When printing a file type that has multiple pages such as a PDF file click Range and then click All Pages or select the range of pages to be printed 6 For 1 Copy click or to set the number of required copies 7 For Duplex Printing cli
374. load it after aligning the edges of the sheets Note e When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly 9 Attach the cassettes to the machine then tap OK on the touch screen gt Important Do not close the paper output tray while the machine is in operation If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 724 1316 Cause The paper loaded in the cassette 2 is jammed because the paper output tray is closed Action If the paper loaded in the cassette 2 is jammed because the paper output tray is closed open the paper output tray then remove the paper following the procedure below f you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot f you cannot see the jammed paper at the paper output slot DJ Note e If you need to turn off the machine to remove jammed paper during printing touch the Stop button to cancel print jobs before turning off the machine If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot remove the paper following the procedure below 1 Pull the paper out slowly Hold the paper with your hands then pull the paper out slowly not to tear it Note If you cannot pull the paper out turn the machine off and turn it back o
375. ly No Paper Error Occurs Make sure that paper is loaded Loading Paper Make sure of the following when you load paper When loading two or more sheets of paper flip through the paper before loading e When loading two or more sheets of paper align the edges of the sheets before loading When loading two or more sheets of paper make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the paper load limit However proper feeding of paper may not be possible at this maximum capacity depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions either very high or low temperature and humidity In such cases reduce the sheets of paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit e Always load the paper in portrait orientation regardless of the printing orientation 33 Important e When loading paper in the cassette slide the paper guide on the front side to align with the corresponding mark of page size Load the paper with the print side facing DOWN load the paper stack in the center of the cassette then slide the paper guides to align with the both edges of the paper stack Loading Paper Check to see if the paper you are printing on is not too thick or curled Media Types You Cannot Use Make sure of the following when you load Hagakis or envelopes e If a Hagaki is curled it may not feed properly even though the paper stack does not exceed the paper load limit Load Hagakis with a zip code column towa
376. m PC in Read write attribute under Device user settings Power was not turned off correctly the last time Press the button when turning power off The power cord may have been unplugged last while the machine was still on Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error Note e See Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord for unplugging the power cord Cannot connect to the server Please wait a while and try again You cannot connect to the server due to some communication error When you have tried to access a photo sharing site it is possible that your photos have been deleted Tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error then try again after a while Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed See Cannot Print Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing and take the appropriate action The Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Icon Appears If the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program is installed the printer and application software usage information is scheduled to be sent every month for about ten years The Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program icon appears in the Dock when it is time to send the printer usage information Read the instructions on the screen after clicking the icon then follow the procedure below 701 an Canon Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program k7 j Thank you for your cooperation in Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Surv
377. m the optimum ones set as default 127 Energy Star The Energy Star programme is a voluntary scheme to promote the development and purchase of energy efficient models which help to minimise environmental impact Products which meet the stringent requirements of the Energy Star programme for both environmental benefits and the amount of energy consumption will carry the Energy Star logo accordingly Paper types This product can be used to print on both recycled and virgin paper certified to an environmental stewardship scheme which complies with EN12281 or a similar quality standard In addition it can support printing on media down to a weight of 64g m2 lighter paper means less resources used and a lower environmental footprint for your printing needs Regulatory Model Code RMC is for identification and proof that the product complies with the regulations Please note that RMC is different from the marketing model number of the product D ENERGY STAR AA MA 128 Main Components and Basic Operations gt Main Components About the Power Supply of the Machine Using the Operation Panel 129 Main Components gt Front View gt Rear View gt Inside View Operation Panel 130 Front View 1 2 6 5 4 3 1 operation panel Use to change the settings of the machine or to operate it Also lift and open it to replace an ink tank to check the ink lamp or to remove jammed pap
378. mage scanning In that case scan each item individually 671 Cannot Scan Properly with Auto Scan Make sure that the items are placed correctly Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer Multiple items scanning may not be supported Some applications do not support multiple image scanning In that case scan each item individually 672 Slow Scanning Speed To view the image on a monitor set the output resolution to around 150 dpi To print set it to around 300 dpi Resolution Set Fading Correction Grain Correction etc to None Refer to Image Corrections and Color Adjustments for details In IJ Scan Utility deselect the Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image checkbox and scan again Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog 673 There is not enough memory Message Is Displayed Exit other applications and try again eile Reduce the resolution or output size and scan again Resolution 674 Computer Stops Operating during Scanning Restart the computer reduce the output resolution and scan again Resolution CESPA Delete unnecessary files to obtain sufficient free hard disk space then scan again Error message may appear if there is not enough hard disk space to scan and save when the image size is too large such as when scanning a large item at high resolution In Folder to Sav
379. mation to the contractor to achieve the purpose of use Canon endeavors to secure the safety of your account information o o o o It is at your option to enter and send your account information However the service that requires to enter your account information is not available unless you enter and send it Your account information does not remain in Canon Inc server At the latest it will be deleted o when you have disconnected your printer from LAN For details contact a Canon authorized sales representative in the country or region you live in o Copyrights and Rights of Publicity When printing from the photo sharing site e e Observe the conditions of use of the photo sharing site when you use photos on the site It is unlawful to reproduce or edit the copyrighted work of another person without permission from the copyright holder except for personal use use within the home or other use within the limited scope as defined by the copyright Additionally reproducing or editing photographs of people may infringe on Rights of Publicity 41 When printing downloaded template forms 1 The copyright of each material photos illustrations logos or documents hereinafter referred to as the materials provided on the web template printing service belongs to their respective owners Issues pertaining to Rights of Publicity may arise regarding the use of any of people or characters displayed on the web templa
380. media type according to the loaded paper Important e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the touch screen Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer e For copying specify the paper settings for copying so that they match the cassette paper information J Note e Depending on the registered cassette paper information the screen to confirm if you apply the registered information to the paper settings for copying is displayed If you tap Yes the information is applied to the paper settings for copying When the paper settings for printing or copying are different from the cassette paper information registered to the machine Ex Paper setting for printing or copying B5 o Cassette paper information registered to the machine A4 462 CTT R When you start printing or copying a message is displayed Support Code 2112 The size or type of the paper loaded in cassette 2 is different fram tho nrint cottinne B5 Plain paper Cassette 2 Confirm the message then tap OK When the screen to select the operation is displayed select one of the operations below Note e Depending on the setting the choices below may not be displayed Print with paper in cass settings Select if you want to print on the paper loaded in the cassette with
381. ment is printed with the adjusted color balance Important e When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked for Quality amp Media the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable e If you select ColorSync for Color Matching then the color balance Cyan Magenta Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 390 Adjusting Brightness You can change the brightness of the overall image data during printing This function does not change pure white or pure black but it changes the brightness of the intermediate colors The following sample shows the print result when the brightness setting is changed Light is selected Normal is selected Dark is selected The procedure for adjusting brightness is as follows 1 Select Color Options from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog 2 Specify the brightness Select Light Normal or Dark for Brightness The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies 1 O Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 1 00 inches ma x Orientation 1 i t gt Color Options Cyan 0 zi E B low High Magenta 0 i v i
382. move jammed paper 2 power cord connector Plug in the supplied power cord 3 USB port Plug in the USB cable to connect the machine with a computer 4 wired LAN connector Plug in the LAN cable to connect the machine to a LAN 33 Important e Do not touch the metal casing Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable or LAN cable while the machine is printing or scanning originals with the computer 133 Inside View 1 card slot Insert a memory card Before Inserting the Memory Card 2 Access lamp Lights or flashes to indicate the memory card status Inserting the Memory Card 3 ink lamps Lights or flashes to indicate the ink tank status Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps 4 print head holder The print head is pre installed D99 Note e For details on replacing an ink tank see Replacing an Ink Tank 134 Operation Panel All buttons and lamps on the operation panel are shown lit in the figure below for explanatory purposes Only available buttons will be lit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 11 10 9 8 1 ON button Turns the power on or off Before turning on the power make sure that the document cover is closed Turning the Machine On and Off 2 POWER lamp Lights after flashing when the power is turned on 3 HOME button Used to display the HOME screen Using the Operation Panel 4 touch screen Displays messages menu ite
383. ms and the operational status Directly touch the screen lightly with your finger tip to select a menu item or displayed button You can also preview photos on a memory card before printing Basic Operation of the touch screen 5 Black button Starts black amp white copying scanning etc 6 Color button Starts color copying scanning etc 7 Stop button Cancels operation when print copy or scan job is in progress 8 NFC Near Field Communication mark Pass an NFC enabled smartphone etc with a Canon NFC compliant application installed on it over this mark to perform printing and other operations 9 Alarm lamp Lights or flashes when an error occurs 10 Back button Returns the screen to the previous screen 11 Wi Fi lamp Lights or flashes to indicate the wireless LAN status 135 Lights Wireless LAN connection is enabled Flashes Printing or scanning over wireless LAN Also flashes while configuring the wireless LAN connection Note e When buttons on the operation panel are touched the machine generates keypad or alarm sounds as necessary The sound volume can be adjusted in Sound control of Device user settings Device user settings 136 About the Power Supply of the Machine gt Confirming that the Power Is On Turning the Machine On and Off Notice for the Power Plug Power Cord Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord 137 Confirming that the Power Is On
384. n The paper may be ejected automatically If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot remove the paper from inside the machine Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine 2 Reload the paper and tap OK on the touch screen of the machine If you turned off the machine in step 1 all print jobs in the queue are canceled Reprint if necessary DJ Note When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly 725 If you cannot see the jammed paper at the paper output slot If you cannot see the jammed paper at the paper output slot remove the paper following the procedure below 1 Detach the rear cover Pull out the rear cover 2 Pull out the paper slowly Note e Do not touch the inner parts of the machine 3 Attach the rear cover Insert the rear cover to the back of the machine If you were not able to remove the paper out in step 2 4 Detach both the cassette 1 and the cassette 2 5 Pull out the paper slowly 726 6 If the paper protrudes from the cassette remove the paper then reload it after aligning the edges of the sheets Note e When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly 7 Attach the cassettes to the machine then tap OK on the touch screen Important Do not close the paper output t
385. n using sufficient protective material to ensure safe transport e With the print head and ink tank left installed in the machine touch the ON button to turn off the power This allows the machine to automatically cap the print head thus preventing it from drying e After packing do not tilt the box containing the machine or turn it on its side or upside down Doing so may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the machine e When a shipping agent is handling transport of the machine have its box marked THIS SIDE UP to keep the machine with its bottom facing down Mark also with FRAGILE or HANDLE WITH CARE _ 1 Turn the machine off 2 Confirm that the POWER lamp is off and unplug the power cord Important e Do not unplug the machine while the POWER lamp is lit or flashing as it may cause malfunction or damage to the machine making the machine unable to print 3 Retract the paper output support then close the paper output tray gently The output tray extension is retracted automatically when the paper output tray is closed 4 Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the machine then unplug the power cord from the machine 5 Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the machine to keep them from opening during transportation Then pack the machine in the plastic bag 6 Attach the protective material to the machine when packing the machine in the box Important
386. n and Stitch Dialog Fn Click Scan and Stitch on the L Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog In the Settings Scan and Stitch dialog you can make advanced scan settings for scanning items larger than the platen e00 Settings Scan and Stitch els if Auto Scan Scan Options Select Source Document aa Document Scan Color Mode Col Resolution Photo Scan Image Processing Settings Custom Scan Save Settings File Name Save in SS ower Data Format PDF Multiple Pages PDF Compression Standard V Create a POF file that supports keyword search Save to a subfolder with current date Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application _ My Image Garden Send to an application 49 Preview Send to a folder None Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults ox _ _ 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 33 Important When the Settings dialog is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned e Scanning photos Photo e Scanning documents Document e Scanning magazines Magazine J Note To reduce moire set Select Source to Magazine 540 Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item
387. n automatic duplex printing 1304 If the paper loaded in the cassette 1 is jammed 1311 If the paper loaded in the cassette 2 is jammed 1312 If the paper is jammed as the machine pulled in the printed paper 1313 If the paper loaded in the cassette 1 is jammed because the paper output tray is closed 1315 If the paper loaded in the cassette 2 is jammed because the paper output tray is closed 1316 If the paper tears and you cannot remove it from the paper output slot or from the transport unit Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine Cases other than above n Other Cases 709 1300 Cause Paper is jammed in the paper output slot Action If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot remove the paper following the procedure below Note If you need to turn off the machine to remove jammed paper during printing touch the Stop button to cancel print jobs before turning off the machine 1 Pull the paper out slowly Hold the paper with your hands then pull the paper out slowly not to tear it Note e If you cannot pull the paper out turn the machine off and turn it back on The paper may be ejected automatically e If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot remove the paper from inside the machine Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine 2 Reload the paper and tap OK on the touch screen of the machine If you turned off
388. n contact with skin wash with soap and water immediately If irritation to eyes or skin persists obtain medical advice immediately Never touch the electrical contacts on a Print Head or FINE Cartridges after printing The metal parts may be very hot and could cause burns Do not throw ink tanks and FINE Cartridges into fire Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the Print Head ink tanks and FINE Cartridges e e e e 124 Regulatory and Safety Information For models containing lithium battery e Dispose of used batteries according to the local regulations e Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type Users in the U S A FCC Notice U S A Only For 120V 60Hz model Model Number K10406 Contains FCC ID AZDK30357 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interf
389. n glass e Scan only one disc in Copy label to disc label Scan only one printed photo in Photo copy e In Scan select Auto scan for Doc type to scan one printed photo postcard business card or disc 191 select Photo for Doc type and specify Auto scan for Scan size to scan one original Scan one printed photo postcard business card or disc with a software application on a computer Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN with 0 4 inch 1 cm or more space between the edges diagonally striped area of the platen glass Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned Loading Two or More Originals on the platen glass e Scan two or more printed photos in Photo copy e In Scan select Auto scan for Doc type to scan two or more printed photos postcards or business cards select Photo for Doc type and specify Auto multi scan for Scan size to scan two or more originals e Scan two or more printed photos postcards or business cards with a software application on a computer Place the originals WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN Allow 0 4 inch 1 cm or more space between the edges diagonally striped area of the platen glass and the originals and between the originals Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned You can place up to 12 items A A4 A More than 0 4 inch 1 cm D Note e The Skew Correction function automatically compensates for
390. n is displayed and you can check the printer status and connection performance Status Performance Available Signal Level Link Quality Advanced Measurement toO j 1 Signal Level Indicates the strength of the signal received by the printer ranging from 0 to 100 2 Link Quality Indicates the signal quality excluding the noise while communicating ranging from 0 to 100 Important If the indicated value is low move your printer closer to the wireless network device 3 Advanced Measurement Click to examine the connection performance between the printer and the access point Follow the instructions on the screen to start measuring and display the status Measurement takes a few minutes When is displayed in Connection performance between the printer and the access point the printer can communicate with the access point Otherwise refer to displayed comments and Help for improving the status of communication link and click Remeasurement e Check that the printer and the access point are located within the wireless connectivity range with no obstacles between them e Check if the distance between the printer and the access point is not too far If they are too far move them closer together within 164 ft 50 m e Check that there is no barrier or obstacle between the printer and the access point In general connection performance decreases for communications through walls or between different floo
391. n the Print Dialog select Manage Custom Sizes from Paper Size In the Custom Paper Sizes dialog click Custom Paper Sizes Paper Size 8 5 in llin Width Height Non Printable Area User Defined 25 in 25 in Top 25 in Left S56 in Right Bottom Duplicate Cancel oki Untitled will be added to the list 2 Setting details about the custom paper size Double click Untitled enter the name of the paper size you want to register and specify the Width and Height of the paper for Paper Size Select User Defined or your model for Non Printable Area and enter the margins 3 Registering the custom paper size Click OK The custom size is registered Important e If the application software that created the document has a function for specifying height and width values use the application software to set the values If the application software does not have such a function or if the document does not print correctly perform the above procedure from the printer driver to set the values DJ Note e To duplicate the registered paper size select the paper size that you want to duplicate from the Custom Paper Sizes list and click Duplicate To delete a registered paper size select the paper size that you want to delete from the Custom Paper Sizes list and click e If the paper settings on the print dialog differ from the cassette paper information registered on the printer an error may occur For instruct
392. n the Scale value that you set an error message may be displayed 3 Complete the setup On the Print Dialog click Print When you execute print the document will be printed with the specified scale gt Important e When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function configure the settings on your application software You do not need to configure the same setting in the Page Setup dialog 366 Page Layout Printing The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper The procedure for performing page layout printing is as follows 1 Select Layout from the pop up menu in the Print Dialog Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies m Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 850 by 11 00 inches Orientation T i Te Layout Pages per Sheet 1 Border None 4 4 lofi gt gt gt Two Sided Off Reverse page orientation Flip horizontally 7 POF Hide Details Cancel Print 2 Set the number of original you print on one page In Pages per Sheet specify the number of page you print on one page 3 If necessary set the following items Layout Direction To change the page placement order select an icon from the list Border To print a page border around each document page select a type of page border Reverse page orientation Select this check
393. n your hands if you touch them e Do not reattach the protective cap C once you have removed it Discard it according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables 5 Install the new ink tank 1 Insert the front end of the ink tank into the print head at a slant Make sure that the position of the ink tank matches the label 2 Press on the top of the ink tank until the ink tank snaps firmly into place Make sure that the ink lamp lights up gt Important e You cannot print if the ink tank is installed in the wrong position Be sure to install the ink tank in the correct position according to the label on the print head holder e You cannot print unless all the ink tanks are installed Be sure to install all the ink tanks 205 6 Close the operation panel gently Caution When closing the operation panel be careful not to get your fingers caught gt Important e When opening or closing the operation panel do not touch the buttons and touch screen on the operation panel Doing so may result in an unexpected operation DJ Note e If the error message appears after the operation panel is closed take appropriate action A Message Is Displayed When you start printing after replacing the ink tank the machine starts cleaning the print head automatically Do not perform any other operations until the machine completes the cleaning of the print head e If the print he
394. nd cause problems such as print head blockage and poor printing results Never use volatile liquids such as thinners benzene acetone or any other chemical cleaner to clean the machine as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface of the machine Use a soft cloth soaked in water and wrung well to wipe off stains on the operation panel Do not turn on the power until the surface of the operation panel has completely dried 242 Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover 33 Important e Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine Do not use tissue paper paper towels rough textured cloth or similar materials for cleaning so as not to scratch the surface Paper tissue powder or fine threads may remain inside the machine and cause problems such as print head blockage and poor printing results e Never use volatile liquids such as thinners benzene acetone or any other chemical cleaner to clean the machine as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface of the machine With a soft clean lint free and dry cloth wipe the platen glass A and the inner side of the document cover white sheet B gently Make sure not to leave any residue especially on the glass surface B 33 Important The inner side of the document cover white sheet B is easily damaged so wipe it gently 243 Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powd
395. nd four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear 544 Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF or PDF Multiple Pages D gt Note e When PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected images up to 9600 pixels x 9600 pixels can be scanned When the Enable large image scans checkbox is selected in Save Settings or when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings you can select JPEG Exif TIFF or PNG e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format Create a PDF file that supports keyword search
396. nd the Source printer Then select OK 2 Manage users button When you select the Manage users button the Manage users screen appears Bee Ung printer Ee Manage user User list Delete User name Authority Administrator Standard user Add user From the Manage users screen you can check user information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center delete users add users and change the Administrator and Standard user settings User deletion Select the check box of the user to be deleted and select Delete However you cannot delete yourself To delete yourself cancel your membership from the user information screen Adding a user Select Add user The user registration screen appears Changing Administrator and Standard user settings You can change the privileges of the Administrator and Standard users 3 Printer name area The registered name of the printer selected is displayed The Administrator can use the Mng printer functions to change the printer name 4 Menu area The following 4 menu buttons are displayed 85 e ce Sort Apps This displays the list of registered apps in the Display area Drag the app to change the order Drag apps to rearrange the order Be CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums CL 2 CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM ie paper craft When you finish sorting press the Set sort order button and confirm the order Ea Config This displays th
397. nd the cassette 2 7 Pull out the paper slowly 8 If the paper protrudes from the cassette remove the paper then reload it after aligning the edges of the sheets Note e When reloading the paper confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly 712 9 Attach the cassettes to the machine then tap OK on the touch screen If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 713 1311 Cause The paper loaded in the cassette 1 is jammed Action If the paper loaded in the cassette 1 is jammed remove the paper following the procedure below D9 Note e If you need to turn off the machine to remove jammed paper during printing touch the Stop button to cancel print jobs before turning off the machine 1 Detach the rear cover Pull out the rear cover 2 Detach the transport unit cover Lift up the transport unit cover then pull it out Note Do not touch the inner parts of the machine 714 e If you cannot pull out the paper open the paper output tray 4 Attach the transport unit cover Insert the transport unit cover to the back of the machine 5 Attach the rear cover Insert the rear cover to the back of the machine If you were not able to remove the paper out in step 3 6 Detach both the cassette 1 and the cassette 2
398. ndows computers o Duplex Printing manual Booklet Printing Tiling Poster Printing Depending on the application software that you are using a preview may not be displayed on the left side of the Print dialog Do not start up the Canon IJ Network Tool while printing Do not print when the Canon IJ Network Tool is running If you connect this printer and AirPort with a USB cable and print you must install the latest AirPort firmware If you are using OS X Mavericks v10 9 close the print status check window when you perform printer maintenance from the Canon lJ Printer Utility Notes on Adding a Printer e If you will be installing the Canon printer driver on Mac OS and using the printer through a network connection you can select Bonjour or Canon IJ Network in the Add Add Printer dialog Canon recommends you to use Canon IJ Network for printing If Bonjour is selected remaining ink level messages may differ from those indicated by Canon IJ Network Points to Note About Applications with Restrictions e When you create a new document with Microsoft Word 2004 for Mac a paper size other than A4 size or Letter size may be set Check the Paper Size on the Print dialog 416 Updating the Printer Driver gt Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List Before Installing the Printer Driver Installing the Printer Driver 417 Obtaining the Latest Printer D
399. ned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder other than the one specified in Save in You can specify the folder from the pop up menu Attach to e mail Select this when you want to send e mails with the scanned images attached You can specify the e mail client you want to start from the pop up menu Start OCR Select this when you want to convert text in the scanned image into text data You can specify the application from the pop up menu Do not start any application Saves to the folder specified in Save in DJ Note e Specify the application or folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 546 Settings Save to PC Auto Dialog N Click Save to PC Auto on the y Scanning from the Operation Panel tab to display the Settings Save to PC Auto dialog In the Settings Save to PC Auto dialog you can specify how to respond when saving images to a computer after scanning them from the operation panel by automatically detecting the item type 00 Settings
400. ng The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so that it extends slightly off the paper In standard printing margins are created around the document area However in borderless printing function these margins are not created When you want to print data such as a photo without providing any margin around it set borderless printing The procedure for performing borderless printing is as follows Setting Borderless Printing 1 Select the size of the paper for borderless printing Select XXX borderless from the Paper Size in the Print Dialog Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies 1 O Two Sided Pages All Paper Size US Letter borderless 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation T t gt TextEdit Print header and footer Rewrap contents to fit page POF Hide Details Cancel Print 2 Select Borderless Printing from the pop up menu 3 Adjust the amount of extension from the paper If necessary adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper and moving the slider to the left decreases the amount It is recommended to set the slider at the second position from the right for most cases 361 Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper
401. ng Settings c 2 swawre Cecument Save Settings im E Attach to E mas Photo File Name IMG X Save in Pictures Zi Attach to E maa CL Document Data Format Auto gt JPEG Image Quality Standard a POF Compression Standard n Create a PDF file that supports keyword search _ Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden A _ Send to an application 46 Preview _ Send to a folder None _ Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults ax 5 Specify the file name and other settings in Save Settings 602 eoo Settings Save to PC Auto am if worowo Scan Options Paper Size Auto g gE Save to PC Photo Resolution Auto j re Image Processing Settings ted a3 Save 1 PC Document Save Settings mi m Attach to E mail Photo File Name IMG Save in D Pictures Attach to E maz SJ Document Data Format Auto JPEG Image Quality Standard POF Compression Standard M Create a PDF file that supports keyword search _ Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden J Send to an application 4 Preview _ Send to a folder None _ Oo not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults eax 6 Select the application you
402. ng a Smartphone over the Machine The machine supports NFC Near Field Communication a short range wireless communication technology By placing an NFC enabled Android smartphone over the NFC mark on the operation panel of the machine you can print photos and documents saved on the smartphone or scan items placed on the platen of the machine Before Using the NFC Function on the Machine Download and install PIXMA Printing Solutions Download free from Google Play 33 Important e May not be available depending on your country or region The application can be downloaded for free however Internet connection fees apply Printing with the NFC Function 1 Start PIXMA Printing Solutions 2 Select Photo Print or Document Print 3 Select the photo or document you want to print then set the paper size etc as needed 4 Place the smartphone over the machine Printing starts 3 Important If printing does not start change the position over which to place the smartphone Scanning with the NFC Function 1 Place the item on the platen of the machine 2 Start PIXMA Printing Solutions 32 3 Select Scan then set the item size etc as needed 4 Place the smartphone over the machine Scanning starts Important e If scanning does not start change the position over which to place the smartphone Troubleshooting Cannot Print Scan from an NFC enabled Device 33 Connection Methods Availab
403. ng photos Media Name lt Model No gt Cassette 2 Photo Paper Pro Platinum lt PT 101 gt 4 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 10 sheets A4 Letter cm and 8 x 10 20 x 25 cm Glossy Photo Paper Everyday Use lt GP 501 GP 601 gt 4 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 10 sheets A4 and Letter cm Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 601 gt 4 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 10 sheets A4 and Letter cm Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt 4 10 sheets 5 x 7 13 x 18 10 sheets A4 Letter cm and 8 x 10 20 x 25 20 sheets 4 x6 10x15 cm Photo Paper Pro Luster lt LU 101 gt 4 N A 2 10 sheets A4 and Letter Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss lt SG 201 gt 4 10 sheets 5 x 7 13 x 18 10 sheets A4 Letter cm and 8 x 10 20 x 25 20 sheets 4 x6 10x15 cm Matte Photo Paper lt MP 101 gt 20 sheets 4 x 6 10 x 15 10 sheets A4 and Letter cm Paper for printing business documents Media Name lt Model No gt Cassette 2 Paper Output Tray High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt N A 2 65 sheets 50 sheets Paper for creating your own prints T Shirt Transfers lt TR 301 gt N A 2 1 sheet Photo Stickers lt PS 101 gt N A 5 168 1 Proper feeding of paper may not be possible at the maximum capacity depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions either very high or low temperature or humidity In such cases reduce the number of paper you load at a time to less than half 2 Feeding paper from t
404. ngs gt Change LAN Make sure that Wired LAN active is selected on the touch screen If Wired LAN active is not selected The wired LAN setting of the machine is disabled Enable the wired LAN setting of the machine After enabling the wired LAN setting click Back to Top on the Check Printer Settings screen to try to set up the network communication from the beginning If Wired LAN active is selected Go to check 4 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wired LAN Setup Check 4 624 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wired LAN Setup Check 4 Is the machine connected to the router By using the operation panel of the machine make sure that the machine is connected to the router Select Setup on the HOME screen then select Device settings gt LAN settings gt Confirm LAN settings gt LAN setting list Make sure that Connection on the touch screen is set to Active LAN setting list Connection l Active IPv4 address Pv4 subnet mask If Connection is set to Inactive The machine is not connected to the router Connect the machine to the router Click Back to Top on the Check Printer Settings screen to try to set up the network communication from the beginning If Connection is set to Active Go to check 5 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wired LAN Setup Check 5 625 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wired LAN Setup Check 5 Does the firewall function of your security software or operation sys
405. ngs is displayed on the touch screen Change the setting following the on screen instructions 1 Magnif Magnification Specify the reduction enlargement method Reducing or Enlarging a Copy 2 Intensity Specify the intensity Auto A Intensity OK C A Tap to activate deactivate automatic intensity adjustment When ON is selected the intensity is adjusted automatically according to the originals loaded on the platen glass B Drag to specify the intensity C Tap to confirm the intensity setting 3 Page size Select the page size of the loaded paper 4 Type Media type Select the media type of the loaded paper 5 Print qlty Print quality 471 Adjust print quality according to the original JJ Important e If you use Draft with Type set to Plain paper and the quality is not as good as expected select Standard or High for Print qlty and try copying again e Select High for Print qlty to copy in grayscale Grayscale renders tones in a range of grays instead of black or white 6 Layout Select the layout Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page 7 2 sidedPrintSetting Select whether to perform two sided copying Two Sided Copying 472 Reducing or Enlarging a Copy You can specify the magnification optionally or select the preset ratio copying or fit to page copying The screen below is displayed when you ta
406. nning documents are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings 800 Canon lJ Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series ca s Auto Document Photo Custom Stitch Driver The Settings dialog appears 3 Click Document Scan e600 Settings Document Scan lejla if m Auto Scan Scan Options Select Source Document Color Mode Color Paper Size Letter Resolution 300 dpi Image Processing Settings E csom Scan Save Settings E Scan and Sitch oa Aa Save in E Pictures File Name IMG z Data Format PDF Multiple Pages POF Compression Standard V Create a POF file that supports keyword search Save to a subfolder with current date _ Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application e My Image Garden Send to_ananoiiration an Preview s Instructions Defaults tex DJ Note For Resolution only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings 4 Select Start OCR for Application Settings then select the application in which you want to display the result 511 e090 Settings Document Scan leja if Image Processing Settings al auto Scan Save Settings Save in DI Pictures a B Photo Scan Data Format JPEG Exif Custom Sean JPEG Image Quality Standard i C Save to a subfol
407. nter driver from your computer to perform the print job and check whether the data can be printed normally on the printer If you still cannot print see the troubleshooting page for your model on the Home of the Online Manual Note e With a wireless LAN connection after the printer is turned on it may take several minutes before communication is possible Check that your printer is connected to the wireless network and wait a while before you start printing e If the printer is not turned on or is not connected to the Internet and consequently a print job is not processed within 24 hours after it was submitted the print job is automatically canceled If this happens check the printer power and the Internet connection and then re submit the print job 60 Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Adding a Printer Troubleshooting Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 61 Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is a service that links with the cloud function of the printer and allows you to perform operations such as registering and managing apps from your smartphone or tablet device and checking the print status print error and ink status of the printer You can also print app photos and document
408. nting 7 Start printing Touch the Color button for printing following forms Notebook paper 1 8 mm Notebook paper 2 7 mm Notebook paper 3 6 mm Graph paper 1 5 mm grid Graph paper 2 3 mm grid Handwriting paper 3 lines Touch the Black button for printing following forms Checklist Staff paper 1 10 staves Staff paper 2 12 staves Weekly schedule vertical Monthly schedule calendar 442 Printing Documents PDF File Saved on a Memory Card You can print PDF files made using Canon IJ Scan Utility or My Image Garden application software compatible with the machine from a memory card Note e You can print PDF files from a memory card which satisfy the following conditions Other than the following PDF file cannot be printed even if they appear on the document list PDF files made using Canon IJ Scan Utility or My Image Garden application software compatible with the machine Extension pdf Except for the following data Encrypted data Data more than 2 GB Data including images scanned at 9601 pixels or more in the vertical and horizontal directions For details on making PDF files using My Image Garden application software compatible with the machine Creating Editing PDF Files For details on making PDF files using Canon IJ Scan Utility application software compatible with the machine Scanning Documents 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load A4 or Letter sized pl
409. nting Out Network Setting Information 290 Default Values Set at Factory Network Default Values of the LAN Connection ee eae ee p Fame em r e o pre e pre e a prame e E em pame e pe e pee e XX represents alphanumeric characters The default value in this item varies by machine You can check the value in this item using the operation panel on the machine LAN settings Default Values of the Access Point Mode SSID access point name XXXXXX MG7500series Wireless LAN security WPA2 PSK AES Serial number of the machine XXXXXX is the last six digits of MAC address of the machine 291 Connecting the Machine to the Computer Using a USB Cable Connect the machine and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below The USB port is located on the rear of the machine 292 When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name When the printer is detected you may see multiple printers of the same name on the detection result screen The printer names on the screen are displayed with the MAC address added at the end of the names or displayed as the printer name specified by Bonjour Select a printer with checking the MAC address the printer name specified by Bonjour or the serial number set to the printer against that on the detection result screen Note A serial number may not be displayed on the detection result screen To check the MAC address of the printer print out the
410. o display Scan settings screen For details on the setting items Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine C Tap to display how to load the original D Tap to display the screen to select the destination 6 Load the original on the platen glass 7 Touch the Color button for color scanning or the Black button for black amp white scanning e If you select JPEG for Format on the scan setting screen The machine starts scanning and scanned data is forwarded to the computer and attached to an e mail e If you select PDF or Compact PDF for Format on the scan setting screen 595 The confirmation screen asking you if you continue scanning is displayed after scanning is complete To continue scanning place the next document on the platen and select End If you continue scanning load the original on the platen glass and start scanning If you do not continue scanning tap End The scanned data is forwarded to the computer Scanned data is forwarded to the computer and attached to an e mail according to the settings specified in Canon IJ Scan Utility For the settings or how to send an e mail refer to the mail software s instruction manual Remove the original on the platen glass after scanning is complete 596 Setting Items for Scanning Using the Operation Panel of the Machine You can change the scan settings such as the scan size resolution or data format When th
411. o display the Settings Document Scan dialog In the Settings Document Scan dialog you can make advanced scan settings to scan items as documents eoo Settings Document Scan pe 2 ii Auto Sean Scan Options Select Source Document Color Mode Color _ Paper Size Letter Resolution 300 dpi Image Processing Settings l Photo Scan Custom Scan E Scan and Sitch File Name IMG A Save in ij Pictures m Otvor Data Format PDF Multiple Pages Save Settings POF Compression Standard V Create a POF file that supports keyword search Save to a subfolder with current date Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden Send to an application a5 Preview _ Send to a folder None _ Attach to e mail None Attach Manually Start OCR Output to Text _ Oo not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults o _ 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 3 Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from the Scan screen of My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Select the type of item to be scanned e Scanning documents Document e Scanning magazines Magazine Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item 523 Paper Size Sele
412. o horizontal white streaks in both the pattern C and pattern D 1 The cleaning is not required Tap All A 2 Confirm the message then tap OK The screen will return to the Maintenance screen For B lines are missing or horizontal white streaks are present in the pattern C or pattern D or in both patterns 1 The cleaning is required Tap Also B The cleaning confirmation screen will appear 2 Tap Yes The machine starts cleaning the print head Cleaning the Print Head Note The total number of sheets printed so far is shown in increments of 50 sheets on the printout of the nozzle check pattern 219 Cleaning the Print Head Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle check pattern Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition Cleaning the print head consumes ink so clean the print head only when necessary You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the cassette 2 After inserting the cassette into the machine the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch screen Select A4 or Letter for Page size and Plain paper for Type then tap Register Cassette 2 paper information Page size Ad Type Plain paper Register If a message is displayed on the screen follow th
413. oaded in cassette 2 is different fram thao nrint cottinae B5 Plain paper Cassette 2 Action Tapping OK on the touch screen the following screen is displayed 776 Select what to do from the following Print with paper in cass settings Replace the paper and print Cancel Select what to do as necessary DJ Note e Depending on the setting the choices below may not be displayed Print with paper in cass settings Select if you want to print on the paper loaded in the cassette 2 without changing the paper settings For example when the paper setting for printing or copying is B5 and the cassette paper information registered to the machine is A4 the machine starts printing or copying with B5 on the paper loaded in the cassette 2 Replace the paper and print Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the cassette 2 For example when the paper setting for printing or copying is B5 and the cassette paper information registered to the machine is A4 you load B5 sized paper in the cassette 2 before you start printing or copying The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper and inserting the cassette 2 Register the cassette paper information according to the paper you loaded in the cassette 2 J Note e If you do not know what paper information to register to the machine touch the Back button when the screen to select the operation is displayed Wh
414. oice The format that you select is applied to the date time information in the screens and notification e mails of this service Daylight Saving Time This setting is combined with the Time Zone setting and applied to the date time information in the screens and notification e mails of this service When you select ON 1 hour is added to the Time Zone setting when the date time information is displayed 5 In the Printer Registration window enter the Printer Name and select Confirm Enter any name that will allow you to identify the printer 117 J Important The maximum number of characters that can be entered is 30 6 In the Confirm Owner Registration window check the registration information and select Register A temporary password will be displayed Important The temporary password that appears is not included in the notification e mail Be sure to write down the temporary password before closing the screen Check if an E mail Has Been Sent to the E mail Address You Entered A URL is notified to complete the registration to the e mail address that for the registered printer s owner Access the URL in the E mail and Complete the Printer Registration 1 Access the URL provided in the e mail JJ Important e You have to complete the registration within 30 minutes 2 Enter the registered e mail address of the printer s owner the temporary password and select Log In 3 Set a password of your choice and
415. oint for the network connection such as IP address filtering MAC address filtering or DHCP function Make sure that the radio channel of the access point and that assigned to the machine are the same For details on how to check the settings of the access point refer to the instruction manual supplied with the access point or contact its manufacturer After checking the settings of the access point click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen When the machine is detected follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network communication If the problem is not resolved select the Set up the network connection via USB check box on the Check Printer Settings screen and click Next to set up the network communication via USB 621 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wired LAN Setup Check 1 Is the LAN cable connected and are the machine and the router turned on Make sure that the LAN cable is connected Make sure that the machine is turned on Confirming that the Power Is On Make sure that the router is turned on If the LAN cable is connected and the machine or the network device is turned off Turn on the machine or the network device After turning on the machine or the network device it may take some time until ready for use After a while just turning on the machine or the network device click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen When the machine is detected follow the instruc
416. oints e Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text e Documents with patterned backgrounds 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format 553 D gt Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Set from the operation panel JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Note PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in
417. oll up the paper in the opposite direction to the paper curl as shown below pag te 2 Check that the paper is now flat We recommend printing curl corrected paper one sheet at a time Note e Depending on the media type the paper may be smudged or may not be fed properly even if it is not curled inward In such cases follow the procedure described below to curl the paper outward within 0 1 inch 3 mm B in height before printing This may improve the print result C C Printing side We recommend printing paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time Adjust the setting to prevent paper abrasion Adjusting the setting to prevent paper abrasion will widen the clearance between the print head and the loaded paper If you notice abrasion even with the media type set correctly to match the loaded paper set the machine to prevent paper abrasion by using the operation panel or the computer Print speed may be reduced if you apply the setting to prevent paper abrasion setting Readjust the setting not to prevent paper abrasion once printing is complete If not this setting remains enabled for all subsequent print jobs e To set by using the operation panel Touch the HOME button select Setup Device settings and Print settings in this order and then set Prevent paper abrasion to ON Changing the Machine Settings Using the Operation Panel To set by using your computer In the Canon lJ Printer Uti
418. ollowing ranges e cassette 1 Minimum size 3 50 x 5 00 inches 89 0 x 127 0 mm Maximum size 7 87 x 7 28 inches 200 0 x 184 9 mm cassette 2 Minimum size 3 54 x 7 29 inches 90 0 x 185 0 mm Maximum size 8 50 x 14 00 inches 215 9 x 355 6 mm Paper may be fed from a different paper source depending on the operating system of your computer Paper Weight You can use paper in the following weight range e 17 to 28 Ib 64 to 105 g Im plain paper except for Canon genuine paper 166 You can use non Canon genuine specialty paper that is up to 53 Ib 200 g m Do not use heavier or lighter paper except for Canon genuine paper as it could jam in the machine Notes on Storing Paper e Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package just before printing To avoid curling when you do not print put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level surface And also store it avoiding heat humidity and direct sunlight 167 Paper Load Limit Commercially Available Papers Media Name Cassette 2 Paper Output Tray Plain Paper including recycled N A 2 Approx 125 sheets Approx 50 sheets paper Envelopes N A 2 10 envelopes Canon Genuine Papers Note We recommend that you remove the previously printed sheet from the paper output tray before continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration except for High Resolution Paper lt HR 101N gt Paper for printi
419. omputer 2 If necessary complete the following settings Ink Drying Wait Time You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins Moving the slider to the right increases the pause time and moving the slider to the left decreases the time If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries increase the ink drying wait time Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing Display Guide Message Displays a guide when you perform operations in which the paper setting procedure is complicated Hagaki Printing Displays the guide message before the printer begins hagaki printing To hide the guide messages select the Do not show again check box in the displayed dialog To display the guide messages again display the Canon IJ Printer Utility pop up menu select Custom Settings and then check the Hagaki Printing check box J Important e With OS X Mavericks v10 9 OS X Mountain Lion v10 8 or OS X Lion v10 7 you cannot use Display Guide Message Therefore if you check the Do not show again check box when a guide message is displayed before printing starts this will stop any more guide messages from being displayed Detects a printable disc in the disc tray Detects whether a printable disc is loaded on the disc tray during disc label printing and displays a message if a disc is not loaded Check this check box to print with detecting whether a prin
420. omputer Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine SP cB we P Printing with Web Service Printing from a Digital Camera Paper setting for Printing 347 Printing from a Computer gt Printing with Application Software that You are Using Printer Driver 348 Printing with Application Software that You are Using Printer Driver gt Printing with Easy Setup Basic Various Printing Methods Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data gt Overview of the Printer Driver Updating the Printer Driver 349 Printing with Easy Setup The simple setup procedure for carrying out appropriate printing on this printer is as follows 1 Check that the printer is turned on 2 Load paper on the printer 3 Select the printer Select your model from the Printer list in the Print Dialog Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Coples a gt Two Sided Pages All 4 4 lofl gt gt gt 7 POF Show Details Cancel Print D gt Note e Click Show Details E the disclosure triangle to switch the Setup window to the detailed display 4 Select the paper size For Paper Size select the paper size to be used If necessary set the number of copies the pages to be printed and the orientation 350 Printer Canon MG7500 series gt Presets Default Settings _ Print header and footer M Rewrap contents to fit page laa 4 lofl gt iph
421. on the application s menu D Note e The operation may differ depending on the application Make sure that the application supports the ICA Image Capture Architecture driver You cannot start the scanner driver from applications not supporting the ICA driver Scan and save images with IJ Scan Utility and open the files in your application 669 Error Message Appears and the Scanner Driver Screen Does Not Appear ete Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on Turn off your scanner or printer then reconnect the USB cable and replug the power cord Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub remove it from the USB hub and connect it to a USB port on the computer eae eo Make sure that the scanner driver is installed If not installed install the scanner driver from the web page Select your scanner or printer on the application s menu D Note e The operation may differ depending on the application Make sure that the application supports the ICA driver You cannot start the scanner driver from applications not supporting the ICA driver Exit the scanner driver if it is running on another application 670 Cannot Scan Multiple Items at One Time Make sure that the items are placed correctly Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer Check if you can properly scan one item Some applications do not support multiple i
422. on to the same computer simultaneously If multiple scanning devices are connected you cannot scan from the operation panel of the machine and also may experience errors while accessing the devices When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network the machine cannot be accessed from multiple computers at the same time When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network scanning takes longer than usual Make sure that you have adequate disk space available when scanning large images at high resolutions For example at least 300 MB of free space is required to scan an A4 document at 600 dpi in full color Do not enter the computer into sleep or hibernate state during scanning 577 Updating the Scanner Driver Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver Before Installing the Scanner Driver Installing the Scanner Driver 578 Obtaining the Latest Scanner Driver Upgrading your current scanner driver to the latest scanner driver may solve some problems you have experienced To obtain the scanner driver access our website and download the scanner driver for your model Important e Scanner driver can be downloaded for free however Internet connection fees apply Related Topic Before Installing the Scanner Driver Installing the Scanner Driver 579 Before Installing the Scanner Driver Check the following points before installing the scanner driver Check these also when you c
423. ontinue printing To disable detection of paper setting mismatches select this check box 3 Apply the settings Click Apply and when the confirmation message appears click OK The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter 259 Changing the Machine Settings Using the Operation Panel Changing the Machine Settings Using the Operation Panel Print settings LAN settings Device user settings PictBridge print settings Language selection Home screen background color Firmware update Cassette settings Reset setting About ECO settings About Quiet setting Using the Machine with the Access Point Mode 260 Changing the Machine Settings Using the Operation Panel This section describes the procedure to change the settings in the Device settings screen taking the steps to specify Extended copy amount as an example 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on A 2 Flick the HOME screen then tap ii Setup Using the Operation Panel 3 Tap ey Device settings The Device settings screen is displayed 4 Tap the setting item to adjust Device settings Print settings LAN settings Device user settings PictBridge print settings lannuane celectinn The setting screen for the selected item is displayed 5 Tap the setting item Print settings Prevent paper abrasion Extended copy amount Adjust disc print area Auto photo fix setting
424. operation 739 1255 Cause The paper output tray is closed or it has not opened Action Confirm that there are no materials which is preventing the paper output tray from moving and that the cassette 1 is inserted properly Open the paper output tray then tap OK on the touch screen Important Do not close the paper output tray while the machine is in operation 740 1256 Cause The paper output tray is closed or it has not opened Action Confirm that there are no materials which is preventing the paper output tray from moving and that the cassette 1 is inserted properly Open the paper output tray then tap OK on the touch screen Important Do not close the paper output tray while the machine is in operation 741 1257 Cause The paper output tray is closed or it has not opened Action Confirm that there are no materials which is preventing the paper output tray from moving and that the cassette 1 is inserted properly Open the paper output tray then tap OK on the touch screen Important Do not close the paper output tray while the machine is in operation 742 1310 Cause The size of paper may not be compatible with automatic duplex printing Action The sizes of media suitable for auto duplex printing are A4 Letter A5 B5 and Hagaki Make sure that the size of the paper loaded in the machine is correct Tapping OK on the touch screen will eject the pap
425. or Select Source e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif or Auto is selected in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important e This appears only when PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto is selected in Data Format e When Black and White is selected in Color Mode this option does not appear 537 Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important e This appears only when PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto is selected in Data Format DJ Note 1 PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save
426. ord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 790 5400 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 791 5B00 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Contact the service center 792 5B01 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Contact the service center 793 5B10 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Contact the service center 794 5B11 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Contact the service center 795 5C00 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 796 5C20 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 797 6000 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from
427. ork settings on the machine and printing or scanning operation from a computer over network may become impossible To use the machine over network perform setup according to the instructions on our website 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Select Maintenance from the Settings menu Maintenance Setting Initialization To return the printer settings to the factory defaults click Initialize Initialize Cancel or 1 Setting Initialization Initialize Reverts all the network settings of the printer to factory default 4 Click Initialize The Setting Initialization screen is displayed Click OK to initialize the network settings of the printer Do not turn off the printer during initialization Click OK when initialization is complete Performing initialization when connected over wireless LAN will break the connection so perform setup according to the instructions on our website Note e You can change the network settings of the printer using IJ Network Tool with USB connection after initializing the LAN settings To change the network settings using Canon IJ Network Tool activate wireless LAN in advance 318 Viewing the Modified Settings The Confirmation screen is displayed when you modified the printer settings on the Configuration screen When you click OK on the Confirmation screen the following screen is displayed for confirming the modified settings Tran
428. ormation on memory cards that your digital camera guarantees operation refer to the instruction manual supplied with your digital camera e Format the memory card with a digital camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File system Exif 2 2 2 21 2 3 compliant TIFF Exif 2 2 2 21 2 3 compliant The memory card may not be compatible with the machine if it is formatted on a computer Memory Cards that Do Not Require a Card Adapter SD Secure Digital memory card SDHC memory card e Memory Stick Duo Memory Stick PRO Duo Ce Memory Cards that Require a Card Adapter Important e Be sure to attach the special card adapters to the following memory cards before inserting to the card slot If one of the following memory cards is inserted without the card adapter you may not be able to remove the memory card Cannot Remove a Memory Card e miniSD Card miniSDHC Card Use the special SD Card Adapter ei e microSD Card microSDHC Card Use the special SD Card Adapter m a e Memory Stick Micro Use the special Duo size adapter 196 a Printable Image Data e This machine accepts images taken with a camera compliant with the Design rule for Camera File system Exif 2 2 2 21 2 3 compliant TIFF Exif 2 2 2 21 2 3 compliant Other image or movie types such as RAW images cannot be printed The machine accepts images scanned and saved with the machine when Doc type is set to Photo and Format
429. ot corrected None Gutter shadow will not be corrected Low Select this when the effect level is too strong with the medium setting Medium It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Select this when the effect level is too weak with the medium setting Important Do not place objects that weigh 4 4 lbs 2 0 kg or more on the platen In addition do not press on the item with a force exceeding 4 4 Ibs 2 0 kg If you press heavily the scanner may not work correctly or you might break the glass e Align the item with the edge of the platen If placed slanted correction will not be applied properly e Correction may not be applied properly depending on the item If the page background is not white shadows may not be detected correctly or may not be detected at all e While scanning press down on the spine with the same amount of pressure you used to preview the scan If the binding part is not even correction will not be applied properly FO ZX 575 e How to place the item depends on your model and the item to be scanned Unsharp Mask Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image Descreen Reduces moire patterns Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned D Important e When enabling Descreen disable Unsharp Mask
430. ote e If the paper settings on the print dialog differ from the cassette paper information registered on the printer an error may occur For instructions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper setting for 353 Printing For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 354 Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type When you use this printer selecting a media type and paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the best print results You can use the following media types on this printer Commercially available papers Cassette paper information registered on the printer Plain Paper including recycled i Plain Paper Plain paper paper Media name Media Type in the printer driver Other Photo Paper Other Photo Paper Other Photo Paper Canon genuine papers Photo Printing Cassette paper information registered on the printer Photo Paper Plus Glossy II lt PP 201 gt Photo Paper Pro Platinum lt PT 101 gt Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss lt SG 201 gt Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss Plus Semi gloss Photo Paper Glossy lt GP 501 GP 601 gt Canon genuine papers Business Letter Printing Media name lt Model No gt Media Type in the printer driver Cassette paper
431. oto Important e When Color Mode is Black and White Image Processing Settings is not available Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image e When Select Source is Magazine or Document J Note e When Color Mode is Black and White only Reduce gutter shadow Correct slanted text document and Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image appear Apply Auto Document Fix Select this checkbox to sharpen text in a document or magazine for better readability Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan DJ Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function Sharpen outline Emphasizes the outline of the subjects to sharpen the image Reduce show through Sharpens text in an item or reduces show through in newspapers etc Reduce moire Reduces moire patterns Printed materials are displayed as a collection of fine dots Moire is a phenomenon where uneven gradation or a stripe pattern appears when such photos or pictures printed with fine dots are scanned Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Reduce moire 535 Reduce gutter shadow Reduces gutter shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets Note e Click Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen and scan to correct gutter shadows when scanning non standard size items or specif
432. ottom edges A towards the back side of the cassette 1 Loading paper in the cassette 2 Load three or more sheets of A4 or Letter sized paper in the cassette 2 2 Holding both sides of the paper output tray gently open it The output tray extension will open automatically when the paper output tray is opened 3 Extend the paper output support D Important If the disc tray guide is open close it 4 Tap OK The machine starts cleaning The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected 5 When the completion message appears tap OK If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller contact the service center 245 Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning Remove stains from the inside of the machine If the inside of the machine becomes dirty printed paper may get dirty so we recommend performing cleaning regularly You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper Be sure to use a new piece of paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Clean the inside of the machine 1 Flick the HOME screen then tap Setup Using the Operation Panel The setup menu screen will appear 2 Tap EJ Maintenance The Maintenance screen will appear 3 Tap Bottom plate cleaning Maintenance AULO Hed algne Manual head alignment Print the head alignment value Roller cleaning Bottom plate cleaning The confirmation screen wil
433. ou cannot specify an input ICC profile from the printer driver Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity Adjusting Contrast 387 Interpreting the ICC Profile When you need to specify the printer profile select the ICC profile for the paper to print on The ICC profiles installed for this printer appear as follows Canon XXXXX PR 1 a st 1 2 3 e 1 is the model name of the printer e 2 is the media type This notation corresponds to the following media type GL Photo Paper Plus Glossy II o PT Photo Paper Pro Platinum e SG LU Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss Photo Paper Pro Luster o MP Matte Photo Paper o Other Fine Art Paper Other Fine Art Paper e 3 is the print quality The print quality is divided into 5 levels ranging from high speed to high quality As the number decreases the print quality becomes higher This value corresponds to the Quality slide bar that is displayed when you select Quality amp Media from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog and then select Custom for Print Quality 388 Adjusting Color Balance You can adjust the color tints when printing Since this function adjusts color balance of the output by changing the ink ratios of each color it changes the total color balance of the document Use the application software when you want to c
434. oud Print Note e If you have already registered the printer with Google Cloud Print the confirmation message to re register the printer is displayed 4 When the confirmation screen to register the printer is displayed select Yes 5 Select a display language on the print setting screen of Google Cloud Print The confirmation message to print the authentication URL is displayed 6 Load A4 or Letter sized plain paper then select OK The authentication URL is printed 7 Ensure that the authentication URL is printed select Yes 8 Perform the authentication process using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device Access to the URL using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device and perform the authentication process following the on screen instructions Note e Perform the authentication process with your Google account which you have gotten in advance 9 When the message that the registration is complete is displayed on the LCD of the printer select OK When authentication process is complete properly the registration items are displayed When authentication process is complete you can print the data with Google Cloud Print When authentication process is not complete properly and the error message is displayed select OK When the confirmation message to print the authentication URL is displayed print the authentication URL then perform the authentication process on the computer again Del
435. oud Print you need to get Google account and register the printer with Google Cloud Print in advance Getting Google Account If you already have Google account register the printer Registering the Printer with Google Cloud Print Getting Google Account First get your Google account in order to register the printer with Google Cloud Print Access to Google Cloud Print with the web browser on the computer or the mobile device then register the required information Google Jne account All of Google A vZ Stay signed in Need help The screen above may change without prior notice Registering the Printer with Google Cloud Print Register the printer with Google Cloud Print The authentication procedure using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device is required in the process of registering Because the authentication URL is printed from printer when the authentication process is performed prepare A4 or Letter sized plain paper gt Important e LAN connection with the printer and Internet connection are required to register the printer and to print with Google Cloud Print Internet connection fees apply If the printer s owner changes delete the printer from Google Cloud Print 1 Make sure that the printer is turned on 99 2 From the Home screen select Setup 3 Select Web service setup gt Connection setup gt Google Cloud Print setup gt Register with Google Cl
436. out changing the paper settings For example when the paper setting for printing or copying is B5 and the cassette paper information registered to the machine is A4 the machine starts printing or copying with B5 on the paper loaded in the cassette Replace the paper and print Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the cassette For example when the paper setting for printing or copying is B5 and the cassette paper information registered to the machine is A4 you load B5 sized paper in the cassette before you start printing or copying The cassette paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper and inserting the cassette Register the cassette paper information according to the paper you loaded in the cassette Note e If you do not know what paper information to register to the machine touch the Back button when the screen to select the operation is displayed When the previous screen is displayed confirm the paper size and the media type then register them to the machine e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the touch screen 463 Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Cancel Cancels printing Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing or copying Change the paper settings then try
437. p The Screen for Setting the Encryption Is Displayed After Selecting the Access Point in the Access Points Screen You are connecting the machine to the non encrypted wireless network Is Displayed The Enter Password Screen Is Displayed During Setup The following screen is displayed if an administrator password is set to the machine which has already been set up to use via a network Enter Password A password has been set to this printer Enter the admin password and click the OK button Cancel J Enter the administrator password you have set D gt Note e An administrator password is already specified for the machine at the time of purchase For details About the Administrator Password For improving security it is recommended to change the administrator password Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet The Screen for Setting the Encryption Is Displayed After Selecting the Access Point in the Access Points Screen This screen is displayed automatically if the selected access point is encrypted In this case configure the details to use the same encryption settings set to the access point For information on the encryption settings see Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet You are connecting the machine to the non encrypted wireless network Is Displayed Security is not configured on the access point The machine can still be used so continue the setup procedure to comp
438. p 1 again D gt Note e While processing the print job you cannot display the HOME screen change the print menu or print from the computer or other devices e While processing the print job the photo in other group is not selected e If you touch the Stop button while processing the print job the screen to select a method to cancel reservation is displayed If you tap Cancel all reservations you can cancel printing all photos If you tap Cancel the last reservation you can cancel the last printing job If there are many print jobs Cannot reserve more print jobs Please wait a while and redo the operation may be displayed on the touch screen In this case wait a while then add the print job 428 About Advanced photo Menu The following menus are selectable in the Advanced print menu to print photos saved on the memory card y Trimming print You can edit photo displayed on the touch screen by trimming them and print Printing Photo with Trimming en Slide show You can view the photos saved on the memory card with the slide show Printing Photo While Viewing the Slide Show 429 Printing Photo with Trimming You can edit photo displayed on the touch screen by trimming them and print 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load photo paper 3 Flick the HOME screen then tap L3 Advanced print Using the Operation Panel Insert the memory card into the card slot Note
439. p Cleaning after 24 hours e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice 663 If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem the print head may be damaged Contact the service center SS Perform Print Head Alignment gt Aligning the Print Head 2 Note e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Alignment perform Print Head Alignment manually referring to Aligning the Print Head Manually 664 Ink Is Not Ejected Has the ink run out Open the operation panel then check the status of ink lamp Checking the Ink Status GVA Is the orange tape or protective film remaining Make sure that all of the protective film is peeled off and the Y shape air hole is exposed as illustrated in A If the orange tape is left as in B pull the orange tape and remove it A B Are the print head nozzles clogged Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly Check to see if a particular color s ink tank is not empty If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again I
440. p Settings in the Copy standby screen and tap Magnif to select the reduction enlargement method 100 A I l9 DI PA4 Same size B 86 A4 gt B5 OK c A Tap to display the screen below 1 Flick to specify the magnification 2 Tap to specify the magnification If you keep touching the magnification is changed by 10 B Flick to specify the magnification C Tap to confirm the magnification Reduction enlargement Method DJ Note Some of the reduction enlargement methods are not available depending on the copy menu e Fit to page The machine automatically reduces or enlarges the image to fit the page size gt 16 The setting in Magnif Fit to page Note e When you select Fit to page the page size may not be detected correctly depending on the original In this case select the setting other than Fit to page 473 Preset ratio You can select one of the preset ratios to reduce or enlarge copies 3 g E IIl Select the appropriate ratio for size of original and page size The setting in Magnif 70 A4 gt A5 86 A4 gt B5 94 A4 gt LTR 115 B5 gt A4 141 A5 gt A4 156 5x7 gt LTR 183 4x6 gt LTR Note e Some of the preset ratios are not available depending on the country or region of purchase e Ratio specified copy You can specify the copy ratio as a percentage to reduce or enlarge copies DJ Note 400 MAX maximum copy ratio and 25 MIN minimum co
441. paper with a size suitable for automatic duplex printing Make sure that the type of loaded paper is suitable for automatic duplex printing on the Quality amp Media sheet on the Print dialog J Note e Manual duplex printing is not available 647 Copying Printing Stops Before It ls Completed Is the disc tray guide opened while printing on paper Close the disc tray guide then tap OK on the touch screen Is the paper loaded Make sure that paper is loaded If the machine has run out of paper load paper Do the printing documents have lots of photographs or illustrations As printing large data such as photos or graphics takes time for the machine and the computer to process the machine may appear to have stopped operating In addition when printing data that uses a large amount of ink continuously on plain paper the machine may pause temporarily In either case wait until the process is complete D Note e If you are printing a document with a large printing area or printing multiple copies of a document printing may pause to allow the ink to dry Has the machine been printing continuously for a long period If the machine has been printing continuously for a long time the print head or other parts around it may overheat The machine may stop printing at a line break for a period of time and then resume printing In this case wait for a while without operation If the printing still does not resume interru
442. pear Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF or PNG 599 Important e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White 530 D gt Note e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files J Important e This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in Check scan results Displays the Save Settings dialog after scanning Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear 3 Application Settings Area Open with an application Select this when you want to enhance or correct the scanned images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to an application Select this when you want to use the scanned images as they are in an application that allows you to browse or organize images You can specify the application from the pop up menu Send to a folder Select this when you also want to save the scanned images to a folder
443. pear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network If the warning message appears set the security software to always allow access Starting up IJ Network Tool 1 Select Applications from the Go menu of Finder double click Canon Utilities gt IJ Network Tool and double click the Canon IJ Network Tool icon Depending on the printer you are using an administrator password is already specified for the printer at the time of purchase When you change the network settings authentication by the administrator password is required For details About the Administrator Password For improving security it is recommended to change the administrator password Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet 300 Canon IJ Network Tool Screen This section describes the items displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen a0 Canon lj Network Tool Modei MAC Address Type Connected to n 3 eae E 4 if the printer to be used could not be detected check the network settings before clicking Update After you turn on the printer it may take a few minutes before the printer can be detected Wait awhile and then click Update 1 Utilities Modifies the settings of the machine Select to change the network name SSID settings Setup Sets up the machine If you setup the machine from scratch connect your computer and the machine with a USB cable 2 Printers Printer nam
444. plication software to be used and then select the printing method suited to your purpose Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver Describes the procedure for printing by using the color correction function of the printer driver e To print using Canon Digital Photo Color The printer prints data with color tints that most people prefer reproducing colors of the original image data and producing three dimensional effects and high sharp contrasts e To print by directly applying editing and touch up results of an application software When printing the data the printer brings out subtle color difference between dark and light areas while leaving the darkest and lightest areas intact When printing the data the printer applies fine adjustment results such as brightness adjustments made with an application software Printing with ICC Profiles Specifying an ICC Profile from the Application Software Describes the procedure for printing by using the color space of Adobe RGB or sRGB effectively You can print with a common color space by setting up the application software and the printer driver so that the color management matches the input ICC profile of the image data The method for setting up the printer driver differs depending on the application software to be used Related Topic Interpreting the ICC Profile 383 Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver You can specify the color correction function of the printer driver
445. printing again DJ Note e You can disable the message which prevents misprinting When you disable the message the machine starts printing or copying even though the paper settings for printing or copying and the cassette paper information registered to the machine are different To change the setting using the operation panel Cassette settings e To change the setting using the printer driver Changing the Printer Operation Mode 464 Copying oe __ ee j oe a A eo pes w es Making Copies YBasic Reducing or Enlarging a Copy ee y es Ws Fams Two Sided Copying About Special Copy Menu Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page Page 465 Making Copies This section describes the procedure to copy with Copy 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load paper 3 Flick the HOME screen then tap Copy Using the Operation Panel The Copy standby screen is displayed 4 Load the original on the platen glass 5 Specify the settings as necessary A x ESTE Cc fag A4 D E A The copy layout is displayed Switch the layout single sided 2 on 1 two sided B Tap to specify the number of copies 1 Flick to specify the number of copies 2 Tap to specify the number of copies If you keep touching here the number scrolls by 10 C Tap to display the print setting items 466
446. problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the machine and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem the print head may be damaged Contact the service center When using paper with one printable surface make sure that the paper is loaded with the printable side facing down Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality Load paper with the printable side facing down Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side 654 When copying see also the sections below Is the platen glass dirty Clean the platen glass Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Make sure that the original is properly loaded on the platen glass Loading Originals Is the original loaded with the side to be copied facing down on the platen glass Did you copy a printout done by this machine If you use a printout done by this machine as the original print quality may be reduced depending on the condition of the original Print from the machine directly or reprint from the computer if you can reprint from it 655
447. pt your print session at a convenient time and turn the machine off for at least 15 minutes As Caution e The print head and the surrounding area can become extremely hot inside the machine Never touch the print head or nearby components 648 Problems with Printing Quality Print Results Not Satisfactory Ink Is Not Ejected 649 Print Results Not Satisfactory If the print result is not satisfactory due to white streaks misaligned lines or uneven colors confirm the paper and print quality settings first CG4 Do the page size and media type settings match the size and type of the loaded paper When these settings are incorrect you cannot obtain a proper print result If you are printing a photograph or an illustration incorrect paper type settings may reduce the quality of the printout color Also if you print with an incorrect paper type setting the printed surface may be scratched In borderless printing uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and the loaded paper The method of confirming the paper and print quality settings differs depending on what you do with your machine To copy by operating the machine Confirm by using the operation panel on the machine gt Setting Items for Copying To copy photo by operating the machine Confirm by using the operation panel on the machine Copying Photos To print from your memory card by Confirm by using the ope
448. pulling on the cord Pulling the cord may damage the power cord leading to possible fire or electrical shock e Do not use an extension lead cord Working around the machine e Never put your hands or fingers in the machine while it is printing When moving the machine carry the machine at both ends In case the machine weighs more than 14 kg it is recommended to have two people lifting the machine Accidental dropping of the machine causes injury For the machine s weight refer to the On screen Manual Do not place any object on the machine Especially do not place metal objects paper clips staples etc or containers of flammable solvents alcohol thinners etc on top of the machine Do not transport or use the machine on a slant vertically or upside down as the ink may leak and damage the machine e Working around the machine For the multifunction printer e When loading a thick book on the Platen Glass do not press hard on the Document Cover The Platen Glass may break and cause injury Print Heads ink tanks and FINE Cartridges e Keep ink tanks out of the reach of children In case ink is accidentally licked or swallowed rinse out mouth or give one or two glasses of water to drink If irritation or discomfort occurs obtain medical advice immediately Clear Ink contains nitrate salts For models containing Clear Ink In case ink gets in contact with eyes rinse with water immediately In case ink gets i
449. py 483 e If you use this function in combination with Two sided copy the screen above is displayed after scanning the second sheet of original is complete Follow the on screen instructions to scan the third and fourth sheet of original 484 Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page When you select 4 on 1 copy for Layout in Copy you can copy four original pages onto a single sheet of paper by reducing each image Four different layouts are available 1 rial papel Standard llLayout___ 4 on 1 copy _ ntSetting 1 sided Select 4 on 1 copy then tap OK If you tap Advanced with 4 on 1 copy selected you can specify the orientation and the order of the original J Note The order is the same regardless of the orientation When you select Upper left to right When you select Upper right to left Beat When you select Upper left to bottom mee When you select Upper right to bottom aN 485 After selecting the order you can select whether you use the preview screen If you tap ON the preview screen is displayed so that you can check the orientation Note e If Device memory is full Cannot continue process appears on the touch screen when scanning set the print quality to Standard then try copying again If the problem is not resolved set the print quality to Draft and try copying again e This function can be used in combination with Two sided copy If you use this
450. py ratio are selectable If you make a copy at the same size as the original select Same size 474 Two Sided Copying When you select 2 sided for 2 sidedPrintSetting in Copy you can copy two original pages onto the both Ef Settings A4 sides of a single sheet of paper riain papel Standard None 2 sidedPrintSetting 2 sided Select 2 sided then tap OK If you tap Advanced with 2 sided selected you can specify the orientation and the stapling side of the original e When you select Orientation Portrait and Output Long side bind oF alae After selecting the stapling side you can select whether you use the preview screen If you tap ON the preview screen is displayed so that you can check the orientation Note If Device memory is full Cannot continue process appears on the touch screen when scanning set the print quality to Standard then try copying again If the problem is not resolved set the print quality to Draft and try copying again e Two sided copy setting can be used in combination with 2 on 1 copy or 4 on 1 copy Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page 475 e If you are copying in black amp white print intensity of the Two sided copy may differ from that of a single sided copy When checking the orientation When you are using the preview screen the screen below is displayed before copying sta
451. r Mode this option does not appear 566 Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Important This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format DJ Note PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with current date Select this checkbox to create a current date folder in the folder specified in Save in and save scanned images in it The folder will be created with a name such as 20XX_01_01 Year_Month_Date If this checkbox is not selected files are saved directly in the folder specified in Save in 567 Image Stitch Window Click Stitch in the IJ Scan Utility main screen to display the Image Stitch window You can scan the left and right halves of an item larger than the platen and combine them back into one image You can scan items up to approximately twice as large as the platen 800 Image Stitch Select Output Size A3 A4 x 2 Scan Direction Scan from Left Scan Image 1 Start Scanning Imaget Scan Image 2 Start Scanning Image 2 Adjust cropping frames 1 Settings and Operation Buttons 2 Toolbar 3 Thumbnail View Area 4 Preview Area J Note e The displayed items vary depending on the se
452. r some regions a screen for applying the daylight saving time setting may appear Time zone Urerus wuy sevul UTC 09 00 Tokyo UTC 09 30 Adelaide UTC 09 30 Darwin UTC 10 00 Brisbane 8 When a message appears notifying that the app is now available select Open list Apps are ready for use Register with IJ Cloud Printing Center from Setup to access from computers etc Open list 47 The registration of printer information is completed and a list of apps is displayed See here for the description of the apps list screen After you complete the registration you can print photos and documents that have been uploaded to apps on the linked cloud service and add delete sort apps Using PIXMA Cloud Link 48 Application Management This section explains how to add delete and sort apps Add apps You can add your favorite apps to the printer Follow the steps described below to add apps 1 From the printer home screen select Cloud 2 On the cloud s Main screen select Add delete MAGE CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Picasa Web Albums r CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM paper craft Add delete Manage 3 Select Register apps Register apps Delete apps Sort 4 From the list select the category of the app Register apps All Latest Photography Productivity 5 From the displayed apps list select the app that you want to register 49 Register apps Creative Park paper craft
453. racter limitation Up to 128 characters Delete printers When you select x the printer is deleted from the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center When transferring the ownership of the printer select Clear the information saved on the printer Add printers series Copy apps Add printer Select this to add printers to be used in the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center You need a Printer registration ID to add a printer Note Up to 16 printers are guaranteed to operate for each e mail address 77 Manage users screen y Manage users Delete User name Authority Administrator Standard user Add user From the Manage users screen you can check user information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center delete users add users and change the Administrator and Standard user settings User deletion Select the check box of the user to be deleted and select Delete However you cannot delete yourself To delete yourself cancel your membership from the user information screen Adding a user Select Add user The user registration screen appears e Changing Administrator and Standard user settings You can change the privileges of the Administrator and Standard users 2 Printer name area The registered name of the printer selected is displayed The Administrator can change the printer name 3 Right context menu When you select the context menu
454. ransmitted Settings screen is displayed Configuration LA 1 Admin Password TCP IP Setting Get IP address automatically Cancel x 1 TCP IP Setting Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment Get IP address automatically Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server DHCP server functionality must be enabled on your router Use following IP address Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer or you want to use a particular IP address or a fixed IP address 313 Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet D gt Note e You cannot change the settings when using the access point mode 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Click the Configuration button 4 Click the Admin Password button The Admin Password sheet is displayed 5 Change the settings or confirm Configuration Wireless LAN E P vo a M Use admin password 1 Password D Password Confirmation Cancel Ok 1 Use admin password Set an administrator password with privileges to set up and change detailed options To use this feature select this check box and enter a password D Important e The password should consist of alphanumeric characters and be no longer than 32 characters The password is case sensitive Do no
455. ration panel on the machine operating the machine gt Setting Items for Photo Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine To print from a PictBridge Wireless Confirm by using your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device LAN compliant device gt About PictBridge Wireless LAN Print Settings Confirm by using the operation panel on the machine PictBridge print settings To print from a computer Confirm by using the printer driver Printing with Easy Setup Make sure that the appropriate print quality is selected referring to the table in Check 1 Select a print quality option suitable for the paper and image for printing If you notice blurs or uneven colors increase the print quality setting and try printing again Note e When printing from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device set the print quality setting by using the operation panel on the machine You cannot make this setting from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device If the problem is not resolved there may be other causes See also the sections below Cannot Print to End of Job 650 No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks Lines Are Misaligned Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched gt Back of the Paper Is Smudged Vertical Lines Are Printed on the Sides of the Printout Colors Are Une
456. ray while the machine is in operation If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 727 Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper from the paper output slot or if the jammed paper remains inside the machine remove the paper following the procedure below Note e If you need to turn off the machine to remove jammed paper during printing touch the Stop button to cancel print jobs before turning off the machine 1 Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply 2 Lift up and open the operation panel until it stops 3 Important e Do not touch the clear film A or the white belt B If the paper or your hands touch these parts and blot or scratch them the machine can be damaged 3 Make sure that the jammed paper is not under the print head holder If the jammed paper is under the print head holder move the print head holder to the right edge or the left edge whichever is easier to remove the paper When you move the print head holder hold the top of the print head holder and slide it slowly to the right edge or the left edge 728 4 Hold the jammed paper with your hands If the paper is rolled up pull it out 5 Pull the paper slowly not to tear it then pull the paper out Keep an angle of t
457. rce to Magazine Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item DJ Note e Only Color is available when Select Source is Auto Paper Size Select the size of the item to be scanned When you select Custom a screen in which you can specify the paper size appears Select a Unit then enter the Width and Height and then click OK Width inches 1 00 8 50 Height 11 00 inches 1 00 11 69 Unit inches il Cancel Defaults Note e Only Auto is available when Select Source is Auto e Click Defaults in the screen in which you can specify the paper size to restore the specified settings to the default settings Resolution Select the resolution of the item to be scanned The higher the resolution value the more detail in your image Resolution Note e Only Auto is available when Select Source is Auto e Only 300 dpi or 400 dpi can be set when Start OCR is selected in Application Settings 534 Image Processing Settings Click Right Arrow to set the following Available setting items vary by Select Source e When Select Source is Auto Apply recommended image correction Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function e When Select Source is Ph
458. rd the far end of the cassette 1 e When printing on envelopes refer to Loading Paper and prepare the envelopes before printing Once you have prepared the envelopes load them in portrait orientation If the envelopes are placed in landscape orientation they will not feed properly Confirm that the media type and the paper size settings correspond with the loaded paper Make sure that the disc tray guide is closed completely Paper does not feed properly if the disc tray guide is even slightly open Placing a Printable Disc 643 OA Clean the paper feed roller Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller Note e Cleaning the paper feed roller will wear the roller so perform this procedure only when necessary If two or more sheets of paper feed from the cassette at once clean the inside of the cassette For information on cleaning the inside of the cassette refer to Cleaning the Pad in the Cassette ie Are the transport unit cover and the rear cover attached properly Refer to Rear View for the position of the rear cover If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 644 Cannot Print on the Disc Label Disc Label Printing Does Not Start Disc Tray Does Not Feed Properly Disc Tray Jammed Disc Label Printing Does Not Start Is the disc tray placed properly Open the disc tray g
459. red with paper powder or dirt two or more sheets of paper may be ejected Follow the procedure below to clean the pad in a cassette You need to prepare cotton swab 1 Pull out the cassette 1 or cassette 2 from the machine then remove all the paper 2 Clean the pad A sideways with a moistened cotton swab gt Important e After cleaning the smeared pad dry it completely For the cassette 1 For the cassette 2 3 Reload the paper in the cassette then insert it into the machine Note e If a message is displayed on the screen after inserting the cassette into the machine tap Register If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 248 Changing the Machine Settings Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer Changing the Machine Settings Using the Operation Panel Setting Up the Card Slot as the Memory Card Drive of the Computer 249 Changing Machine Settings from Your Computer Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer Registering a Changed Printing Profile Managing the Printer Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode 250 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer You can check the detailed information such as the remaining ink level and the ink tank types of your model 1 Select Ink Level Information from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility An illustration of the ink types and their status is displayed
460. reen in printing from a memory card the date is printed in the date display format you selected Setting Items for Photo Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Read write attribute Selects whether to allow data to be written onto memory cards from a computer Important e Remove the memory card before changing this setting Setting Up the Card Slot as the Memory Card Drive of the Computer If you set this setting to Writable from USB PC or Writable from LAN PC you cannot print photos on a memory card using the operation panel of the machine After you finish operation of the memory card dedicated drive be sure to set it back to Not writable from PC When you turn off the machine Writable from USB PC or Writable from LAN PC will be canceled and the setting is returned to Not writable from PC when you turn on the machine next time When Writable from USB PC or Writable from LAN PC is selected the auto power off setting is inactive For details on the auto power off setting About Quiet setting e Sound control Selects the volume Keypad volume Selects the beep volume when tapping the touch screen or the buttons on the operation panel gt Alarm volume Selects the alarm volume e Device info sending setting Selects whether you will send the printer usage information to Canon server The information sent to Canon will be utilized to develop better products Select Agree to send the printer
461. ress Check the printed pattern Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable stripes in the associated boxes and click OK 239 ee een se z4 ETET ii diii niiit Mint aie st a Sie UE ENE e e is s ss wee ts Note e If it is difficult to pick the best pattern pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal stripes A B A Least noticeable horizontal stripes B Most noticeable horizontal stripes Note After head alignment is completed you can print and check the current setting To do so click the Print Head Alignment icon and when the message is displayed click Print Alignment Value 240 Cleaning the Machine Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine Cleaning the Platen Glass and Document Cover Cleaning the Paper Feed Roller Cleaning the Inside of the Machine Bottom Plate Cleaning Cleaning the Pad in the Cassette 241 Cleaning the Exterior of the Machine Be sure to use a soft and dry cloth such as eyeglasses cleaning cloth and wipe off dirt on the surface gently Smooth out wrinkles on the cloth if necessary before cleaning Important Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the machine Do not use tissue paper paper towels rough textured cloth or similar materials for cleaning so as not to scratch the surface Paper tissue powder or fine threads may remain inside the machine a
462. river By updating the printer driver to the latest version of the printer driver unresolved problems may be solved You can access our website and download the latest printer driver for your model Important e You can download the printer driver for free but any Internet access charges incurred are your responsibility Related Topics Before Installing the Printer Driver Installing the Printer Driver 418 Delete the Unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the Printer List A Canon IJ Printer that you no longer use can be deleted from the printer list Before deleting the Canon IJ Printer disconnect the cable that connects the printer to the computer The procedure to delete the unnecessary Canon IJ Printer from the printer list is as follows You cannot delete the Canon IJ Printer unless you are logged in as a user with the administrative right For information about an administrative user refer to the user s manual for the Mac OS 1 Open System Preferences and select Printers amp Scanners Print amp Scan or Print amp Fax 2 Delete the Canon IJ Printer from the printer list From the printer list select the Canon IJ Printer to be deleted and then click Click Delete Printer when the confirmation message appears J Note e Even if a Canon IJ Printer is deleted from the printer list you can re register it automatically by connecting the printer and your computer with a USB cable 419 Before
463. rn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 808 6911 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 809 6920 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 810 6921 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 811 6930 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 812 6931 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back
464. rocess click Cancel If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem clean it once more Important e Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Consequently perform cleaning only when necessary Deep Cleaning Deep Cleaning is more thorough than cleaning Perform deep cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem 1 Select Cleaning from the pop up menu on the Canon IJ Printer Utility 232 2 Click the Deep Cleaning icon When the dialog opens select the ink group for which deep cleaning is to be performed Click to display the items you need to check before performing deep cleaning 3 Execute deep cleaning Make sure that the printer is on and then click OK Click OK when the confirmation message appears Print head deep cleaning starts D Important Do not close the paper output tray until the deep cleaning is complete 4 Complete deep cleaning The Nozzle Check dialog opens after the confirmation message 5 Check the results To check whether the print quality has improved click Print Check Pattern To cancel the check process click Cancel Important e Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer s ink supply Consequently perform cleaning only when necessary
465. rpose of discussing and improving the Work but excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as Not a Contribution Contributor shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work 2 Grant of Copyright License Subject to the terms and conditions of this License each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual worldwide non exclusive no charge royalty free irrevocable copyright license to reproduce prepare Derivative Works of publicly display publicly perform sublicense and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form 3 Grant of Patent License Subject to the terms and conditions of this License each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual worldwide non exclusive no charge royalty free irrevocable except as stated in this section patent license to make have made use offer to sell sell import and otherwise transfer the Work where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution s alone or by combination of their Contribution s with the Work to which such Contribution s was submitted If You institute patent litigation against any entity including a cross claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit alleging that the Work or a Contribution
466. rror if the e mail address you enter contains a character that cannot be used e If you registered a different e mail address by mistake you can cancel the registration by going to the printer s Home screen and selecting Setup or by pressing the Setup button on the operation panel gt Web service setup gt Connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup IJCloudPrintingCtr gt Delete from this service You may not be able to receive the notification if you are using a spam filter If you have a setting to receive only the e mails from certain domains be sure to change the setting to allow receiving e mails from noreply mail cs c ij com There will be no error display even if you could not receive the e mail because of the spam filter setting or if you entered an incorrect e mail address Access the URL in the e mail register the information and complete the user registration 1 When an e mail with the subject Information on Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center is sent to the e mail address that you entered select the URL 2 In the License agreement and Privacy statement windows of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center read the statements and select Agree if you agree 68 License agreement Important Please read this before using this service Service Terms of Use These Service Terms of Use the Terms are a binding agreement between you and Canon Inc Canon which govern your use of the Service defined in
467. rs Adjust the locations to avoid such situations e Check that there are no sources of radio interference near the printer and the access point 316 The wireless connection may use the same frequency band as microwave ovens and other sources of radio interference Try to keep the printer and the access point away from such sources Check if the radio channel of the access point is close to that of other access points nearby If the radio channel of the access point is close to that of other access points nearby the connection performance may become unstable Be sure to use a radio channel that does not interfere with other access points Check that the printer and the access point face each other Connection performance may depend on the orientations of the wireless devices Replace the access point and the printer in another direction to achieve the best performance Check whether other computers are not accessing the printer If o appears in the result of the measurement check whether other computers are not accessing the printer r still appears even if you have tried the above finish the measurement then restart the lJ Network Tool to start over the measurement JJ Note e If any messages appear on Overall Network Performance move the machine and access point as instructed to improve the performance 317 Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine D Important e Note that initialization erases all netw
468. rtant e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden some options may not appear e008 Settings General Settings gt eig No Change E mail Attachment Size Document Language English Folder to Save Temporary Files Browse Instructions Defaults ok Product Name Displays the name of the product that IJ Scan Utility is currently set to use If the displayed product is not the one you want to use select the desired product from the list In addition for network connection select one with Network after the product name DJ Note e With network connection Select appears on the right side of the product name Click Select to display the network selection screen in which you can change the scanner to use Refer to Network Scan Settings for the setting procedure E mail Attachment Size You can restrict the size of scanned images to be attached to an e mail You can select Small Suitable for 640 x 480 Windows Medium Suitable for 800 x 600 Windows Large Suitable for 1024 x 768 Windows or No Change Document Language Select the language for detecting text in images Folder to Save Temporary Files Displays the folder in which to save images temporarily Click Browse to specify the destination folder 561 Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 562 Network Selection Screen You can select the scann
469. rting the Memory Card oc as cw renat eare eo dead meta a ded tance ad edie ae au 198 Removing the Memory Cand acneeseredan bo be BWUd EEL OE EE ELLE Hebe ee kW ae 200 Replacing SN INK UA 2 otc chide ed oi aeee ake ede geet Aedes E eke eeeer eee aae 4 201 Replacing an Ink Tanks siccddxee eet rioris tr ewer tut dd payee eee es TOORE PEETER ET 202 Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer a e ssseieisrescsai oda a aa eee 207 Checking the Ink Status cciccceen tunia k a Lr nn sarnee den Ae oRH eho EERE ERG Reo 208 Checking the Ink Status with the Touch Screen on the Machine 0 55 209 Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps 2 2 ev eis eer ed eve ta eed eee deeded eens 210 MeINONNGS 2 2 2 cceeee ceickascteeqnepsetatecdssekeaseemese ee a 212 When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are INCOmect 0 006 cece eee eee ee eee eee ees 213 Mamtenance Procede eesi cased cae dake Lee OE Ae eee hae ena 214 Printing the Nozzle Check Pausini 251 0560 40000 dgeiw hed odew boven ered aenaa ani 216 Examining the Nozzle Check Pat mMiu cise divas oa heed weds GAG ead we oak ate 218 Cleaning the Print Head lt 2 1 6044 eek 66ede eed HAR HOES A We RG PE Kee KD e ha eekes 3 220 Cleaning the Print Head Deeply PERU GEER ETELE AEST LETTELE STEET 222 Aligning ihe Prit SA ie csc da adie onda i iink anaia a E a a a 224 Aligning the Print Head Manually ssri ssrirssrei dak eee a ieee we ee a 226 Performing Maintenance from a Comput
470. rts so that you can check the orientation A Tap to rotate the original by 180 degrees B Tap to start scanning the original C Tap to rescan the original When scanning is finished The screen below appears after scanning each sheet of original oy Back Place the next document and tap Scan Print now Scan l A A Tap to start scanning the original Remove the sheet of original from the platen glass after scanning and load the next sheet on the platen glass then tap Scan B Tap to start copying the original already scanned DJ Note e You can add the copying job while printing Adding the Copying Job Reserve copy 476 About Special Copy Menu The following menus are selectable in the Advanced print menu to copy originals be Borderless copy X You can copy images so that they fill the entire page without borders gt Copying without Borders c Frame erase copy When copying thick originals such as books you can make a copy without black margins around the image and gutter shadows Copying Thick Originals Such as Books Photo copy You can copy all photos you scanned Copying Photos 477 Copying Thick Originals Such as Books When copying thick originals such as books you can make a copy without black margins around the image and gutter shadows Using this function you can reduce unnecessary ink consumption jill IA 1 Make sure tha
471. rty notices normally appear The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the License You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use reproduction or distribution of Your modifications or for any such Derivative Works as a whole provided Your use reproduction and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License Submission of Contributions Unless You explicitly state otherwise any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License without any additional terms or conditions Notwithstanding the above nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions Trademarks This License does not grant permission to use the trade names trademarks service marks or product names of the Licensor except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file Disclaimer of Warranty
472. rvice server 1 Check that the printer is connected to the Internet 2 From the printer home screen select Cloud 3 When the registration completed screen appears select OK Printer registration preparation for service use completed 4 On the confirmation screen select Next Make registration for using applications 5 In the License agreement and Privacy statement windows read the statements and then select Agree if you agree lt License agreement gt Important Please read this before using this service Service Terms of Use These Service Terms of Use the PH Start Print Do not agree Agree a lt Privacy statement gt 46 Important Please read this before using this service Privacy Statement This Privacy Statement the PH Start Print Do not agree Agree Note e If you select Disagree a confirmation screen of canceling the user information registration appears If you select Yes the user information registration is canceled and you return to the Home screen Even if you select Disagree you can still use this service by selecting Agree from the registration screen later e You can print the displayed information by pressing the Start button 6 On the Time zone screen select the time closest to your region and then select Next Time zone Select the time that is closest to your region 00 00 7 In the time zones list select the region closest to you Fo
473. ry Card onto the Disc Label 446 Copying the Label Side of Disc You can copy the label of an existing BD DVD CD and print it on a printable disc Important e You cannot print on 3 15 inches 8 cm printable discs Do not attach the disc tray or place the printable disc until the message asking you to set them is displayed Doing so can damage the machine 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Flick the HOME screen then tap L3 Advanced print Using the Operation Panel 3 Tap Copy label to disc label w 3 2 Copy label to Print photos to disc label disc label The print area setting screen is displayed 4 Specify the print area Set disc print area Outer circle 114 A Inner circle c A Tap to specify the outer circle B Tap to specify the inner circle C Tap to finalize to specify the print area DJ Note e Measure the outer and inner diameters of the printing surface of the printable disc and make sure you set a value smaller than the measured value for the outer diameter and a value larger than the measured value for the inner diameter 447 For information on printable discs contact their manufacturers 5 Tap a printable disc type Select disc type Check manual to see whether the disc is recommended or others and set accordingly Recommended disc Other disc Note e If your printable disc is the recommended disc specify Recommended dis
474. s Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden Send to an application 44 Preview Send tn a folder None 2i 1 Instructions Defaults oK 4 Select the Check scan results checkbox then click OK 505 e000 Settings Photo Scan pea if Auto Scan Scan Options Select Source Photo r aa Document Scan Color Mode Color Paper Size Auto scan g Resolution 300 dpi Image Processing Settings Custom Sean Save Settings mial oe File Name IMG a Dor Save in O Pictures Data Format JPEG Exif JPEG Image Quality Standard _ Save to a subfolder with current date Mi Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application My image Garden C Send to an application 35 Preview Send tn a folder None SS Defaults The IJ Scan Utility main screen appears Note e Refer to the following pages for details on the setting items in the Settings dialog Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Photo Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Settings Driver Dialog 5 Click Photo e800 Canon IJ Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series OW Custom Ee es Instructions Settings Scanning starts When scanning is completed the Save Settings dialog appears No
475. s File Name MG v Save in E Pictures Data Format Auto JPEG Image Quality Standard PDF Compression Standard V Create a PDF file that supports keyword search _ Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden __ Send to an application ao Preview Send to a folder None Attach to e mail None Attach Manually Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults ox le Scanning from a Computer Tab You can specify how to respond when scanning from IJ Scan Utility or My Image Garden Settings Auto Scan Dialog Settings Document Scan Dialog Settings Photo Scan Dialog Settings Custom Scan Dialog Settings Scan and Stitch Dialog Settings Driver Dialog A Scanning from the Operation Panel Tab You can specify how to respond when scanning from the operation panel Settings Save to PC Auto Dialog Settings Save to PC Photo Dialog Settings Save to PC Document Dialog Settings Attach to E mail Photo Dialog Settings Attach to E mail Document Dialog 517 Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden the 7 Scanning from the Operation Panel tab does not appear il General Settings Tab You can set the product to use file size restriction on e mail at
476. s amanea a nasa tan p nmaa sa s mapaa eepe e mee aae Oe irer ewes e eee Eaa Ai Ren m be Ma metre A agoe man tay ba peered aata ae peet a anan me sea pel a ek Pa pe pit O bew at ba aaie tangs nen md 2 On the Login screen select Create new account Canon IJ Cloud Printing Center Register with IJ Cloud Printing Center Unregistered users Create new account Registered users Add printer 3 Enter the E mail address and Printer registration ID of the printer s owner and then select OK The registration page URL is sent to the e mail address entered 67 c Coed P Preparation Sp To create an account enter your e mail fe tne Came et Cred Ronny n A A prang is address and the printer registration ID mee a naaa OO s Res ae ON ee ter Os ierte pte IC moyen MA tn notoply B mad lt 3 c 4 com will be sent ess If you use e mail Ai namen m e Me ene A mye ae be peteret whe ap Skers allow o mal trom Sis addross AY e nan ee see yaad a ea Da pees Mapai E wewa ott in Bact An o mail address thal is already regisiorod cannot be used yee E mail address Printer registration ID About printer registration ID Cancel 3 Important There are character restrictions for the e mail address as shown below e You can use up to 255 alphanumeric characters consisting of single byte characters and symbols amp 4_ e Multibyte characters cannot be used You will get an e
477. s Specifying an ICC Profile from the Printer Driver Interpreting the ICC Profile 382 Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data When people print images taken with digital cameras they sometimes feel that the printed color tones differ from those of actual image or those displayed on the monitor To get the print results as close as possible to the desired color tones you must select a printing method that is best suited to the application software used or to your purpose Color Management Devices such as digital cameras scanners monitors and printers handle color differently Color management color matching is a method that manages device dependent colors as a common color space For Mac OS a color management system called ColorSync is built into the operating system Adobe RGB and sRGB are popularly used as common color spaces Adobe RGB has a wider color space than sRGB ICC profiles convert device dependent colors into a common color space By using an ICC profile and carrying out color management you can draw out the color space of the image data within the color reproduction area that the printer can express Selecting a Printing Method Suited to the Image Data The recommended printing method depends on the color space Adobe RGB or sRGB of the image data or the application software to be used There are two typical printing methods Check the color space Adobe RGB or sRGB of the image data and the ap
478. s 135 About the Power Supply of the Machine nnnaa naana naana 137 Confirming that the Power Is On ETTET EOE er E TETT ieteseGeteue IOO Turning the Machine On and Off 2002 000 Seki dig a ee Me Sie cl Soden OG 139 Notice for the Power Plug Power Cord soiis asda cd 4 eee Kies odd erean a a a d 141 Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord sasasaa eet Gi ee he be aoa jee Ge rt Se EET 142 Using the Operation PaNneh 1 2 0h60annas eest cae ac dca ied a acne Beatie a a eek mea 143 Loading Paper Ongala oot oe cede sebebidesen se 2h eee eee de eheees Sted 148 Bret Tel Tuyo Wl cacl 0 cate ame wee rer ee ar Serer en nr arora eter eee On eer eam eee ee Per ee eae 149 Paper Sources to Load Panel 2 5 sesccGeseo BASE eG4aReeG bene Bae See e dense ees 150 Loading Small Size Paper ree cues ke Seti saat manele as See Bate Sand tneeaaceas 182 Loading Large Size PAGEt 624 60 A Giri hehe dew taht daria dated Peas een Pewee ana 156 Loading ENVEIbCSs s keyeng thee teed hone Edad aed d Peas wha aaa 161 Media Types You Can Use cece vc ieehs ieee Lew RW EOI AS EH ed oe ESI E EE gies 165 Paper Load Limit phebeie VOeee eaeeaws TEER pee aes ppl eee be Wen oo Ces ee hs 168 Media Types You Cannot USE oeo swt ais 6 aad ae bal dk a aa a a aaah daa beaks Awa 170 Before Printing on Art Paper 4 0 c0 lt dcceces4 cei tiare dat ade be Semer a e kE 171 PENO Oeser anA nd Gi ae ao EE a mw aAA 173 Png AOE srera drana ree a e
479. s displayed To display the HOME screen touch the HOME button 4 Tap Print photos to disc label The print area setting screen is displayed DJ Note e If no printable photo data is saved on the memory card Data of supported types are not saved is displayed on the touch screen e If more than 2 000 photo data are saved on the memory card the photo data is split by group per 2 000 photos in reverse chronological order date last modified automatically Check the message displayed on the touch screen then tap OK 5 Specify the print area Set disc print area Outer circle 114 A nner circle 41 B c A Tap to specify the outer circle 450 B Tap to specify the inner circle C Tap to finalize to specify the print area DJ Note e Measure the outer and inner diameters of the printing surface of the printable disc and make sure you set a value smaller than the measured value for the outer diameter and a value larger than the measured value for the inner diameter e For information on printable discs contact their manufacturers 6 Tap a printable disc type Note e If your printable disc is the recommended disc specify Recommended disc for the suitable density printing If not specify Other disc 7 Tap the photo you want to print Note e Other options Using Useful Display Functions 8 Specify the print area with trimming A Drag to position the trimming frame B Drag to set th
480. s displayed on the touch screen e Cannot print the specified PDF file An error has occurred while scanning the file or the format is not supported or the file is too large o Make sure the PDF file is printable from a memory card See Printing Documents PDF File Saved on a Memory Card for more information DJ Note e The names of the PDF files are displayed even though they cannot be printed from the memory card It is recommended you confirm whether they are printable If one of the following conditions applies to the PDF files they are not printable e The Details screen is not displayed for the PDF file you want to print e Characters other than machine name IJ Scan Utility or My Image Garden are displayed on Created with on the Details screen e 2 is displayed on the preview screen Data edited or processed on a computer must be printed from the computer 700 The specified PDF file contains unprintable data Some portions may not be printed PDF file which contain lot of graphics or hi resolution images may lose that data or stop before printing is completed In this case print from the computer The card is currently writable from PC Set to Not writable from PC The card slot is set to Writable from USB PC or Writable from LAN PC You cannot print from the memory card when the card slot is set to Writable from USB PC or Writable from LAN PC After writing on the memory card select Not writable fro
481. s from your smartphone or tablet First check the following content Precautions If you plan to use the web service to print documents be sure to check these precautions beforehand Printer specification Check that Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center supports the printer Network environment The printer must be connected to a LAN and to the Internet Important The user will bear the cost of Internet access Operating requirements For computers smartphones and tablet devices see Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation Important e This service may not be available in certain countries or regions Also even if the service is available there are apps that cannot be used in certain regions Preparations Before Using Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center 62 Requirements for Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center operation Computer x86 or x64 1 6 GHz or higher A Resolution 1024 x 768 pixels or higher Monitor display Number of display colors 24 bits true color or higher Internet Explorer 8 Windows XP SP3 or later Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 8 9 Windows Vista SP1 or later Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 8 9 10 Windows 7 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 10 Windows 8 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Internet Explorer 11 Windows 8 1 Mozilla Firefox Google Chrome Mac OS X v10 6 OS X Maveric
482. s in a new window 1 If the HOME button A on the printer is lit touch the HOME button Scan ECO ECO Quiet Setup settings setting 3 Flick the screen up or down then tap Device settings Maintenance Clean or adjust the device Device settings T Perform various settings 4 Tap LAN settings Device settings Print settings LAN settings Device user settings PictBridge print settings languane celectinn 5 Tap Change LAN 36 LAN settings Change LAN Wireless LAN setup Confirm LAN settings Other settings 6 Tap Access point mode active Change LAN Wireless LAN active i Wired LAN active Access point mode active Disable LAN 7 Check the SSID displayed in the printer screen 8 Tap Details check the Password network key then tap OK You will use the SSID and Password network key in the subsequent steps Access point information Details Wireless LAN security Password 9 Tap OK Access point information SSID Details OK 10 Right click the Wireless Network Connection icon in the notification area of the taskbar on the computer then select View Available Wireless Networks 37 Change Windows Firewall settings Open Network Connections Reps 11 Select the network name SSID you want to use then click Connect Maimik Taiki Choose a wireless network G areh network ter Cid an bem in the kt below to conn
483. s on how to resolve errors with Support Codes refer to Support Code List DJ Note e You can confirm the actions against errors with Support Codes on your computer or on the touch screen by searching a Support Code Click Here to Search For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes see A Message Is Displayed 699 A Message Is Displayed This section describes some of the errors or messages J Note A Support Code error number is displayed on the computer or on the touch screen for some error or message For details on errors with Support Codes refer to Support Code List If a message is displayed on the touch screen see below e A Message Is Displayed on the touch screen If a message is displayed on the computer see below e Error Regarding Automatic Duplex Printing Is Displayed e The Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Icon Appears A Message Is Displayed on the touch screen Confirm the message and take an appropriate action Data of supported types are not saved There is no image data or document saved on the memory card that can be read by this machine The machine may not recognize the file if the file name or folder path contain certain characters Use only alphanumeric characters o Photo data edited or processed on a computer must be printed from the computer Note When a photo which has been processed on a computer is selected i
484. s opened close it and select Stop in the display on your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device to stop printing See Cannot Print on the Disc Label for disc label printing If neither of the above is applied check the Support Code on the touch screen and take the appropriate action to resolve the error gt Support Code List Select Stop in the display on your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device to stop printing Remove the jammed paper load new paper tap OK on the touch screen and try printing again 704 Printer cover Close the operation panel on the machine open Waste tank The ink absorber is nearly full full Ink absorber Check the Support Code on the touch screen and take the appropriate action to resolve the error full gt Support Code List No ink Ink e The ink tank is not installed Install the ink tank cassette error Replacing an Ink Tank The ink tank is not compatible with this machine Printing cannot be executed because the ink tank is not compatible with this machine Install an appropriate ink tank If you want to cancel printing touch the machine s Stop button Replacing an Ink Tank If the lamp on the ink tank is flashing ink may have run out Check the Support Code on the touch screen and take the appropriate action to resolve the error gt Support Code List Ink Error An ink tank that was once empty is installed Check the Suppor
485. s set WPA WPA2 WPA WPA2 is set 2 Refresh Click to update the list of access points when your target access point is not detected If the target access point is set to a closed network the stealth mode click Cancel to return to the previous screen and enter the network name SSID in Network SSID JJ Note Make sure that the access point is turned on 3 Set Click to set the network name SSID in Network SSID on the Wireless LAN sheet Note The WEP Details screen or the WPA WPA2 Details screen appears if the selected access point is encrypted In this case configure the details to use the same encryption settings set to the access point e Access points that cannot be used by this machine including those configured to use different encryption methods are displayed grayed out and cannot be configured 308 Changing the WEP Detailed Settings Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using To change the wireless network settings of the printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USB
486. s24eda tia surodiadss suas Gad stanecdauksaote 614 Cannot Detect the Machine When Setting up Network Communication 615 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 1 616 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 2 240 617 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 3 2 0 618 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 4 619 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 5 24 620 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wireless LAN Setup Check 6 621 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wired LAN Setup Check 1 622 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wired LAN Setup Check 2 RT ST IDT ae 623 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wired LAN Setup Check 3 2000 624 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wired LAN Setup Check 4 isbn TET 625 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wired LAN Setup Check 5 2 2000 626 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wired LAN Setup Check 6 PANAT EPSE 627 The Machine Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN 00000 e eee eee 628 The Machine Cannot Be Detected in the Wired LAN Se ee ere eee ore phage cessa B30 Other Problems with NetWork 224 cciercecatccanbaccasencaaadberaddetatdeacatcoabusegecacd 631 Forgot an Access Point Name SSID or
487. sers screen appears For general users the Select printer screen appears Mng printer screen Select printer screen Mng printer Updated date May 1 2014 5 01 AM e series f x Copy apps a Add printer From the Mng printer screen Select printer screen you can check and update printer information registered to the Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center change printer names delete printers add printers and copy apps Check the printer information series Copy apps The registered printer name is displayed indicates the currently selected printer indicates that an error occurred on the printer Display update date time of the printer information Mng printer Updated date May 1 2014 5 01 AM e series Copy apps 76 This displays the date and time the printer information was last updated refreshes the information Copy apps Select this to copy apps added in the selected printer to another printer Copy apps When you select coras f the screen shown below appears Copy registered apps to another printer Destination printer Source printer series 4 series Cancel Set the Destination printer and the Source printer Then select OK Change the printer name When you select 7 a screen to change the printer name appears Follow the instructions on the screen to change the name D gt Note e The printer name entry has the following cha
488. sert it in the card slot again In this case restart the computer 612 Cannot Use the Machine on Replacing an Access Point or Changing Its settings When you replace an access point perform network setup of the machine again Perform network setup again according to the instructions on our website If the problem is not resolved see below Cannot Communicate with the Machine After Applying MAC IP Address Filtering or Entering an Encryption Key to the Access Point When Encryption Is Enabled Cannot Communicate With the Machine After the Encryption Type Was Switched on the Access Point Cannot Communicate with the Machine After Applying MAC IP Address Filtering or Entering an Encryption Key to the Access Point Confirm the access point setting Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to confirm the access point setting Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other under this setting If you are performing MAC address filtering or IP address filtering at the access point confirm that the MAC address or IP address for both the computer or the network device and the machine are registered If you are using a WEP or WPA WPAZ key make sure that the encryption key for the computer or the network device and the machine matches that set to the access point Besides the WEP key itself the key length key format the key ID to use and the
489. settings are applied to the printer settings DJ Note e You can use this function only when you are using a computer compatible with the wireless LAN 4 Help menu Instructions Displays this guide 304 Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet To change the wireless network settings of the printer connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings DJ Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using e Activate the wireless LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wireless LAN sheet 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily select the printer with USB appearing in the Connected to column 3 Click the Configuration button 4 Click the Wireless LAN button 5 Change the settings or confirm Click OK after changing configuration A screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer If you click OK the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed Configuration F 7 A 7 Admin Password twork Type AirPort Network Infra e S Encryption Method Use Password WEP TCP IP
490. slide bar H left or right to change the number of photos displayed on the screen Tapping I or J also changes it Tap E to display the To most recent date screen 145 To most recent date Flick left or right and tap the date of photos to display Tap F to enlarge reduce the photo Tap K to enlarge the photo and L to reduce it Drag your finger on the photo to display the part you want to see Tap G to display the Settings screen Settings T 4 x6 10x15cm Type J a Plus Glossy Il Plus Sem Vie Drag the screen up or down and tap an item to select 146 This opens another list of items Drag it in the same manner and tap a setting 147 Loading Paper Originals Loading Paper Placing a Printable Disc Loading Originals Inserting the Memory Card 148 Loading Paper Paper Sources to Load Paper Loading Small Size Paper Loading Large Size Paper Loading Envelopes Media Types You Can Use Media Types You Cannot Use Before Printing on Art Paper Printing Area 149 Paper Sources to Load Paper The machine has two paper sources for feeding paper the cassette 1 and cassette 2 The paper source used depends on the page size and media type Media Types You Can Use D gt Note e When printing select the correct page size and media type If you select the wrong page size or media type the machine may feed paper from the wrong paper sour
491. smitted Settings The following settings were sent to the printer Settings Rem Setting Value Admin Password Use Admin Password Set 1 1 Settings A list of changes made in the Configuration screen is displayed 319 Appendix for Network Communication Using the Card Slot over a Network About Technical Terms gt Restrictions 320 Using the Card Slot over a Network Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using Mounting the Card Slot as the Network Drive Restrictions on Card Slot Use over a Network Mounting the Card Slot as the Network Drive The card slot must be mounted to use it over a network To mount the card slot as the network drive follow the procedure below 1 Insert a memory card into the card slot of the machine 2 Check the current printer name You can check the current printer name on the LCD of the printer 3 On Finder click the Go menu and Connect to Server 4 Input smb xxxxxxxxxxxx canon_memory then click Connect For example if the current printer name is 123ABC000000 then input smb 123ABCO00000 canon_memory 5 Make sure that the card slot is mounted When the card slot is mounted the following icon appears on the desktop or in the Computer window on the Go menu of Finder E CaNOnETEnTOLY D Note The authentication screen may appear If it appears you do not need to input the password e If yo
492. snsrda ditekean Asi e a 2 693 Cannot Print Scan from NFC Compliant Device 00000 00s 694 Problems with Installation Downloading naaa aaaea aaaeeeaa 695 Cannot Install the MP DrVefS si sesosircerse rdr eevee eee Oe We eRe ree S 696 Uninstalling IJ Network TOG ec ssrsusriisoreni okii ggr EEE E a aa 697 About Errors Messages Displayed nannan nanna 698 Kan ENO OC aaa Nemes aia e A Nema a a a a E 699 A Message ls Displayed ss ic cc0c ive deduede i drenas EKNER ewe ewes ee eee 700 Error Message Appears on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device 704 If You Cannot Resolve the Problem c5 0cs cndsee dees shee Hae eee eRe Re eens 706 Support Code List nn 6c ed6 id ogee eee ce hedem denn newe eee 6 hen dai 707 Support Code List When Paper Is Jammed 000 00 cece eee eee eee 709 Te EEEE VEEE EEVT EE Bac Ras ch hhh i Seni hh a ile a dnc ELET EAE T an te EE E EEEE 710 NS petted eau a te hae eset lawed nese ee abe yemtameet r 711 ISU ses eye eee EE EALS EELA TAE AEA GLA aes ee eae Gaeeeoeds 714 1B EEEE pei dente hs bh 6ed EE EN EEEE AE E ATE hee a hee eee kd dees T17 Ee EEEN E TENE TEA EE E TT NE EEEE EE E EEEE 719 To ea aio da Ak n E See duo aaa iiaa T aAa E e a E aie a E E 722 e E E E EPE TEE E AEE ake E E EEE E E EEE E S 725 Paper Is Jammed inside the Machine 000 ccc eee 728 In Other Cases cc scene teenne aes jee oR Gedy eee eae le Gh Se ete BO Rak Ee He eke das ara he S
493. special printing is required normal printing can be performed just by setting the items in this dialog Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation 1 i I Quality amp Media Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source Cassette u 4 lefi Cassette position Cassette 2 Print Quality Standard Grayscale Printing POF Hide Details Cancel Print Media Type Select the type of media to be used You must select the type of media actually loaded in the printer This selection enables the printer to carry out printing properly for the material of the media used Paper Source Shows the source from which paper is supplied 1 Important The paper size determines whether the cassette 1 or cassette 2 is used The cassette to be used is displayed below Paper Source Print Quality Select the one that is closest to the original document type and the purpose When one of the radio buttons is selected the appropriate quality will be set automatically High Gives priority to print quality over printing speed Standard Prints with average speed and quality Draft This setting is appropriate for test printing Custom Select this radio button to specify a quality Quality When you select Custom in Print Quality you can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality level Grayscal
494. splayed e Originals are rescanned after displaying the preview screen and before copying starts Therefore do not open the document cover or remove the original from the platen glass while Scanning document is displayed oup F A A frame showing the selected page size appears over the image The inside of the frame will be printed B The original that is set on the platen glass is displayed Tap to select Fit to page If the displayed image is skewed refer to Loading Originals and reset the original properly then display the preview screen again and preview the original C The magnification setting which was set when the preview screen was displayed is displayed If the setting other than Fit to page is selected you can change the magnification setting by dragging the bar on the touch screen D Tap to specify the magnification If you keep touching the magnification is changed by 10 E Tap to return to the Copy standby screen F The magnification currently specified is displayed Tap to select Fit to page 469 Setting Items for Copying You can change the copy settings such as magnification and intensity Print Settings Screen D gt Note e For details on the print setting screen or the setting item for Photo copy see Copying Photos How to display the print setting screen varies with the copy menu In Copy The following screen is displayed by tapping Settings on the Copy standby screen ae
495. ss LAN settings from the machine set Paper type to Default on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Print qity Print quality Select the print quality when printing directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Border Bordered Borderless print Select the bordered borderless layout When you perform PictBridge Wireless LAN settings from the machine set Layout to Default on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device Photo fix When Auto photo fix is selected the scene or person s face of a shot photo is recognized and the most suitable correction for each photo is made automatically It makes a darkened face by backlight 271 brighter to print It also analyzes a scene such as scenery night scene person etc and corrects each scene with the most suitable color brightness or contrasts automatically to print Note e As a default photos on a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device are printed with auto correction applied If No correction is selected photos are printed without correction 6 Red EyeCorrection Select ON to correct red eyes in portraits caused by flash photography Depending on the type of the photo red eyes may not be corrected or parts other than the eyes may be corrected 7 Tap to specify the print settings Disc label print setting Screen The Set disc print area screen is displayed and you can perform settings for printing on a printable disc
496. ssage may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network If the warning message appears set the security software to always allow access If using any programs that switch the network environment check their settings Some programs will enable a firewall by default When using a router connect the machine and computer to the LAN side same network segment When the machine is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN use alphanumeric characters for the name of the network SSID If the problem is not resolved perform setup according to the instructions on our website For placement Make sure that there is no barrier or obstacle between the access point and the machine Cannot Communicate with the Machine Using the Access Point Mode Make sure that the machine is turned on Is Change LAN in LAN settings under Device settings set to Disable LAN Wireless LAN active or Wired LAN active Select Access point mode active GEA IS the machine selected to connect external communication devices e g computers smartphones or tablets Select an access point name SSID specified for the machine as a destination for external communication devices Enter a password if you specify it for the machine ene Make sure that external communication devices are not placed far away from the machine Do not locate external communication devices too far away from the machine Make sure that there is no
497. t Code on the touch screen and take the appropriate action to resolve the error gt Support Code List Hardware Error The ink tank cannot be recognized The lamp on the ink tank is off Replace the ink tank Replacing an Ink Tank Printer error An error requiring servicing may have occurred Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 705 If You Cannot Resolve the Problem If you cannot resolve the problem with any of the workarounds in this chapter please contact the seller of the machine or the service center Canon support staff are trained to be able to provide technical support to satisfy customers Ay Caution e If the machine emits any unusual sound smoke or odor turn it off immediately Unplug the power cord from the outlet and contact the seller or the service center Never attempt to repair or disassemble the machine yourself e Attempts by customers to repair or take apart the machine will invalidate any warranty regardless of whether the warranty has expired Before contacting the service center confirm the following e Product name Your machine s name is located on the front cover of the setup manual e Serial number please refer to the setup manual e Details of the problem e What you tried to solve the problem and what h
498. t access e The service may not function properly if you log in from multiple devices at the same time After logging in you can use useful services such as adding managing apps that work in conjunction with this product s cloud functionality and checking the ink status For screen descriptions and operation instructions see Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center window Printing procedure This section introduces the photo printing procedure by using CANON iMAGE GATEWAY as an example 90 Important The available functions differ depending on the app The printing procedure differs depending on the app e You need to get the account and register photo and other data beforehand e The following file formats can be printed jpg jpeg pdf docx doc xlsx xls pptx ppt and rtf The file formats that can be printed differ depending on the app Before you print check that printer is on and is connected to the network Then start e This is available if you are using a smartphone or tablet D gt Note e You can use CANON iMAGE GATEWAY to print jog and jpeg file formats 1 On the Main screen select the app to be used 2 Enter the information according to the instructions on the authentication screen and then select Log in Country Region Japan User ID Password 3 In the displayed album list select the album of your choice 91 lt CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Sample00 a Sample01 Sampl
499. t any application More Functions Instructions Defaults _ OK gt Important e Some functions are available only when My Image Garden is installed 3J Note e Refer to Settings Dialog for how to set the applications to integrate with 492 Starting IJ Scan Utility Note e If you have more than one scanner or have changed the connection from USB connection to network connection set up the network environment from IJ Scan Utility Network Scan Settings From the Go menu of Finder select Applications then double click the Canon Utilities folder IJ Scan Utility folder and then Canon IJ Scan Utility2 icon to start IJ Scan Utility 800 Canon lJ Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series a m o M Ge k E Auto Document Photo Custom Stitch Driver Instructions Settings 493 Easy Scanning with Auto Scan You can scan easily by automatically detecting the item type D Important e The following types of items may not be scanned correctly In that case adjust the cropping frames selection boxes scan areas in the screen displayed by clicking Driver in the IJ Scan Utility main screen and scan again e Photos that have a whitish background e Items printed on white paper hand written documents business cards etc Thin items e Thick items 1 Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on 2 Place items on the platen of your scanner or printer
500. t be installed to use the Windows software Windows XPS Essentials Pack is required to print on Windows XP Windows The TWAIN driver ScanGear is based on the TWAIN 1 9 Specification and requires the Data Source Manager bundled with the operating system Mac OS Hard Disk must be formatted as Mac OS Extended Journaled or Mac OS Extended Mac OS For Mac OS an internet connection is required during software installation In an in house network environment the 5222 port must be open Contact the network administrator for details e Information in this guide is subject to change without notice 345 About the Administrator Password An administrator password canon is already specified for the printer at the time of purchase Important e For security reasons it is recommended to change the password before you use the printer e You can change the password using one of the tools below Some tools may not be available depending on the printer you are using operation panel of the printer e IJ Network Tool e printer information screen displayed on some Canon application software e When you change the password use 0 to 32 alphanumeric characters e If the password has been changed while you are sharing the printer and you do not know the password ask the administrator of the printer you are using e The password reverts to the default setting by initializing the printer settings 346 Printing Printing from a C
501. t forget the password you set 2 Password Enter the password to set 3 Password Confirmation Enter the password again for confirmation 6 Click OK 314 A screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer If you click OK the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed Enter Password Screen The following screen is displayed if an administrator password is set to the printer Enter Password A password has been set to this printer Enter the admin password and click the OK button Admin Password a Cancel E Admin Password Enter the administrator password that was set For security purposes your password is not displayed as you type it gt Important If you forget the administrator password you specified initialize the printer to revert the password to the default setting OK Click this item after you enter the administrator password Cancel This item returns you to list of detected printers If you do not enter the correct administrator password you cannot operate the printer 315 Monitoring Wireless Network Status gt Note e This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using e When using the machine over the wired LAN you cannot monitor network status 1 Start up IJ Network Tool 2 Select the printer in Printers 3 Select Status from the View menu The Status scree
502. t the machine is turned on 2 Load paper 3 Flick the HOME screen then tap L3 Advanced print Using the Operation Panel 4 Tap Frame erase copy 5 Load the original document on the platen glass 6 Specify the settings as necessary Tap Copies to display the screen to specify the number of copies For the setting items other than Copies Setting Items for Copying Note e When the Copy standby screen is displayed tapping a allows you to preview an image of the printout on the preview screen Displaying the Preview Screen 7 Touch the Color button for color copying or the Black button for black amp white copying The machine starts copying Note e Close the document cover There may be a narrow black margin that appears around the image This function removes the dark margins only If a scanned book is too thin or when the machine is used near a window or in a bright environment a faint black frame may remain Also if the color of an original is dark the machine cannot distinguish the document color from the shadow and this may cause slight cropping or a shadow on the crease 478 Copying without Borders You can copy images on photo paper so that they fill the entire page without borders BS 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load the photo paper 3 Flick the HOME screen then tap Advanced print Using the Operation Panel 4 Tap Borderl
503. t the print settings before printing 1 Select Print from the File menu of the application software The Print Dialog opens 399 Page Setup Dialog In the Page Setup dialog you configure the basic print settings such as the size of paper loaded in the printer or the scaling ratio To open the Page Setup dialog you typically select Page Setup from the File menu of your application software Settings Page Attributes Format For Any Printer Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Ma T Scale fio x Cancel ox Settings Click the pop up menu and then select the following items Page Attributes Set the paper size or scaled printing Save as Default You can save the attributes of the displayed page as the default settings Format For Select the model to be used for printing Paper Size Select the size of the paper to be used for printing To set a non standard size select Manage Custom Sizes Orientation Select the print orientation Scale Set the scaling percentage You can expand or reduce the size of the document when printing 400 Print Dialog In the Print dialog you can set paper type and print quality to start printing To open the Print dialog you typically select Print from the File menu of your application software Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies ij Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter
504. t to the e mail address of the newly registered member 3 Registered member accesses to the URL that is included in the e mail and complete the registration You can use this service from registered e mail address Note e You can register up to 500 members Print from E mail Troubleshooting The Document Does Not Print f You Cannot Register to the Service or Delete the Service f You Cannot Print after the Printer Is Repaired The Document Does Not Print If the document does not print check the following Check that the printer power is on If the printer power is on turn it off and then back on again and check whether the issue is resolved Check that the printer is connected to the network Check that the printer is connected to a LAN and the LAN has an Internet connection Look at the printer LCD monitor and check that no error message is displayed If the problem persists use the printer driver on your computer to execute printing and check whether the document can be printed normally on the printer If the document cannot be printed refer to the Online Manual for your printer Check that the file attached to the e mail is an Adobe PDF file a JPEG file or a doc docx xls xlsx ppt pptx file Check whether the e mail address of the send destination is correct To check the print address from the operation panel of this printer display the home window and select Mi Setup gt a Web serv
505. table disc is loaded Uncheck this check box to print without detecting whether a printable disc is loaded Important e If you leave this check box unchecked the printer may print to the disc tray even if a printable disc is not loaded on the disc tray Therefore you should check this check box under normal circumstances e If you load a printable disc that has already been printed onto the disc tray the printer may detect that no printable disc is loaded on the disc tray In this case uncheck this check box 258 Prevent paper abrasion The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high density printing to prevent paper abrasion Check this check box to prevent paper abrasion Align heads manually Usually the Print Head Alignment function of Test Print on the pop up menu in the Canon IJ Printer Utility is set to automatic head alignment but you can change it to manual head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory perform manual head alignment Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment Uncheck this check box to perform the automatic head alignment Don t detect mismatch of paper settings when printing from computer When you print documents from your computer and the paper settings on the print dialog and the cassette paper information registered on the printer do not match this setting disables the message display and allows you to c
506. tachment language to detect text in images and folder in which to save images temporarily Settings General Settings Dialog 518 Settings Auto Scan Dialog gt Click Auto Scan on the Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Auto Scan dialog In the Settings Auto Scan dialog you can make advanced scan settings to scan by automatically detecting the item type eoo leja il Scan Options Apply recommended image correction Save Settings Settings Auto Scan File Name IMG Save in Data Format JPEG Image Quality PDF Compression B Pictures Auto Standard Standard V Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application _ My Image Garden Send to an application 46 Preview Send to a folder None Attach to maill None Attach Manually Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults eene Oane 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear Supported Items Photos postcards business cards magazines newspapers documents and BD DVD CD D Important e To scan the following types of items specify the item type and size in the Settings Doc
507. tal lines tables Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable Correct slanted text document Detect the orientation of text document and rotate image Automatically rotates the image to the correct orientation by detecting the orientation of text in the scanned document Important e Only text documents written in languages that can be selected from Document Language in the Settings General Settings dialog are supported e The orientation may not be detected for the following types of settings or documents since the text cannot be detected correctly e Resolution is outside the range of 300 dpi to 600 dpi e Font size is outside the range of 8 points to 48 points e Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text e Documents with patterned backgrounds 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format 559 J Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Set from the operation panel JPEG Image Quality
508. tank with the lamp flashing fast Push the tab A and lift the ink tank to remove A gt Important Do not touch other parts besides the ink tanks e Handle the ink tank carefully to avoid staining of clothing or the surrounding area e Discard the empty ink tank according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables Note Do not remove two or more ink tanks at the same time Be sure to replace ink tanks one by one when replacing two or more ink tanks e For details on ink lamp flashing speed see Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps 4 Prepare a new ink tank 1 Take a new ink tank out of its package remove the orange tape completely then remove the protective film completely 203 B gt Important e Handle an ink tank carefully Do not drop or apply excessive pressure to it e If the orange tape remains on the Y shape air hole B ink may splash or the machine may not print properly 2 Hold the ink tank with the orange protective cap C pointing up while being careful not to block the Y shape air hole B 3 Lift up the tab on the orange protective cap C to remove it off GENTLY 204 I Important e Do not push the sides of the ink tank If you push the sides of the ink tank with the Y shape air hole B blocked ink may splash Do not touch the inside of the orange protective cap C or the open ink port D The ink may stai
509. tap i Setup Using the Operation Panel The menu screen is displayed 4 Tap Le Device settings 5 Tap LAN settings 6 Tap Confirm LAN settings 7 Tap Print LAN details 8 Tap Yes The machine starts printing the network setting information The following information on the machine s network setting is printed out a SSID SSID SSID of the wireless LAN SSID of the access point mode Password of the access point mode 8 to 10 alphanumeric characters 295 IPv6 IP Address 2 Selected IP Address IPv6 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX IPv6 Default Gateway 2 Default Gateway IPv6 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Subnet Prefix Length 2 Subnet Prefix Length Security Protocol 3 Method of the Security Protocol ESP ESP amp AH AH Wireless LAN DRX Discontinuous reception wireless Enable Disable LAN Wired LAN Wired LAN Enable Disable Status of the Wired LAN Active Inactive IPv6 IP Address 2 Selected IP Address IPv6 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX IPv6 Default Gateway 2 Default Gateway IPv6 XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Subnet Prefix Length 2 Subnet Prefix Length Security Protocol 3 Method of the Security Protocol ESP ESP amp AH AH Wired LAN DRX Discontinuous reception wired Enable Disable LAN Printer Name Printer name Printer name Up to 15 alphanumeric characters 296 Bonjour Service Name Bonjour service name Bonjour service name
510. te e Click Cancel to cancel the scan 6 Change the image order or file save options as required You can change the image order or file save options in the Save Settings dialog 506 DJ Note The default save folder is the Pictures folder 7 Click OK Scanned images are saved according to the settings 507 Sending Scanned Images via E mail You can send scanned images via e mail Note e The screens for scanning photos are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings e800 Canon Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series ea fT m Vf cq fm UO lcm Il y a A Se Auto Document Photo Custom Stitch Driver The Settings dialog appears 3 Click Photo Scan e090 Settings Photo Scan 1 leja it Auto Sean Scan Options Select Source Photo aa Document Scan Color Mode Color Paper Size Auto scan Resolution 300 dpi g Pr i Ek z Image Processing Settings Save Settings Ea LS File Name IMG ES Daar Save in Gi Pictures Data Format JPEC Exif JPEG Image Quality Standard s _ Save to a subfolder with current date _ Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden C Send to an application 45 Preview L end tea folder None a ie BL Instructions Defaults 0K 4 Select Attach to e mail
511. te 1 F cassette 2 151 Loading Small Size Paper You can load 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm or 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm size photo paper in the cassette 1 Load large sizes of paper in the cassette 2 Loading Large Size Paper Important e If you cut plain paper into small size such as 4 x 6 10 x 15 cm or 5 x 7 13 x 18 cm to perform trial print it can cause paper jams DJ Note e We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos For details on the Canon genuine paper see Media Types You Can Use 1 Prepare paper Align the edges of paper If paper is curled flatten it Note e Align the edges of paper neatly before loading Loading paper without aligning the edges may cause paper jams e If paper is curled hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the paper becomes completely flat For details on how to flatten curled paper see Load the paper after correcting its curl in Paper Is Smudged Printed Surface Is Scratched e When using Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss SG 201 even if the sheet is curled load one sheet at a time as it is If you roll up this paper to flatten this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper and reduce the print quality 2 Load paper 1 Pull out the cassette 1 from the machine 152 2 Slide the paper guide A in front and B on the right to open the guides 3 Load the paper stack WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING DOWN
512. te printing service Except as otherwise permitted please see 2 below copying modifying or distributing all or a portion of any of the materials contained on the web template printing service without prior consent of the respective rights Rights of Publicity and Copyright holder is strictly prohibited 2 All of the materials provided on the web template printing service can be freely used for personal and non commercial purposes 42 Use PIXMA Cloud Link By using PIXMA Cloud Link you can connect your printer to a cloud service such as CANON iMAGE GATEWAY Evernote or Twitter and use the following functions without using a computer e Print images from a photo sharing service e Print documents from a data management service e Save scanned images to a data management service Use Twitter to report the printer status such as no paper or low ink levels In addition you can use various functions by adding and registering apps that are linked with various cloud services Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Printer Using PIXMA Cloud Link from Your Smartphone Tablet or Computer gt Important e In certain countries PIXMA Cloud Link may not be available or the available apps may be different e Some apps require that you have an account before you use those apps For such apps please set up an account beforehand To find out which models support PIXMA Cloud Link check the Canon homepage The screen
513. ted automatically Click Auto and scan Easy Scanning with Auto Scan Not Using Auto Scan In the Settings dialog set Paper Size to Auto scan and scan J Note e The screens for scanning with favorite settings are used as examples in the following descriptions 1 Place the items on the platen Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 2 Start IJ Scan Utility 3 Click Settings BOO Canon i Sean Utility2 Product Name Canon series c Ls a oo Auto j Document Photo Custom Stitch Driver The Settings dialog appears 4 Click Custom Scan 502 eja i Settings Custom Scan Scan Options E Auto sean Select Source Auto sii Document Scan Color Mode Color Paper Size Auto _ Resolution Auto z Image Processing Settings Save Settings File Name IMG Th a Ober Save in E Pictures si Data Format Auto JPEG Image Quality Standard POF Compression Standard si V Create a POF file that supports keyword search _ Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden L Sond to ananolirationz a Preview Instructions Defaults OK 5 Select Select Source according to the items to be scanned eoo Settings Custom Scan leja i Auto Scan Scan Options
514. tem for computer interfere with setting up the network communication The firewall function of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communications between the machine and your computer Confirm the setting of firewall function of your security software or operation system or the message appearing on your computer If the firewall function interferes with setting up When the message appears on your computer If the message warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network appears on the computer set the security software to allow access Then click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen When the machine is detected follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network communication When the message does not appear on your computer Cancel to set up then set the security software to allow Canon software to access the network Set the security software to allow Setup app Canon IJ Network Tool app canonijnetwork bundle ClJScannerRegister app Canon IJ Scan Utility2 app and ClJSUAgent app to access the network After setting the security software try to set up the network communication from the beginning J Note For the operation system firewall settings or the security software firewall settings refer to the instruction manual of the computer or software or contact its manufacturer If there is no problem with the firewall settings Go to check 6
515. ter Power Reducing the Printer Noise Changing the Printer Operation Mode 412 Display the Printing Status Screen Check the print progress according to the following procedure 1 Launch the printing status screen e If the print data has been sent to the printer The printing status screen opens automatically To display the printing status screen click the ay the printer icon displayed on the Dock e If the print data has not been sent to the printer Open System Preferences and select Printers amp Scanners Print amp Scan or Print amp Fax To display the printing status screen select the name of your printer model from the printer list and then click Open Print Queue 2 Checking the printing status You can check the name of the file being printed or ready for being printed e If you are using OS X Mavericks v10 9 or OS X Mountain Lion v10 8 eoo Canon MG7500 series 1 Job Deletes the specified print job Stops printing the specified document Resumes printing the specified document ay Stops printing all documents D Displayed only when printing of all documents is being stopped and resumes printing all documents e If you are using OS X Lion v10 7 or Mac OS X v10 6 8 413 eoo Canon MG7500 series 1 Job Today 15 40 Deletes the specified print job Stops printing the specified document Resumes printing the specified document Displays the print job informat
516. ter or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print 0 0000 102 Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device 2 2222ccc2000s5 5 4s2teeeedeaeenees 104 Checking Printer Information amp oa hae cea eae eeu cdee eee ei ge menace danas 109 Online Storage Integration Function 200 0 ccaseSadeaaeeecewneeesads eGeeass 111 How to Use Printfrom E mail 265232022606 deenesedduedeesisstavddeeedannds 112 Preparing to Use Print rom Emal 2 c2c0ci ds acercawedtigeesads tia desided ioe saad Shay 116 Timezone Libi cis et REAR ER CREE RRO EK DEON KORE ORE Oe eae Ae ewe sawa T19 Print Easily from a Smartphone or Tablet with PIXMA Printing Solutions 120 Pining with ie ee ee ee ee 121 Overview of the MACKING 2 222i aden ddd eeeiaee Oo468 saved eceede ews 122 Soe WIGS ic ics adetatcbueede Shee ete eees Sede eee Deia aa aa a A 123 palety Precaunons ii a5 4 e 6048644 EEE ES SORES YOER EERE CORES CERNE EM EOE RE HOS 124 Regulatory and Safety Information s 0c542 d g00004 Sa00d0sdbianGer gid dacaaadarddaoans 125 Main Components and Basic Operations a naasna aaaeeeaa 129 Man ASIN UNOS ca aa ces seat she i rata a dca ao aa a aao h a aa a a cal Bk dc ad 130 FONON a 5 amp ac Sieai geared om Se sare dese eh Gellar Se aries art Se rie Sh ard tea Seared ar ah a Se Se 131 PON VON caste atin ld cra echt T E E ade E ARES 133 Mde VION eogsissras sosi eed 2S EEE CEE HO eraa L S RE Fa 134 OPETANON Panels yeger asak Ken a a a a a A Na a A a a ode
517. th is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Canon Inc Note The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system Copyright c 2003 2004 Apple Computer Inc All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 Neither the name of Apple Computer Inc Apple nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER
518. the WEP Detailed Settings For details on WPA WPA2 setting Changing the WPA WPA2 Detailed Settings 6 TCP IP Setting Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN Specify a value appropriate for your network environment Get IP address automatically Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server DHCP server functionality must be enabled on your wireless LAN router or access point Use following IP address Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer or you want to use a particular IP address or a fixed IP address Access Points Screen Access Points The following access points were detected Select the access point to connect to and click Set Detected Access Points Level Encryption Access Point Name SSID MAC Address Tu WRA WPA2 20g Snes j rrr Th T WPA WPA2 dC MMAR Ll Mee 1 Detected Access Points The signal strength from the access point encryption type name of access point and the radio channel can be confirmed 33 Important e If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party 307 DJ Note e Signal strength is displayed as follows Til Good Ti Fair T Poor e Type of encryption is displayed as follows Blank No encryption WEP WEP i
519. the connection between the device and access point will be disabled In that case the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your device When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data connection charges may apply depending on your contract e When you connect a device and the printer in access point mode the connection information will be saved to Wi Fi settings The device may be connected to the printer automatically even after disconnecting it or connecting it to another access point e You cannot connect to an access point and the printer that is in access point mode at the same time If you have an access point it is recommended that you use the access point to connect to the printer e To prevent automatic connection to the printer that is in access point mode change the connection mode after using the printer or set not to connect automatically in the Wi Fi settings of the device For details on how to change the settings of a device refer to the manual supplied with the device or contact its manufacturer 39 When connecting a device and the printer in access point mode Internet connection may become unavailable In that case web services for the printer cannot be used In access point mode you can connect up to five devices at the same time If you try to connect a sixth device while five devices are already connected an error will appear If an error appears disconne
520. the country or region where the printer was purchased If the printer is taken outside the country or region where it was purchased apps cannot be installed If the registered app is not in the Apps list Check the display language of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center If the display language is switched to a language that does not support an app the app will not be displayed in the apps list but will continue to be registered If you switch back to the target language of the app it will be displayed in the apps list and you will be able to start register or unregister the app If the information is not updated when you press the Update button Because the Properties screen requires network connection with this product the information may not be reflected immediately Please wait awhile and then try updating the information again If the information is still not updated then check that the product is connected to the Internet If you do not receive the registration e mail You may have entered a different e mail address during the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center On the printer s Home screen select Mi Setup gt a Web service setup gt Web service connection setup gt IJ Cloud Printing Center setup gt Delete from this service to delete the service registration After resetting the printer repeat the user registration of Canon Inkjet Cloud Printing Center from the beginning Printing starts on its
521. the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly 7 Attach the cassettes to the machine then tap OK on the touch screen If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the machine or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper contact the service center 718 1313 Cause The paper is jammed as the machine pulled in the printed paper Action If the paper is jammed as the machine pulled in the printed paper remove the paper following the procedure below 33 Important If the printed paper piles up on the paper output slot the machine may pull it in and the paper is jammed inside the machine Remove the printed paper from the paper output tray before it amounts to 50 sheets DJ Note e If you need to turn off the machine to remove jammed paper during printing touch the Stop button to cancel print jobs before turning off the machine 1 Detach the rear cover Pull out the rear cover 2 Detach the transport unit cover Lift up the transport unit cover then pull it out 3 Pull out the paper slowly 719 gt Note e Do not touch the inner parts of the machine e If you cannot pull out the paper open the paper output tray 4 Attach the transport unit cover Insert the transport unit cover to the back of the machine l 5 Attach the rear cover Insert the rear cover to the back of the machine If you were not able to remove the pap
522. the paper you loaded in the cassette 1 J Note e If you do not know what paper information to register to the machine touch the Back button when the screen to select the operation is displayed When the previous screen is displayed confirm the paper size and the media type then register them to the machine e For details on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver or on the touch screen Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Windows Setting the Paper Size with the Printer Driver and on the Printer Mac Cancel Cancels printing Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing or copying Change the paper settings then try printing again 774 Note e You can disable the message which prevents misprinting When you disable the message the machine starts printing or copying even though the paper settings for printing or copying and the cassette paper information registered to the machine are different e To change the setting using the operation panel Cassette settings Windows Cassette settings Mac Cassette settings Smartphone and so on e To change the setting using the printer driver Changing the Printer Operation Mode Windows Ch
523. the pop up menu 527 Instructions Opens this guide Defaults You can restore the settings in the displayed screen to the default settings 528 Settings Photo Scan Dialog D Click Photo Scan on the L Scanning from a Computer tab to display the Settings Photo Scan dialog In the Settings Photo Scan dialog you can make advanced scan settings to scan items as photos e090 Settings Photo Scan eja ii m Auto Scan Scan Options Select Source pe aa Document Scan Color Mode Paper Size Resolution Image Processing Settin Custom Scan a b z E Save Settings Scan and Sitch Save in D Pictures E Over Data Format JPEG Exif File Name JPEG Image Quality Standard Save to a subfolder with current date _ Check scan results Application Settings Open with an application _ My Image Garden Send to an application 48 Preview Send to a folder None Attach to mail None Attach Manually Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults ox _ 1 Scan Options Area 2 Save Settings Area 3 Application Settings Area 33 Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden the setting items for Application Settings do not appear 1 Scan Options Area Select Source Photo is selected Color Mode Select the color mode in which to scan the item Paper Size Select the
524. the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 798 6001 Cause Printer error has occurred Action If the paper output tray is closed open it Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Important Do not close the paper output tray while the machine is in operation otherwise an error will occur 799 6003 Cause Printer error has occurred Action If the paper output tray is closed open it Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center Important Do not close the paper output tray while the machine is in operation otherwise an error will occur 800 6500 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on If the problem is not resolved contact the service center 801 6502 Cause Printer error has occurred Action Turn off the machine and unplug the power cord of the machine from the power supply Plug the machine back in and turn the machine back on
525. till camera digital camcorder or camera equipped mobile phone In this manual PictBridge printing with the wireless LAN connection is referred to as PictBridge Wireless LAN When printing photos with the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device connected to the machine we recommend the use of the AC adapter supplied with the device If you are using the device battery be sure to charge it fully Depending on the model or brand of your device you may have to select a print mode compliant with PictBridge Wireless LAN before connecting the device You may also have to turn on the device or select Play mode manually after connecting the device to the machine Perform necessary operations on the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device before connecting it to this machine according to instructions given in the device s instruction manual Depending on your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device you can print on the label side of discs However you cannot print on 3 15 inches 8 cm printable discs 1 Make sure that the machine is turned on 2 Load paper 3 Connect the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device to the machine Detect the machine with the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device and connect the PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device to the machine with LAN DJ Note e For details on how to detect the machine refer to your PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device s instruction manual 457
526. tions 1 Start lJ Scan Utility 2 Click Settings e800 Canon I Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series nal za E ga Document Photo Custom Stitch Driver Instructions senings The Settings dialog appears A 3 Select a scan mode on the M Scanning from the Operation Panel tab eooo Settings Save to PC Auto gt jal if Scan Options Paper Size Auto Resolution Auto Image Processing Settings Save Settings m E Attach to E mail Photo File Name IMG id Save in D Pictures 5 Attach to E maz I Document Data Format Auto JPEG Image Quality Standard POF Compression Standard A Create a PDF file that supports keyword search _ Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden Send to an application 45 Preview Send to a folder None _ Do not start any application More Functions Instructions Defaults eo Note e Refer to the following for details 601 Settings Save to PC Auto Dialog Settings Save to PC Photo Dialog Settings Save to PC Document Dialog Settings Attach to E mail Photo Dialog Settings Attach to E mail Document Dialog 4 Set Scan Options eoo Settings Save to PC Auto pealii Paper Size Resolution ge Save 1 PC Photo c Image Processi
527. tions on the screen to continue to set up the network communication If the LAN cable is connected and the machine and the network device are turned on If the machine could not be detected after clicking Redetect even when the machine and the network device are turned on or when you have turned them on go to check 2 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wired LAN Setup Check 2 622 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wired LAN Setup Check 2 Are the computer and the router configured and can the computer connect to the network Make sure that you can view any web pages on your computer If you cannot view any web pages Click Cancel on the Check Printer Settings screen to cancel to set up the network communication After that configure the computer and network device For the procedures refer to the instruction manuals supplied with the computer and network device or contact their manufacturers If you can view any web page after configuring the computer and network device try to set up the network communication from the beginning If you can view any web page Go to check 3 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wired LAN Setup Check 3 623 Cannot Detect the Machine during Wired LAN Setup Check 3 Is the wired LAN setting of the machine enabled By using the operation panel of the machine confirm the wired LAN setting of the machine Select Setup on the HOME screen then select Device settings gt LAN setti
528. to 48 points e Documents containing special fonts effects italics or hand written text e Documents with patterned backgrounds In that case select the Check scan results checkbox and rotate the image in the Save Settings dialog 536 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto Important e When Auto is selected the save format may differ depending on how you place the item Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White e When Start OCR is selected in Application Settings you cannot select PDF PDF Multiple Pages or Auto Note Auto appears only when Auto is selected f
529. touching the Color button To change the display method the number of copies or the print settings Tap near the center of the displayed photo to display menus 424 y Settings onm o A Total number of copies Total number of copies is displayed When tapping the Check total no of copies screen is displayed and you can check the number of copies for each photo On the Check total no of copies screen you can change the number of copies for each photo B Number of copies Tap to specify the number of copies AN 1 Flick vertically to specify the number of copies Tap to display the photo selection screen 2 Tap to specify the number of copies Touch and hold to specify the number of copies by 10 copies Note e You can specify the number of copies for each photo Display the photo you want to print then specify the number of copies when the desired photo is displayed C Switching group Tap to switch the photo group 425 Switch group Switch to group of older dates Switch to group of newer dates Cancel For details Using Useful Display Functions Settings Tap to display the Settings screen You can change the settings of page size media type and print quality and so on Settings 4 x6 10x15cm Plus Glossy II Standard Borderless For details on the setting items Setting Items for Photo Printing Using the Operation Panel of the Machine Zooming
530. trast and moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider Enter a value in the range from 50 to 50 The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 Inches Orientation i T Color Options a Cyan o E am B low High Magenta 0 a TaN m lt lt lofi gt o ph os mM en Yelow 0 E E ABCDEF rex a 1234567 Tone 0 a e Cool War Sample Type Brightness Normal Standard gt Intensity 0 O 7 e PDF Hide Details Cancel 3 Complete the setup Click Print When you execute print the image is printed with the adjusted contrast 395 Important e If you select ColorSync for Color Matching then the Contrast appears grayed out and is unavailable Related Topics Setting the Print Quality Level Custom Specifying Color Correction Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Brightness Adjusting Intensity 396 Overview of the Printer Driver gt Canon IJ Printer Driver How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window Page Setup Dialog Print Dialog gt Quality amp Media gt Color Options Borderless Printing Margin gt Canon IJ Printer Utility Opening t
531. tructions to scan the rest of originals 487 Scanning l Scanning from a Computer Scanning from the Operation Panel of the Machine 488 Scanning from a Computer Scanning with IJ Scan Utility gt Scanning with Scanner Driver Useful Information on Scanning Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer 489 Scanning with IJ Scan Utility gt What Is IJ Scan Utility Scanner Software Starting IJ Scan Utility gt Easy Scanning with Auto Scan Basic Scanning Documents Scanning Photos Scanning with Favorite Settings Scanning Items Larger than the Platen Image Stitch Scanning Multiple Items at One Time Saving after Checking Scan Results Sending Scanned Images via E mail Extracting Text from Scanned Images OCR gt IJ Scan Utility Screens 490 What Is IJ Scan Utility Scanner Software IJ Scan Utility is an application that allows you to easily scan documents photos etc You can complete from scanning to saving at one time by simply clicking the corresponding icon in the IJ Scan Utility main screen 8600 Canon Scan Utility2 Product Name Canon series i a i Ag Auto Document Photo Custom Stitch Driver Instructions Settings What You Can Do with IJ Scan Utility Scan Easily according to Purposes You can scan by simply clicking an icon such as Auto to scan easily Document to sharpen text in a document or maga
532. ts to be used differs when you select the manual head alignment If the cassette paper information registered on the printer is not set to A4 size and plain paper an error may occur For instructions on what to do if an error occurs see Paper setting for Printing For details about the cassette paper information to be registered on the printer see the following e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Media Type e Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer Paper Size 4 Execute head alignment Make sure that the printer is on and click Align Print Head Print head alignment starts J Important e Do not open the operation panel while printing is in progress Note e Wait until printing ends before performing other operations Printing takes about 3 to 4 minutes to complete 235 DJ Note After head alignment is completed you can print and check the current setting To do so click the Print Head Alignment icon and when the message is displayed click Print Alignment Value 236 Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines This printer supports two head alignment methods automatic head alignment and manual head alignment Normally the printer is set for automatic head alignment If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not s
533. tware 329 Restrictions If you use a printer over the wireless LAN the printer may recognize nearby wireless systems you should set a network key WEP or WPA WPA2 to the access point to encrypt wireless transmission Wireless communication with a product that does not comply with the Wi Fi standard cannot be guaranteed Connecting with too many computers may affect the printer performance such as printing speed 330 Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality Useful Information about Ink Key Points to Successful Printing Be Sure to Check Paper Settings before Printing Be Sure to Set Cassette Paper Information after Loading Paper Canceling a Print Job Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality Precautions for Safe Transport of the Machine 331 Useful Information about Ink How is ink used for various purposes other than printing Ink may be used for purposes other than printing When you use the Canon printer for the first time after you install the bundled ink tanks the printer consumes a small amount of ink in the amount to enable printing by filling the nozzles of the Print Head with ink For this reason the number of sheets that can be printed with the first ink tanks is fewer than the succeeding ink tanks The printing costs described in the brochures or websites are based on the consumption data from not the first ink tank ink cartridge but the succeeding ink tank ink cartridge Ink is
534. u cannot mount the card slot with the method above input the IP address of the machine instead of the current printer name and try again For example smb 192 168 1 1 canon_memory If you mount the card slot with the IP address you have to remount it whenever the machine s IP address changes Restrictions on Card Slot Use over a Network e You cannot write data to a memory card in the card slot over a network You can only read data from a memory card 321 e e The card slot can be shared by multiple computers if the machine is connected to a network Multiple computers can read files from a memory card in the card slot at the same time If your computer joins a domain the card slot may not be mounted as the network drive If you use the memory card stored the large size files or many files a large amount of card access may be generated In this case the operation in the memory card may be impossible or slow Operate after the Access lamp of the machine is lit When you access the network drive for the card slot over the network file names consisting of eight or less lowercase letters not including its extension may be shown in uppercase For example a file name such as abcdefg doc will be ABCDEFG DOC while a name such as AbcdeFG doc will appear the same The file is not actually renamed but merely appears to be changed Disable the function to write files to a memory card from a computer to read files from a
535. u do not select Agree in the use agreement window you will not able to register as the printer owner 3 Enter the printer owner s e mail address and select Next 116 J Important e An e mail is sent with the required information for completing the registration to the e mail address entered for the printer s owner e If domain specific reception is set change the setting so that mail can be received from info mp c ij com Note The e mail address of the printer owner cannot be changed once the printer owner is registered To change the e mail address delete the registration of the registered printer and re register the printer owner by using the new e mail address In this case all previously registered information will be deleted e The notification is sent automatically to the registered e mail address when the printing or service maintenance starts 4 In the Printer Owner Registration window enter the information shown below and click Next User Name Enter any name The name that you enter is displayed at login Important The maximum number of characters that can be entered is 30 Language Select the language that you are using The language that you select is used in notification e mails such as print start notices Time Zone Refer to this section and select the standard time of the city that is nearest to the region where you live Date Time Display Format Select the format of your ch
536. ues RF CNR 102 de l IC Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis en gardant une distance de 20 cm ou plus entre le dispositif rayonnant et le corps a l exception des extr mit s mains poignets pieds et chevilles Users in Jordan This printer contains WLAN Module approved by TRC LPD 2013 130 Name of WLAN Module K30357 Only for European Union and EEA Norway Iceland and Liechtenstein pd This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste according to the WEEE Directive 2012 19 EU and national legislation This product should be handed over to a designated collection point e g on an authorized one for one basis when you buy a new similar product or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment EEE Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE At the same time your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling please contact your local city office waste authority approved WEEE scheme or your household waste disposal service For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products please visit www canon europe com weee 126
537. uide properly place the disc tray again then tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error Use the disc tray supplied with this machine J is on the upper side For details on how to place the disc tray refer to Placing a Printable Disc ie Is the printable disc placed on the disc tray Place the printable disc on the disc tray properly then tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error Use the disc tray supplied with this machine J is on the upper side For details on how to place the disc tray refer to Placing a Printable Disc GSA If disc label printing stops before it is complete try the operation again If a certain period of time has elapsed while disc label printing is in progress the machine stops initializing The machine resumes initializing by tapping OK on the touch screen Try the operation again following the on screen instructions Disc Tray Does Not Feed Properly Is the disc tray placed properly Open the disc tray guide properly place the disc tray again then tap OK on the touch screen to dismiss the error Make sure that you are using the disc tray supplied with the machine J is on the upper side For details on how to place the disc tray refer to Placing a Printable Disc Unrecognizable printable disc may be placed Canon recommends that you use printable discs specially processed to be printed on by an inkjet printer Disc Tray Jammed Pull out the disc tray gently If
538. ument Scan dialog Settings Photo Scan dialog or Settings Custom Scan dialog then click Photo Document or Custom in the IJ Scan Utility main screen You cannot scan correctly with Auto A4 size photos e Text documents smaller than 2L 5 inches x 7 inches 127 mm x 178 mm such as paperback pages with the spine cut off e Items printed on thin white paper e Long narrow items such as panoramic photos e Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected e Place items to be scanned on the platen correctly Otherwise items may not be scanned correctly 519 Refer to Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer for how to place items DJ Note To reduce moire in scans set Select Source to Magazine in the Settings Document Scan dialog or Settings Custom Scan dialog then click Document or Custom in the lJ Scan Utility main screen 1 Scan Options Area Apply recommended image correction Applies suitable corrections automatically based on the item type 1 Important e The color tone may differ from the source image due to corrections In that case deselect the checkbox and scan J Note e Scanning takes longer than usual when you enable this function 2 Save Settings Area File Name Enter the file name of the image to be saved When you save a file the date and four digits are appended to the set file name in the _20XX0101_0001 format DJ Note e When you select the Save to a subfolder
539. unction for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled the ink tank in gray is displayed on the touch screen when checking the current ink level 757 1684 Cause The ink tank cannot be recognized Action Printing cannot be executed because the ink tank may not be installed properly or may not be compatible with this machine Install the appropriate ink tank If you want to cancel printing touch the machine s Stop button 758 1688 Cause The ink has run out The lamp on the ink tank flashes Action Replace the ink tank and close the operation panel Printing under the current condition may damage the machine If you want to continue printing in this condition you need to release the function for detecting the remaining ink level Touch the machine s Stop button for at least 5 seconds and then release it With this operation releasing the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble which may be caused by continuation of printing under the ink out condition Note e If the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled the ink tank in gray is displayed on the touch screen when checking the current ink level 759 1700 Cause The ink absorber is almost full Action Tap OK on the touch screen to continue printing Contact the service center 760 1701 Cause The ink absorber is
540. ure until step 4 and the problem has not been resolved turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours If the problem is still not resolved the print head may be damaged Contact the service center When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are Misaligned Align the print head From the machine Aligning the Print Head From the computer Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer 215 Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle Note e If the remaining ink level is low the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly Replace the ink tank whose ink is low You need to prepare a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper 1 Make sure that the power is turned on 2 Load a sheet of A4 or Letter sized plain paper in the cassette 2 After inserting the cassette into the machine the paper information registration screen is displayed on the touch screen Select A4 or Letter for Page size and Plain paper for Type then tap Register Cassette 2 paper information Page size Ad Type Plain paper Register If a message is displayed on the screen follow the directions in the message to complete registration 3 Open the paper output tray 1 Holding both sides of the paper output tray gently open it The output tray extension will open automatic
541. ust is liable to be generated It is therefore recommended that paper dust be removed on art paper just before printing You will need a soft hair brush or similar brush used to clean office automation equipment The wider the brush the more effective it will be OK soft brush made from material such as polypropylene polyethylene horse hair or goat hair Important e Be sure not to use brushes as shown below The printing surface may be damaged Not OK brush made from hard material cloth or washcloth sticky and abrasive materials Paper dust removal procedure 1 Check that the brush is not wet and free from dust or dirt 2 Brush the overall printing surface carefully in one direction r l gt Important e Be sure to brush all the way across the paper do not start brushing at the middle or stop halfway e Be careful not to touch the printing surface as much as possible 3 To complete the removal of paper dust brush the paper in the other direction from top to bottom 171 Printing Area Printing Area Other Sizes than Letter Legal Envelopes Letter Legal Sizes for Art Paper Envelopes gt Printable Discs 173 Printing Area To ensure the best print quality the machine allows a margin along each edge of media The actual printable area will be the area inside these margins Recommended printing area Hl Canon recommends that you print wit
542. ven or Streaked 651 Cannot Print to End of Job Is the space of your computer s hard disk sufficient Delete unnecessary files to free disk space 652 No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks No Printing Results Printing Is Blurred Colors Are Wrong White Streaks 653 Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory Check the status of ink tanks Replace the ink tank if the ink has run out Replacing an Ink Tank GSE Is the orange tape or protective film remaining Make sure that all of the protective film is peeled off and the Y shape air hole is exposed as illustrated in A If the orange tape is left as in B pull the orange tape and remove it A B Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as Print Head Cleaning Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly Check to see if a particular color s ink tank is not empty If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again If the
543. ver 0 05 inches 1 5 mm 264 LAN settings e Change LAN Enables either wireless LAN wired LAN or access point mode You can also disable all e Wireless LAN setup Selects the setup method for wireless LAN connection Note e You can also enter this setting menu by selecting WLAN on the HOME screen In this case enable wireless LAN When this menu is selected the machine starts searching for a WPS compatible access point If the machine detects the access point follow the on screen instructions to set up wireless LAN If an access point is not detected or if you select another setup method select one of the setup methods below Standard setup Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN manually using the operation panel of the machine o WPS Push button method Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN using an access point supporting a Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS push button method Follow the on screen instructions during setup o Other setup Select Advanced setup if you perform settings by entering the access point s settings directly on the machine Select Cableless setup if you specify the settings of the access point information to the machine directly from a device such as a smartphone without operating the access point Follow the on screen instructions of the connecting device for the setup procedure Advanced setup Select when you perform settings for wireless LAN manually You can
544. with current date checkbox the date and four digits are appended to the set file name Save in Displays the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Important e When the Settings dialog is displayed from My Image Garden this option does not appear Data Format Auto is selected The following data formats are automatically applied according to the item type when saving Photos postcards BD DVD CD and business cards JPEG Magazines newspapers and documents PDF Important e The save format may differ depending on how you place the item Placing Items When Scanning from a Computer JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files 520 PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Create a PDF file that supports keyword search Select this checkbox to convert text in images into text data and create PDF files that support keyword search Note 1 PDF files that are searchable in the language selected in Document Language on the i General Settings tab of the Settings dialog are created Save to a subfolder with curr
545. ws you to print the color document in monochrome 3 Note During Grayscale Printing inks other than black ink may be used as well Related Topic Adjusting Tone 378 Adjusting Tone When printing black and white photos you can produce the cooling effects of cool colors and the warming effects of warm colors Cool is selected Standard is selected Warm is selected The procedure for adjusting tone is as follows 1 Select Quality amp Media from the pop up menu of the Print Dialog 2 Select the media type For Media Type select either Photo Paper Plus Glossy Il Photo Paper Pro Platinum Photo Paper Pro Luster Photo Paper Plus Semi gloss or Other Fine Art Paper 3 Set grayscale printing Check the Grayscale Printing check box Printer Canon MG7500 series Presets Default Settings Copies fi Two Sided Pages All From 1 to 1 Paper Size US Letter 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation T t gt Quality amp Media Media Type Photo Paper Plus Glossy Il Paper Source Cassette iw Loft gt gt gt Cassette position Cassette 2 Print Quality High A Grayscale Printing POF Hide Details Cancel Print 4 Select Color Options from the pop up menu 5 Adjusting monochrome tones Moving the Tone slider to the right brings out the warm colors warm tones and moving it to the left brings out the cool colors cool tones You can also directly enter a value linke
546. y vary depending on the image data or the print setting e This machine performs automatic cleaning when necessary to keep printouts clean A small amount of ink is ejected for cleaning Although ink is usually ejected on the ink absorber it may be ejected on the paper if you load paper larger than that you have specified 662 Colors Are Uneven or Streaked Colors Are Uneven POOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOMOOOOOOOOON Colors Are Streaked OA Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings Print Results Not Satisfactory OVA Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as Print Head Cleaning Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles Refer to When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing Print Head Cleaning and Print Head Deep Cleaning e If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly Check to see if a particular color s ink tank is not empty If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again e If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning turn off the machine and perform another Print Head Dee
547. ying follow the procedure below 1 Select Applications from the Go menu of Finder and double click the Canon Utilities folder then the Inkjet Extended Survey Program folder 2 Double click the Canon Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program icon A Extended Survey Program Preferences wa Do not display the confirmation screen when information is sent The survey program is turned on Turn off if you wish to turn off this program click Turn off Do not display the confirmation screen when information is sent If the check box is selected the information will be sent automatically If the check box is not selected the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program icon will appear in the Dock at the time of the next survey Click the icon then follow the on screen instructions Turn off Turn on button Click the Turn off button to stop the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program Click the Turn on button to restart the Inkjet Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program 703 Error Message Appears on a PictBridge Wireless LAN Compliant Device The following are the possible errors that may occur when printing directly from a PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant device and the countermeasures to clear them DJ Note e This section describes errors that are indicated on Canon brand PictBridge Wireless LAN compliant devices The error messages and operations may vary depending on the devi
548. ying is in progress the screen to select the method to cancel copying is displayed If you tap Cancel all reservations you can cancel copying all scanned data If you tap Cancel the last reservation you can cancel the last copying job e If you set a document of too many pages to add the copying job Cannot add more copy jobs Please wait a while and redo the operation may appear on the touch screen Tap OK and wait a while then try copying again If Failed to reserve the copy job Start over from the beginning appears on the touch screen when scanning tap OK then touch the Stop button to cancel copying After that copy the documents that have not been finished copying 468 Displaying the Preview Screen When Ta is displayed on the Copy standby screen tapping A allows you to preview an image of the printout on the preview screen Important In the following conditions Ta is not displayed when the Copy standby screen is displayed e 2 sided is selected for 2 sidedPrintSetting 2 on 1 copy or 4 on 1 copy is selected for Layout When either of the conditions above is selected you can set to display the preview screen after scanning the original is finished Two Sided Copying Copying Two Pages to Fit onto a Single Page Copying Four Pages to Fit onto a Single Page e The original will be scanned to display the preview image Therefore do not open the document cover until the preview screen is di
549. ys the folder in which to save the scanned images To change the folder specify the destination folder in the dialog displayed by selecting Add from the pop up menu The default save folder is the Pictures folder Data Format Select the data format in which to save the scanned images You can select JPEG Exif TIFF PNG PDF or PDF Multiple Pages Important e You cannot select PDF or PDF Multiple Pages in the following cases e When scanned by clicking Photo in the IJ Scan Utility main screen e The Enable large image scans checkbox is selected in Save Settings of the Settings Driver dialog e Start OCR is selected in Application Settings of the Settings Document Scan Settings Custom Scan or Settings Driver dialog e You cannot select JPEG Exif when Color Mode is Black and White Note e With network connection scanning may take longer than usual when you set TIFF or PNG in Data Format JPEG Image Quality You can specify the image quality of JPEG files Important This appears only when JPEG Exif is selected in Data Format PDF Compression Select the compression type for saving PDF files Standard It is recommended that you normally select this setting High Compresses the file size when saving allowing you to reduce the load on your network server Important This appears only when PDF or PDF Multiple Pages is selected in Data Format e When Black and White is selected in Colo
550. zine for better readability or Photo to scan with settings suitable for photos according to the item type or your purpose DJ Note e Refer to IJ Scan Utility Main Screen for details on the IJ Scan Utility main screen Save Scanned Images Automatically Scanned images are automatically saved in a preset folder You can change the folder as required J Note The default save folder is the Pictures folder e Refer to Settings Dialog for how to specify a folder Integrate with Applications You can utilize scanned images through integration with other applications display scanned images in your favorite application attach them to e mails extract text from images and more 491 eoo Settings Custom Scan a ii Auto Sean Scan Options Select Source Auto sj m aa Document Scan Color Mode Color E Paper Size Auto g _ Resolution Auto E Save Settings E Scan and Sitch IMG i Save in E Pictures File Name m Ovver Data Format Auto JPEG Image Quality Standard POF Compression Standard V Create a POF file that supports keyword search _ Save to a subfolder with current date Application Settings Open with an application My Image Garden C Send to an application 49 Preview _ Send to a folder None _ Attach to e mail J None Attach Manually C Start OCR 7 Output to Text _ Do not star

Canon PIXMA MG7520 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents